diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 11449-0.txt | 1697 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 11449-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 80966 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 11449-h/11449-h.htm | 4421 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 11449-h/carey_tp.png | bin | 0 -> 37431 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 11449.txt | 2124 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 11449.zip | bin | 0 -> 42894 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/11449-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 80966 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/11449-h/11449-h.htm | 4421 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/11449-h/carey_tp.png | bin | 0 -> 37431 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/11449.txt | 2124 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/11449.zip | bin | 0 -> 42894 bytes |
14 files changed, 14803 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/11449-0.txt b/11449-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..590f519 --- /dev/null +++ b/11449-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1697 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 11449 *** + + AN ENQUIRY INTO THE + + OBLIGATIONS OF CHRISTIANS, + + TO USE MEANS FOR THE + + CONVERSION OF THE HEATHENS. + + + + IN WHICH THE RELIGIOUS STATE OF THE DIFFERENT + NATIONS OF THE WORLD, THE SUCCESS OF FORMER + UNDERTAKINGS, AND THE PRACTICABILITY OF + FURTHER UNDERTAKINGS, ARE CONSIDERED, + + + + BY WILLIAM CAREY. + + + + For there is no Difference between the Jew and the Greek; + for the same Lord over all, is rich unto all that call upon him. + For whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved. + How then shall they call on him, in whom they have not + believed? and how shall they believe in him of whom they + have not heard? and how shall they hear without a Preacher? + and how shall they preach except they be sent? + + PAUL. + + + + + MDCCXCII. + + + + + INTRODUCTION + + +As our blessed Lord has required us to pray that his kingdom may come, +and his will be done on earth as it is in heaven, it becomes us not +only to express our desires of that event by words, but to use every +lawful method to spread the knowledge of his name. In order to this, +it is necessary that we should become, in some measure acquainted with +the religious state of the world; and as this is an object we should +be prompted to pursue, not only by the gospel of our Redeemer, but +even by the feelings of humanity, so an inclination to conscientious +activity therein would form one of the strongest proofs that we are +the subjects of grace, and partakers of that spirit of universal +benevolence and genuine philanthropy, which appear so eminent in +the of God himself. + +Sin was introduced amongst the children of men by the fall of Adam, +and has ever since been spreading its baneful influence. By changing +its appearances to suit the circumstances of the times, it has grown +up in ten thousand forms, and constantly counteracted the will and +designs of God. One would have supposed that the remembrance of the +deluge would have been transmitted from father to son, and have +perpetually deterred mankind from transgressing the will of their +Maker; but so blinded were they, that in the time of Abraham, gross +wickedness prevailed wherever colonies were planted, and the iniquity +of the Amorites was great, though not yet full. After this, idolatry +spread more and more, till the seven devoted nations were cut off with +the most signal marks of divine displeasure. Still, however, the +progress of evil was not stopped, but the Israelites themselves too +often joined with the rest of mankind against the God of Israel. In +one period the grossest ignorance and barbarism prevailed in the +world; and afterwards, in a more enlightened age, the most daring +infidelity, and contempt of God; so that the world which was once +over-run with ignorance, now _by wisdom knew not God, but changed the +glory of the incorruptible God_ as much as in the most barbarous ages, +_into an image made like to corruptible man, and to birds, and +four-footed beasts, and creeping things_. Nay, as they increased in +science and politeness, they ran into more abundant and extravagant +idolatries. + +Yet God repeatedly made known his intention to prevail finally over +all the power of the Devil, and to destroy all his works, and set up +his own kingdom and interest among men, and extend it as universally +as Satan had extended his. It was for this purpose that the Messiah +came and died, that God might be just, and the justifier of all that +should believe in him. When he had laid down his life, and taken it up +again, he sent forth his disciples to preach the good tidings to every +creature, and to endeavour by all possible methods to bring over a +lost world to God. They went forth according to their divine +commission, and wonderful success attended their labours; the +civilized greeks, and uncivilized barbarians, each yielded to the +cross of Christ, and embraced it as the only way of salvation. Since +the apostolic age many other attempts to spread the gospel have been +made, which have been considerably successful, notwithstanding which a +very considerable part of mankind are still involved in all the +darkness of heathenism. Some attempts are still making, but they are +inconsiderable in comparison of what might be done if the whole body +of Christians entered heartily into the spirit of the divine command +on this subject. Some think little about it, others are unacquainted +with the state of the world, and others love their wealth better than +the souls of their fellow-creatures. + +In order that the subject may be taken into more serious +consideration, I shall enquire, whether the commission given by our +Lord to his disciples be not still binding on us,--take a short view +of former undertakings,--give some account of the present state of the +world, consider the practicability of doing something more than is +done,--and the duty of Christians in general in this matter. + + + + + + AN ENQUIRY, &c. + + + + + SECT. I. + + + _An Enquiry whether the Commission given by our Lord + to his Disciples be not still binding on us._ + + +Our Lord Jesus Christ, a little before his departure, commissioned his +apostles to _Go_, and _teach all nations_; or, as another evangelist +expresses it, _Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to every +creature_. This commission was as extensive as possible, and laid them +under obligation to disperse themselves into every country of the +habitable globe, and preach to all the inhabitants, without exception, +or limitation. They accordingly went forth in obedience to the +command, and the power of God evidently wrought with them. Many +attempts of the same kind have been made since their day, and which +have been attended with various success; but the work has not been +taken up, or prosecuted of late years (except by a few individuals) +with that zeal and perseverance with which the primitive Christians +went about it. It seems as if many thought the commission was +sufficiently put in execution by what the apostles and others have +done; that we have enough to do to attend to the salvation of our own +countrymen; and that, if God intends the salvation of the heathen, he +will some way or other bring them to the gospel, or the gospel to +them. It is thus that multitudes sit at ease, and give themselves no +concern about the far greater part of their fellow-sinners, who to +this day, are lost in ignorance and idolatry. There seems also to be +an opinion existing in the minds of some, that because the apostles +were extraordinary officers and have no proper successors, and because +many things which were right for them to do would be utterly +unwarrantable for us, therefore it may not be immediately binding on +us to execute the commission, though it was so upon them. To the +consideration of such persons I would offer the following +observations. + +FIRST, If the command of Christ to teach all nations be restricted to +the apostles, or those under the immediate inspiration of the Holy +Ghost, then that of baptizing should be so too; and every denomination +of Christians, except the Quakers, do wrong in baptizing with water at +all. + +SECONDLY, If the command of Christ to teach all nations be confined to +the apostles, then all such ordinary ministers who have endeavoured to +carry the gospel to the heathens, have acted without a warrant, and +run before they were sent. Yea, and though God has promised the most +glorious things to the heathen world by sending his gospel to them, +yet whoever goes first, or indeed at all, with that message, unless he +have a new and special commission from heaven, must go without any +authority for so doing. + +THIRDLY, If the command of Christ to teach all nations extend only to +the apostles, then, doubtless, the promise of the divine presence in +this work must be so limited; but this is worded in such a manner as +expressly precludes such an idea. _Lo, I am with you always, to the +end of the world._ + +That there are cases in which even a divine command may cease to be +binding is admitted--As for instance, if it be _repealed_, as the +ceremonial commandments of the jewish law; or if there be _no +subjects_ in the world for the commanded act to be exercised upon, as +in the law of septennial release, which might be dispensed with when +there should be no poor in the land to have their debts forgiven. +Deut. xv. 4. or if, in any particular instance, we can produce a +_counter-revelation_, of equal authority with the original command, as +when Paul and Silas were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the +word in Bythinia. Acts xvi. 6. 7. or if, in any case, there be a +_natural impossibility_ of putting it in execution. It was not the +duty of Paul to preach Christ to the inhabitants of Otaheite, because +no such place was then discovered, nor had he any means of coming at +them. But none of these things can be alledged by us in behalf of the +neglect of the commission given by Christ. We cannot say that it is +repealed, like the commands of the ceremonial law; nor can we plead +that there are no objects for the command to be exercised upon. Alas! +the far greater part of the world, as we shall see presently, +are still covered with heathen darkness! Nor can we produce a +counter-revelation, concerning any particular nation, like that to +Paul and Silas, concerning Bythinia; and, if we could, it would not +warrant our sitting still and neglecting all the other parts of the +world; for Paul and Silas, when forbidden to preach to those heathens, +went elsewhere, and preached to others. Neither can we alledge a +natural impossibility in the case. It has been said that we ought not +to force our way, but to wait for the openings, and leadings of +Providence; but it might with equal propriety be answered in this case, +neither ought we to neglect embracing those openings in providence which +daily present themselves to us. What openings of providence do we wait +for? We can neither expect to be transported into the heathen world +without ordinary means, nor to be endowed with the gift of tongues, +&c. when we arrive there. These would not be providential interpositions, +but miraculous ones. Where a command exists nothing can be necessary to +render it binding but a removal of those obstacles which render +obedience impossible, and these are removed already. Natural +impossibility can never be pleaded so long as facts exist to prove the +contrary. Have not the popish missionaries surmounted all those +difficulties which we have generally thought to be insuperable? Have +not the missionaries of the _Unitas Fratrum_, or Moravian Brethren, +encountered the scorching heat of Abyssinia, and the frozen climes of +Greenland, and Labrador, their difficult languages, and savage +manners? Or have not English traders, for the sake of gain, surmounted +all those things which have generally been counted insurmountable +obstacles in the way of preaching the gospel? Witness the trade to +Persia, the East-Indies, China, and Greenland, yea even the accursed +Slave-Trade on the coasts of Africa. Men can insinuate themselves into +the favour of the most barbarous clans, and uncultivated tribes, for +the sake of gain; and how different soever the circumstances of +trading and preaching are, yet this will prove the possibility of +ministers being introduced there; and if this is but thought a +sufficient reason to make the experiment, my point is gained. + +It has been said that some learned divines have proved from Scripture +that the time is not yet come that the heathen should be converted; +and that first the _witnesses must be slain_, and many other +prophecies fulfilled. But admitting this to be the case (which I much +doubt[1]) yet if any objection is made from this against preaching to +them immediately, it must be founded on one of these things; either +that the secret purpose of God is the rule of our duty, and then it +must be as bad to pray for them, as to preach to them; or else that +none shall be converted in the heathen world till the universal +down-pouring of the Spirit in the last days. But this objection comes +too late; for the success of the gospel has been very considerable in +many places already. + +[Footnote 1: See Edwards on Prayer, on this subject, lately re-printed +by Mr. Sutcliffe.] + +It has been objected that there are multitudes in our own nation, and +within our immediate spheres of action, who are as ignorant as the +South-Sea savages, and that therefore we have work enough at home, +without going into other countries. That there are thousands in our +own land as far from God as possible, I readily grant, and that this +ought to excite us to ten-fold diligence in our work, and in attempts +to spread divine knowledge amongst them is a certain fact; but that it +ought to supercede all attempts to spread the gospel in foreign parts +seems to want proof. Our own countrymen have the means of grace, and +may attend on the word preached if they chuse it. They have the means +of knowing the truth, and faithful ministers are placed in almost +every part of the land, whose spheres of action might be much extended +if their congregations were but more hearty and active in the cause: +but with them the case is widely different, who have no Bible, no +written language, (which many of them have not,) no ministers, no good +civil government, nor any of those advantages which we have. Pity +therefore, humanity, and much more Christianity, call loudly for every +possible exertion to introduce the gospel amongst them. + + + + + SECT. II. + + + _Containing a short Review of former Undertakings for + the Conversion of the Heathen._ + + +Before the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ the whole world were either +heathens, or jews; and both, as to the body of them were enemies to +the gospel. After the resurrection the disciples continued in +Jerusalem till Pentecost. Being daily engaged in prayer and +supplication, and having chosen Matthias, to supply the place of Judas +in the apostolic office, on that solemn day, when they were all +assembled together, a most remarkable effusion of the Holy Spirit took +place, and a capacity of speaking in all foreign languages was +bestowed upon them. This opportunity was embraced by Peter for +preaching the gospel to a great congregation of jews and proselytes, +who were from Parthia, Media, Elam, Mesopotamia, Judea, Cappadocia, +the proconsular Asia, Phrygia, Pamphylia, Egypt, Lybia, Crete, Arabia, +Rome, &c. and at the first effort God wrought so powerfully that three +thousand were converted, who immediately after were baptized, and +added to the church. Before this great addition they consisted of but +about _an hundred and twenty persons_, but from that time they +continually increased. It was but a little after this that Peter and +John, going up to the temple, healed the lame man; this miracle drew a +great multitude together, and Peter took occasion while they stood +wondering at the event, to preach Jesus Christ to them. The +consequence was that five thousand more believed. + +This was not done without opposition; the priests and sadducees tried +all the methods they could invent to prevent them from preaching the +gospel. The apostles, however, asserted their divine warrant, and as +soon as they were set at liberty addressed God, and prayed that a +divine power might attend their labours, which petition was heard, and +their future ministry was very successful. On account of their +necessities who were engaged in this good work, those amongst them who +had possessions, or goods, sold them, and devoted the money to pious +uses. + +About this time a man and his wife out of great pretensions to piety, +sold an estate, and brought part of the money to the apostles, +pretending it to be the whole; for which dissimulation both he and his +wife, were struck dead by the hand of God. This awful catastrophe +however was the occasion of many more men and women being added to the +church. The miracles wrought by the apostles, and the success +attending their ministry, stirred up greater envy in the priests and +sadducees, who imprisoned them; from which confinement they were soon +liberated by an angel; upon which they went immediately as they were +commanded and preached in the temple: here they were seized, and +brought before the council, where Gamaliel spake in their favour, and +they were dismissed. After this they continued to prosecute their +work, rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for the +name of Christ. + +By this time the church at Jerusalem was so increased that the +multiplicity of its temporal concerns was the occasion of some +neglects, which produced a dissatisfaction. The apostles, therefore, +recommended to the church to chuse seven pious men, whose office it +should be to attend upon its temporal affairs; that _they might give +themselves to prayer, and the ministry of the word_. Seven were +accordingly chosen, over whom the apostles prayed, and ordained them +to the office of Deacons by imposition of hands: and these things +being settled the church increased more and more. One of these +Deacons, whose name was Stephen, being a person of eminent knowledge +and holiness, wrought many miracles, and disputed with great evidence +and energy for the truth of Christianity, which raised him up a number +of opponents. These soon procured his death, and carried their +resentment so far as to stir up such a persecution that the church, +which till now had been confined to Jerusalem, was dispersed, and all +the preachers except the apostles were driven thence, and went every +where preaching the word. + +A young man whose name was _Saul_, was very active in this +persecution; he had been educated under Gamaliel, a member of the +Sanhedrim, was a person of promising genius, by profession a Pharisee, +and much attached to the jewish ceremonies. When Stephen was stoned he +appeared much pleased with it, and had the custody of the clothes of +his executioners; and from that time was fired with such a spirit of +persecution himself, that he went about dragging some to prison, and +compelling others to blaspheme the name of the Lord Jesus. Neither was +he contented with exercising his rage at Jerusalem, but went to the +chief priests and obtained testimonials of authority to carry on the +same work at Damascus. But on his way, as he was almost ready to enter +into the city, the Lord changed his heart in a very wonderful manner; +so that instead of entering the town to persecute, he began to preach +the gospel as soon as he was able. This presently brought upon him the +same persecution which he had designed to exercise upon others, and +even endangered his life, so that the brethren found it necessary to +let him down the city wall in a basket by night, and so he escaped the +hands of his enemies. From thence he went to Jerusalem where he +preached the word, but being persecuted there, he went to Cesarea, and +from thence to Tarsus. + +In the time of this trouble in the church, Philip went and preached at +Samaria with great success, nay so great was the work that an +impostor, who had deceived the people with legerdemain tricks for a +long time was so amazed, and even convinced, as to profess himself a +Christian, and was baptized; but was afterwards detected, and appeared +to be an hypocrite. Besides him a great number believed in reality, +and being baptized a church was formed there. Soon after this the Lord +commanded Philip to go the way which led from Jerusalem to Gaza, which +he did, and there found an eunuch of great authority in the court of +Ethiopia, to whom he preached Christ, who believed, and was baptized; +after which Philip preached at Ashdod, or Azotus. + +About the same time Peter went to Lydda, or Diospolis, and cured Eneas +of a palsy, which was a mean of the conversion not only of the +inhabitants of that town, but also of the neighbouring country, called +Saron, the capital of which was Lasharon; and while he was there, a +circumstance turned up which tended much to the spread of the truth. A +woman of Joppa, a sea-port town in the neighbourhood, dying, they sent +to Lydda for Peter, who went over, and when he had prayed she was +raised to life again; which was an occasion of the conversion of many +in that town. Peter continued there preaching for some time, and +lodged at the house of a tanner. + +Now another circumstance also tended to the further propogation of +Christianity, for a Roman military officer who had some acquaintance +with the Old Testament Scriptures, but was not circumcised, was one +day engaged in prayer in his house at Cesarea, when an angel appeared +to him, and bid him send for Peter from Joppa to preach in his house. +Before this the work of God had been wholly confined to the jews, and +jewish proselytes, and even the apostles appeared to have had very +contracted ideas of the Christian dispensation; but now God by a +vision discovered to Peter that Christianity was to be spread into all +nations. He accordingly went and preached at the house of Cornelius, +at Cesarea, when several were converted, and baptized, and the +foundation of a church laid in that city. + +Some of the dispersed ministers having fled to Antioch in Syria, began +to preach to the greeks in that city about the same time, and had good +success; upon which the apostles sent Paul and Barnabas, who +instructed and strengthened them, and a church was formed in that city +also, which in a little time sent out several eminent preachers. + +In the Acts of the apostles we have an account of _four_ of the +principal journies which Paul, and his companions undertook. The +first, in which he was accompanied by Barnabas, is recorded in the +xiii. and xiv. chapters, and was the first _attack_ on the heathen +world. It was a journey into the lesser Asia. In their way they passed +over the island of Cyprus. No sooner had they entered on their +undertaking, than they met with great difficulty; for Mark, whom they +had taken as their minister, deserted them, and returned to Jerusalem, +where, it seems, he thought he should enjoy the greatest quiet. Paul +and Barnabas however went forward; in every city they preached the +word of the Lord, entering into the jewish synagogues and first +preaching Christ to them, and then to the gentiles. They were heard +with great candour and eagerness by some, and rejected by others with +obstinacy and wrath, and cruel persecution. One while they had enough +to do to restrain the people from worshipping them as gods, and soon +after, Paul was stoned, dragged out of the city, and left for dead. +Having penetrated as far as Derbe, they thought proper to return by +the way that they came, calling at every city where they had sown the +good seed, and finding in most, if not all these places, some who had +embraced the gospel, they exhorted and strengthened them in the faith, +formed them into a church state, and ordained them elders, fasted and +prayed with them; and so having commended them to the Lord on whom +they had believed, returned to Antioch in Syria, from whence they +first set out, and rehearsed to the church all that God had done with +them, and how he had opened the door of faith to the gentiles. + +About this time a dispute arising in the churches concerning +circumcision, Paul and Barnabas were deputed to go up to Jerusalem, to +consult the apostles and elders on the subject. This business being +adjusted, they, accompanied with Judas and Silas, returned to Antioch +with the general resolution, and continued there for a season, +teaching and preaching the word of the Lord. + +Paul now proposed to Barnabas, his fellow-labourer, that they might +visit their brethren in the places where they had been already, and +see how they did. To this Barnabas readily acceded, but a difference +arising between them about taking _John Mark_ with them, who had +deserted them before, these two eminent servants of God were parted +asunder, and never appear to have travelled together any more. They +continued however each to serve in the cause of Christ, though they +could not walk together. Barnabas took John, and sailed to Cyprus, his +native island, and Paul took Silas, and went through Syria and Cilicia +to Derbe and Lystra, cities where he and Barnabas had preached in +their first excursion. + +Here they found Timothy, a promising young man, whom they encouraged +to engage in the ministry. + +Paul being now at Lystra, which was the boundary of his first +excursion, and having visited the churches already planted, and +delivered to them the decrees of the apostles and elders relating to +circumcision, seems to have felt his heart enlarged, and assayed to +carry on the glorious work of preaching the gospel to the heathen to a +greater extent. With Silas and Timotheus he in his second journey[2] +took a western direction, passing through Phrygia, and the region of +Galatia. Having preached the word in these parts with considerable +success,[3] he and his companions wished to have gone into the +proconsular Asia, and afterwards assayed to go into Bythinia; but +begin forbidden of the Holy Ghost, who seems to have had a special +design of employing them elsewhere; passing by Mysia they came down to +Troas on the sea-coast. Here a vision appeared to Paul, in which he +was invited to go over to Macedonia. Obedient to the heavenly vision, +and greatly encouraged by it, they with all speed crossed the Egean +Sea, and passing through the island of Samothracia, landed at +Neapolis, and went from thence to Philippi, the chief city of that +part of Macedonia. It was here that Paul preached on a Sabbath day to +a few women by a river side, and Lydia, a woman of Thyatira, was +converted and baptized, and her household with her. It was here that a +poor girl, who brought her employers considerable profit by +foretelling events, followed the apostles, had her spirit of +divination ejected, on which account her masters were much irritated, +and raised a tumult, the effect of which was, that Paul and Silas were +imprisoned. But even this was over-ruled for the success of the +gospel, in that the keeper of the prison, and all his house, were +thereby brought to believe in the Lord Jesus Christ, and were +baptized. + +[Footnote 2: The account of this second journey into the heathen world +begins at Acts xv. 40. and ends chap. xviii. 22.] + +[Footnote 3: See ch. xviii. 23. and Gal i. 2.] + +From Philippi they passed thorough Amphipolis, Apollonia, +Thessalonica, (now Salonichi,) Berea, Athens, and Corinth, preaching +the gospel wherever they went. From hence Paul took ship and sailed to +Syria, only giving a short call at Ephesus, determining to be at +Jerusalem at the feast of the passover; and having saluted the church, +he came to Cesarea, and from thence to Antioch. + +Here ended Paul's second journey, which was very extensive, and took +up some years of his time. He and his companions met with their +difficulties in it, but had likewise their encouragements. They were +persecuted at Philippi, as already noticed, and generally found the +Jews to be their most inveterate enemies. These would raise tumults, +inflame the minds of the gentiles against them, and follow them from +place to place, doing them all the mischief in their power. This was +the case especially at Thessalonica, Berea, and Corinth. But amidst +all their persecutions God was with them, and strengthened them in +various ways. At Berea they were candidly received, and their doctrine +fairly tried by the Holy Scriptures; and _therefore_, it is said, +_many of them believed_. At other places, though they affected to +despise the apostle, yet some clave unto him. At _Corinth_ opposition +rose to a great height; but the Lord appeared to his servant in a +vision, saying, _Be not afraid, but speak, and hold not thy peace, for +I am with thee, and no man shall set on thee to hurt thee; for I have +much people in this city_. And the promise was abundantly made good in +the spirit discovered by Gallio, the proconsul, who turned a deaf ear +to the accusations of the jews, and nobly declined interfering in +matters beside his province. Upon the whole a number of churches were +planted during this journey, which for ages after shone as lights in +the world. + +When Paul had visited Antioch, and spent some time there, he prepared +for a third journey into heathen countries, the account of which +begins Acts xviii. 23. and ends chap. xxi. 17. At his first setting +out he went over the whole country of Galatia and Phrygia in order, +strengthening all the disciples; and passing through the upper coasts +came to Ephesus. There for the space of three months, he boldly +preached in the jewish synagogue, disputing, and persuading the things +concerning the kingdom of God. But when the hardened jews had openly +rejected the gospel, and spake evil of that way before the multitude, +Paul openly separated the disciples from them, and assembled in the +school of one Tyrannus. This, it is said, continued for the space of +two years, _so that all they who dwelt in_ the proconsular _Asia heard +the word of the Lord Jesus, both jews and greeks_. Certain magicians, +about this time were exposed, and others converted, who burnt their +books, and confessed their deeds. So mightily grew the word of the +Lord, and prevailed. + +After this an uproar being raised by Demetrius, the silversmith, Paul +went into Macedonia, visited the churches planted in his former +journey, and from thence passed into Greece. Having preached up and +down for three months, he thought of sailing from thence directly to +Syria; but in order to avoid the jews, who laid wait for him near the +sea coast, he took another course through Macedonia, and from thence +to Troas, by the way of Philippi. There is no mention made in his +former journey of his having preached at Troas; yet it seems he did, +and a church was gathered, with whom the apostle at this time united +in _breaking of bread_. It was here that he preached all night, and +raised Eutychus, who being overcome with sleep, had fallen down, and +was taken up dead. From hence they set sail for Syria, and in their +way called at Miletus, where Paul sent for the elders of the church of +Ephesus, and delivered that most solemn and affectionate farewell, +recorded in the 20th chapter of the Acts of the Apostles. From hence +they sailed for Tyre, where they tarried seven days, and from thence +proceeded to Jerusalem. + +Paul's fourth and last journey (or rather voyage) was to Rome, where +he went in the character of a prisoner. For being at Jerusalem he was +quickly apprehended by the jews; but being rescued by Lysias, the +chief captain, he was sent to Cesarea to take his trial. Here he made +his defence before Felix and Drusilla, in such sort that the judge, +instead of the prisoner, was made to tremble. Here also he made his +defence before Festus, Agrippa, and Bernice, with such force of +evidence that Agrippa was almost persuaded to be a Christian. But the +malice of the jews being insatiable, and Paul finding himself in +danger of being delivered into their hands, was constrained to appeal +unto Caesar. This was the occasion of his being sent to Rome, where he +arrived after a long and dangerous voyage, and being shipwrecked on +the island of Melita, where he wrought miracles, and Publius, the +governor, was converted. + +When he arrived at Rome he addressed his countrymen the jews, some of +whom believed; but when others rejected the gospel, he turned from +them to the gentiles, and for two whole years dwelt in his own hired +house preaching the kingdom of God, and teaching those things which +concern the Lord Jesus Christ, with all confidence, no man forbidding +him. + +Thus far the history of the Acts of the Apostles informs us of the +success of the word in the primitive times; and history informs us of +its being preached about this time, in many other places. Peter speaks +of a church at Babylon; Paul proposed a journey to Spain, and it is +generally believed he went there, and likewise came to France and +Britain. Andrew preached to the Scythians, north of the Black Sea. +John is said to have preached in India, and we know that he was at the +Isle of Patmos, in the Archipelago. Philip is reported to have +preached in upper Asia, Scythia, and Phrygia; Bartholomew in India, on +this side the Ganges, Phrygia, and Armenia; Matthew in Arabia, or +Asiatic Ethiopia, and Parthia; Thomas in India, as far as the coast of +Coromandel, and some say in the island of Ceylon; Simon, the +Canaanite, in Egypt, Cyrene, Mauritania, Lybia, and other parts of +Africa, and from thence to have come to Britain; and Jude is said to +have been principally engaged in the lesser Asia, and Greece. Their +labours were evidently very extensive, and very successful; so that +Pliny, the younger, who lived soon after the death of the apostles, in +a letter to the emperor, Trajan, observed that Christianity had +spread, not only through towns and cities, but also through whole +countries. Indeed before this, in the time of Nero, it was so +prevalent that it was thought necessary to oppose it by an Imperial +Edict, and accordingly the proconsuls, and other governors, were +commissioned to destroy it. + +Justin Martyr, who lived about the middle of the second century, in +his dialogue with Trypho, observed that there was no part of mankind, +whether greeks or barbarians, or any others, by what name soever they +were called, whether the Sarmatians, or the Nomades, who had no +houses, or the Scenites of Arabia Petrea, who lived in tents among +their cattle, where supplications and thanksgivings are not offered up +to the Father, and maker of all things, through the name of Jesus +Christ. Irenaeus, who lived about the year 170, speaks of churches +that were founded in Germany, Spain, France, the eastern countries, +Egypt, Lybia, and the middle of the world. Tertullian, who lived and +wrote at Carthage in Africa, about twenty years afterwards, +enumerating the countries where Christianity had penetrated, makes +mention of the Parthians, Medes, Elamites, Mesopotamians, Armenians, +Phrygians, Cappadocians, the inhabitants of Pontus, Asia, Pamphylia, +Egypt, and the regions of Africa beyond Cyrene, the Romans, and Jews, +formerly of Jerusalem, many of the Getuli, many borders of the Mauri, +or Moors, in Mauritania; now Barbary, Morocco, &c. all the borders of +Spain, many nations of the Gauls, and the places in Britain which were +inaccessible to the Romans; the Dacians, Sarmatians, Germans, +Scythians, and the inhabitants of many hidden nations and provinces, +and of many islands unknown to him, and which he could not enumerate. +The labours of the ministers of the gospel, in this early period, were +so remarkably blessed of God, that the last mentioned writer observed, +in a letter to Scapula, that if he began a persecution the city of +Carthage itself must be decimated thereby. Yea, and so abundant were +they in the three first centuries, that ten years constant and almost +universal persecution under Dioclesian, could neither root out the +Christians, nor prejudice their cause. + +After this they had great encouragement under several emperors, +particularly Constantine and Theodosius, and a very great work of God +was carried on; but the ease and affluence which in these times +attended the church, served to introduce a flood of corruption, which +by degrees brought on the whole system of popery, by means of which +all appeared to be lost again; and Satan set up his kingdom of +darkness, deceit, and human authority over conscience, through all the +Christian world. + +In the time of Constantine, one Frumentius was sent to preach to the +Indians, and met with great success. A young woman who was a +Christian, being taken captive by the Iberians, or Georgians, near the +Caspian Sea, informed them of the truths of Christianity, and was so +much regarded that they sent to Constantine for ministers to come and +preach the word to them. About the same time some barbarous nations +having made irruptions into Thrace, carried away several Christians +captive, who preached the gospel; by which means the inhabitants upon +the Rhine, and the Danube, the Celtae, and some other parts of Gaul, +were brought to embrace Christianity. About this time also James of +Nisbia, went into Persia to strengthen the Christians, and preach to +the heathens; and his success was so great that Adiabene was almost +entirely Christian. About the year 372, one Moses, a Monk, went to +preach to the Saracens, who then lived in Arabia, where he had great +success; and at this time the Goths, and other northern nations, had +the kingdom of Christ further extended amongst them, but which was +very soon corrupted with Arianism. + +Soon after this the kingdom of Christ was further extended among the +Scythian Nomades, beyond the Danube, and about the year 430, a people +called the Burgundians, received the gospel. Four years after, that +Palladius was sent to preach in Scotland, and the next year Patrick +was sent from Scotland to preach to the Irish who before his time were +totally uncivilized, and, some say, cannibals; he however, was useful, +and laid the foundations of several churches in Ireland. Presently +after this, truth spread further among the Saracens, and in 522, +Zathus, king of the Colchians encouraged it, and many of that nation +were converted to Christianity. About this time also the work was +extended in Ireland, by Finian, and in Scotland by Constantine and +Columba; the latter of whom preached also to the Picts, and Brudaeus, +their king, with several others, were converted. About 541, Adad, the +king of Ethiopia, was converted by the preaching of Mansionarius; the +Heruli beyond the Danube, were now made obedient to the faith, and the +Abasgi, near the Caucasian Mountains. + +But now popery, especially the compulsive part of it, was risen to +such an height, that the usual method of propagating the gospel, or +rather what was so called, was to conquer pagan nations by force of +arms, and then oblige them to submit to Christianity, after which +bishopricks were erected, and persons then sent to instruct the +people. I shall just mention some of those who are said to have +laboured thus. + +In 596, Austin, the monk, Melitus, Justus, Paulinus, and Russinian, +laboured in England, and in their way were very successful. Paulinus, +who appears to have been one of the best of them, had great success in +Northumberland; Birinnius preached to the West Saxons, and Felix to +the East Angles. In 589, Amandus Gallus laboured in Ghent, Chelenus in +Artois, and Gallus and Columbanus in Suabia. In 648, Egidius Gallus in +Flanders, and the two Evaldi, in Westphalia. In 684, Willifred, in the +Isle of Wight. In 688, Chilianus, in upper Franconia. In 698, +Boniface, or Winifred, among the Thuringians, near Erford, in Saxony, +and Willibroad in West-Friesland. Charlemagne conquered Hungary in the +year 800, and obliged the inhabitants to profess Christianity, when +Modestus likewise preached to the Venedi, at the source of the Save +and Drave. In 833, Ansgarius preached in Denmark, Gaudibert in Sweden, +and about 861, Methodius and Cyril, in Bohemia. + +About the year 500, the Scythians over-run Bulgaria, and Christianity +was extirpated; but about 870 they were re-converted. Poland began to +be brought over about the same time, and afterwards, about 960 or 990, +the work was further extended amongst the Poles and Prussians. The +work was begun in Norway in 960, and in Muscovy in 989, the Swedes +propagated Christianity in Finland, in 1168, Lithuania became +Christian in 1386, and Samogitia in 1439. The Spaniards forced popery +upon the inhabitants of South-America, and the Portuguese in Asia. +The Jesuits were sent into China in 1552. Xavier, whom they call the +apostle of the Indians, laboured in the East-Indies and Japan, from +1541 to 1552, and several millions of Capauchins were sent to Africa +in the seventeenth century. But blind zeal, gross superstition, and +infamous cruelties, so marked the appearances of religion all this +time, that the professors of Christianity needed conversion, as much +as the heathen world. + +A few pious people had fled from the general corruption, and lived +obscurely in the vallies of Piedmont and Savoy, who were like the seed +of the church. Some of them were now and then necessitated to travel +into other parts, where they faithfully testified against the +corruptions of the times. About 1369 Wickliffe began to preach the +faith in England, and his preaching and writings were the means of the +conversion of great numbers, many of whom became excellent preachers; +and a work was begun which afterwards spread in England, Hungary, +Bohemia, Germany, Switzerland, and many other places. John Huss and +Jerom of Prague, preached boldly and successfully in Bohemia, and the +adjacent parts. In the following century Luther, Calvin, Melancton, +Bucer, Martyr, and many others, stood up against all the rest of the +world; they preached, and prayed, and wrote; and nations agreed one +after another to cast off the yoke of popery, and to embrace the +doctrine of the gospel. + +In England, episcopal tyranny succeeded to popish cruelty, which, in +the year 1620, obliged many pious people to leave their native land +and settle in America; these were followed by others in 1629, who laid +the foundations of several gospel churches, which have increased +amazingly since that time, and the Redeemer has fixed his throne in +that country, where but a little time ago, Satan had universal +dominion. + +In 1632, Mr. Elliot, of New-England, a very pious and zealous +minister, began to preach to the Indians, among whom he had great +success; several churches of Indians were planted, and some preachers +and school-masters raised up amongst them; since which time others +have laboured amongst them with some good encouragement. About the +year 1743, Mr. David Brainerd was sent a missionary to some more +Indians, where he preached, and prayed, and after some time an +extraordinary work of conversion was wrought, and wonderful success +attended his ministry. And at this present time, Mr. Kirkland and Mr. +Sergeant are employed in the same good work, and God has considerably +blessed their labours. + +In 1706, the king of Denmark sent a Mr. Ziegenbalg, and some others, +to Tranquebar, on the Coromandel coast in the East-Indies, who were +useful to the natives, so that many of the heathens were turned to the +Lord. The Dutch East-India Company likewise having extended their +commerce, built the city of Batavia, and a church was opened there; +and the Lord's Supper was administered for the first time, on the 3d +of January, 1621, by their minister James Hulzibos, from hence some +ministers were sent to Amboyna, who were very successful. A seminary +of learning was erected at Leyden, in which ministers and assistants +were educated, under the renowned _Walaeus_, and some years a great +number were sent to the East, at the Company's expence, so that in a +little time many thousands at Formosa, Malabar, Ternate, +Jaffanapatnam, in the town of Columba, at Amboyna, Java, Banda, +Macassar, and Malabar, embraced the religion of our Lord Jesus Christ. +The work has decayed in some places, but they now have churches in +Ceylon, Sumatra, Java, Amboyna, and some other of the spice islands, +and at the Cape of Good Hope, in Africa. + +But none of the moderns have equalled the Moravian Brethren in this +good work; they have sent missions to Greenland, Labrador, and several +of the West-Indian Islands, which have been blessed for good. They +have likewise sent to Abyssinia, in Africa, but what success they have +had I cannot tell. + +The late Mr. Wesley lately made an effort in the West-Indies, and some +of their ministers are now labouring amongst the Caribbs and Negroes, +and I have seen pleasing accounts of their success. + + + + + SECT. III. + + + _Containing a Survey of the present State of the World._ + + +In this survey I shall consider the world as divided, according to its +usual division, into four parts, _EUROPE, ASIA, AFRICA_, and +_AMERICA_, and take notice of the extent of the several countries, +their population, civilization, and religion. The article of religion +I shall divide into Christian, Jewish, Mahometan, and Pagan; and shall +now and then hint at the particular sect of them that prevails in the +places which I shall describe. The following Tables will exhibit a +more comprehensive view of what I propose, than any thing I can offer +on the subject. + + + _EUROPE._ + + EXTENT. +Countries. Length Breadth Number of Religion. + Miles. Miles. Inhabitants. + +Great-Britain 680 300 12,000,000 Protestants, of many + denominations. +Ireland 285 160 2,000,000 Protestants and + Papists. +France 600 500 24,000,000 Catholics, Deists, + and Protestants. +Spain 700 500 9,500,000 Papists. +SWEDEN including 800 500 3,500,000 The Swedes are serious + Sweden proper, Lutherans, but most + Gothland, Shonen, of the Laplanders + Lapland, Bothnia, are Pagans, and very + and Finland superstitious. +Isle of Gothland 80 23 5,000 +---- Oesel 45 24 2,500 +---- Oeland 84 9 1,000 +---- Dago 26 23 1,000 +---- Aland 24 20 800 +---- Hogland 9 5 100 +Denmark 240 114 360,000 Lutherans of the + Helvetic Confession. +Isle of Zeeland 60 60 284,000 Ditto. +---- Funen 38 32 144,000 Ditto. +---- Arroe 8 2 200 Ditto. +---- Iceland 435 185 60,000 Ditto. +---- Langeland 27 12 3,000 Ditto. +---- Laland 38 30 148,000 Ditto. +---- Falster 27 12 3,000 Ditto. +---- Mona 14 5 600 Ditto. +---- Alsen 15 6 600 Ditto. +---- Femeren 13 8 1,000 Ditto. +Isle of Bornholm 20 12 2,000 Lutherans. +Greenland Undiscovered 7,000 Pagans, and Moravian + Christians. +Norway 750 170 724,000 Lutherans. +24 Faro Isles 4,500 Ditto. +Danish Lapland 285 172 100,000 Ditto, and Pagans. +Poland 700 680 9,000,000 Papists, Lutherans, + Calvinists, & Jews. +Prussia[4] 400 160 2,500,000 Calvinists, Catholics, + & Lutherans. +Sardinia 135 57 600,000 Papists. +Sicily 180 92 1,000,000 Ditto. +Italy 660 120 20,000,000 Ditto. +United Netherlands 150 150 2,000,000 Protestants of several + denominations. +Austrian Netherlands 200 200 2,500,000 Papists and Protestants. +Switzerland 200 100 2,880,000 Papists and Protestants. +The Grisons 100 62 800,000 Lutherans and Papists. +The Abbacy of St. Gall 24 10 50,000 Ditto. +Neufchatel 32 20 100,000 Calvinists. +Valais 80 30 440,000 Papists. +Piedmont 140 98 900,000 Ditto, and Protestants. +Savoy 87 60 720,000 Ditto. +Geneva, City 24,000 Calvinists. +Bohemia 478 322 2,100,000 Papists and Moravians. +Hungary 300 200 2,500,000 Papists. +Germany 600 500 20,000,000 Ditto, and Protestants. +Russia in Europe 1500 1100 22,000,000 Greek Church. +Turkey in Europe 1000 900 18,000,000 Greek Christians, Jews, + & Mahometans. +Budziac Tartary 300 60 1,200,000 Greek Christians, Jews, + & Mahometans +Lesser Tartary 390 65 1,000,000 Ditto. +Crim Tartary 145 80 500,000 Ditto. +Isle of Tenedos 5 3 200 Mahometans. +---- Negropont 90 25 25,000 Ditto. +---- Lemnos 25 25 4,000 Ditto. +---- Paros 36 in compass. 4,500 Greek Christians. +---- Lesbos, + or Miylene 160 in compass. 30,000 Mahometans and Greeks. +---- Naxia 100 in compass. 8,000 Greeks and Papists. +---- Scio, or Chios 112 in compass. Greek Christians, + Papists, & Mahomet. +---- Nio 40 in compass. 1,000 Ditto. +---- Scyros 60 in compass. 1,000 Ditto. +---- Mycone 36 in compass. 3,000 Ditto. +---- Samos 30 15 12,000 Mahometans. +---- Nicaria 70 in compass. 3,000 Greek Christians +---- Andros 120 in compass. 4,000 Ditto. +---- Cyclades, 700 Ditto. + Delos the Chief. +---- Zia 40 in compass. 8,000 Ditto. +---- Cerigo or 50 in compass. 1,000 Ditto. + Cytheraea +---- Santorin 36 in compass. 10,000 Ditto, and Papists. +---- Policandra 8 in compass. 400 Ditto. +---- Patmos 18 in compass. 600 Ditto. +---- Sephanto 36 in compass. 5,000 Greeks. +---- Claros 40 in compass. 1,700 Mahometans. +---- Amorgo 36 in compass. 4,000 Greek Christians. +---- Leros 18 in compass. 800 Christians and + Mahometans. +---- Therima 40 in compass. 6,000 Greek Christians. +---- Stampalia 50 in compass. 3,000 Ditto. +---- Salamis 50 in compass. 1,000 Ditto. +---- Scarpanta 20 in compass. 2,000 Ditto. +---- Cephalonia 130 in compass. 50,000 Ditto. +---- Zant 50 in compass. 30,000 Greek Christians. +---- Milo 60 in compass. 40,000 Ditto. +---- Corfu 120 in compass. 60,000 Ditto. +---- Candia, or Crete 200 60 400,000 Ditto, and Mahometans. +---- Coos, 70 in compass. 12,800 Mahometans and + or Stanchia Christians. +---- Rhodes 60 25 120,000 Ditto. +---- Cyprus 150 70 300,000 Mahometans. + +[Footnote 4: The rest of Prussian dominions being scattered about +in several countries, are counted to those countries where they lie.] + + + _ASIA._ + + EXTENT. +Countries. Length Breadth Number of Religion. + Miles. Miles. Inhabitants. + +TURKEY IN ASIA 1000 800 20,000,000 Mahometanism is most + contains Anatolia, prevalent, but there + Syria, Palestine, are many Greek, Latin, + Diabekr, Tutcomania Eutychian, and + and Georgia Armenian Christians. +Arabia 1300 1200 16,000,000 Mahometans. +Persia 1280 1140 20,000,000 Ditto, of the Sect + of Ali. +Great Tartary 4000 1200 40,000,000 Mahometans and Pagans. +Siberia 2800 960 7,500,000 Greek Christians + and Pagans. +Samojedia 2000 370 1,900,000 Pagans. +Kamtschatcha 540 236 900,000 Ditto. +Nova Zembla Undiscovered.thinly inhabit.Ditto. +China 1400 1260 60,000,000 Ditto. +JAPAN contains 900 360 10,000,000 Ditto. + Niphon Isl. +Isle of Ximo 210 200 3,000,000 Pagans. +---- Xicoco 117 104 1,800,000 Ditto. +---- Tsussima 39 34 40,000 Ditto. +---- Iki 20 17 6,000 Ditto. +---- Kubitessima 30 26 8,000 Ditto. +---- Matounsa 54 26 50,000 Ditto. +---- Fastistia 36 34 30,000 Ditto. +---- Firando 30 28 10,000 Ditto. +---- Amacusa 27 24 6,000 Ditto. +---- Awasi 30 18 5,000 Ditto. +India 2000 1000 50,000,000 Mahometans and Pagans. + beyond the Ganges +Indostan 2000 1500 110,000,000 Ditto. +Tibet 1200 480 10,000,000 Pagans. +Isle of Ceylon 250 200 2,000,000 Pagans, except the + Dutch Christians. +---- Maldives 1000 in number. 100,000 Mahometans. +---- Sumatra 1000 100 2,100,000 Ditto, and Pagans. +---- Java 580 100 2,700,000 Ditto. +---- Timor 2400 54 300,000 Ditto, and a + few Christians. +---- Borneo 800 700 8,000,000 Ditto. +---- Celebes 510 240 2,000,000 Ditto. +---- Boutam 75 30 80,000 Mahometans. +---- Carpentyn 30 3 2,000 Christian Protestants. +---- Ourature 18 6 3,000 Pagans. +---- Pullo Lout 60 36 10,000 Ditto. + +Besides the little Islands of Manaar, Aripen, Caradivia, Pengandiva, +Analativa, Nainandiva, and Nindundiva, which are inhabited by +Christian Protestants. + +And Banca, Madura, Bally, Lambeck, Flores, Solor, Leolana, Panterra, +Miscomby, and several others, inhabited by Pagans and Mahometans. + +The MOLUCCAS are, +---- Banda 20 10 6,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- Buro 25 10 7,000 Ditto. +---- Amboyna 25 10 7,500 Christians;--the Dutch + have 25 Ch. +---- Ceram 210 45 250,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- Gillola 190 110 650,000 Ditto. + +And Pully-way, Pullo-rin, Nera, Guamanapi, Guilliaien, Ternate, Motir, +Machian, and Bachian, which are inhabited by Pagans and Mahometans. + +The PHILIPPINE ISLANDS are supposed to be about 11,000;--some of the +chief are, + +Isle of Mindanao 60 40 18,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- Bahol 24 12 6,000 Ditto. +---- Layta 48 27 10,000 Ditto. +---- Parragon 240 60 100,000 Ditto. +The CALAMINES are Sebu 60 24 10,000 Papists. +---- Mindora 60 36 12,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- Philippina 185 120 104,000 Ditto. +---- Negroes Isle 150 60 80,000 Papists. +---- Manilla 31,000 Ditto, and Pagans. + +The Ladrone Islands are inhabited by most uncivilized Pagans. + +New Holland 2500 2000 12,000,000 Pagans;--1 or 2 + Ministers are there. +New Zealand[5] 960 180 1,120,000 Ditto. +New Guinea 1000 360 1,900,000 Ditto. +New Britain 180 120 900,000 Ditto. +New Ireland 180 60 700,000 Ditto. +Onrong Java A Cluster of Isles. Ditto. +New Caledonia 260 30 170,000 Ditto. +New Hebrides Ditto. +Friendly Isles 20 in number. Ditto. +Sandwich Isles 7 in number. 400,000 Ditto. +Society Isles 6 in number. 800,000 Ditto. +Kurile Isles 45 in number. 50,000 Ditto. +Pelew Isles Pagans. +Oonalashka Isle 40 20 3,000 Ditto. +The other South-Sea Islands. Ditto. + +[Footnote 5: Two Islands.] + + + _AFRICA._ + + EXTENT. +Countries. Length Breadth Number of Religion. + Miles. Miles. Inhabitants. + +Egypt 600 250 2,200,000 Mahometans and Jews. +Nubia 940 600 3,000,000 Ditto. +Barbary 1800 500 3,500,000 Mahometans, Jews, + and Christians. +Biledulgerid 2500 350 3,500,000 Mahometans, Christians, + and Jews. +Zaara, or the Desart 3400 660 800,000 Ditto. +Abyssinia 900 800 5,800,000 Armenian Christians. +Abex 540 130 1,600,000 Christians and Pagans. +Negroland 2200 840 18,000,000 Pagans. +Loango 410 300 1,500,000 Ditto. +Congo 540 220 2,000,000 Ditto. +Angola 360 250 1,400,000 Ditto. +Benguela 430 180 1,600,000 Ditto. +Mataman 450 240 1,500,000 Ditto. +Ajan 900 300 2,500,000 Ditto. +Zanguebar 1400 350 3,000,000 Ditto. +Monoemugi 900 660 2,000,000 Ditto. +Sofala 480 300 1,000,000 Pagans. +Terra de Natal 600 350 2,000,000 Ditto. +Caffraria, or the 708 660 2,000,000 Ditto, and a few + Hottentots Country Christians at the Cape. +Isle of Madagascar 1000 220 2,000,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- St. Mary 54 9 5,000 French Papists. +---- Mascarin 39 30 17,000 Ditto. +---- St. Helena 21 in compass. 1,000 English and French + Christians. +---- Annabon 16 14 4,000 Portuguese Papists. +---- St. Thomas 25 23 9,000 Pagans. +---- Zocotora 80 54 10,000 Mahometans. +---- Comora Isles 5 in number. 5,000 Ditto. +---- Mauritius 150 in compass. 10,000 French Papists. +---- Bourbon 90 in compass. 15,000 French Papists. +---- Madeiras 3 in number. 10,000 Papists. +---- Cape Verd Isles 10 in number. 20,000 Ditto. +---- Canaries 12 in number. 30,000 Ditto. +---- Azores 9 in number. 100,000 Ditto. +---- Maltha 15 8 1,200 Ditto. + + + _AMERICA._ + + EXTENT. +Countries. Length Breadth Number of Religion. + Miles. Miles. Inhabitants. + +Brazil 2900 900 14,000,000 Pagans and Papists. +Paraguay 1140 460 10,000,000 Pagans. +Chili 1200 500 2,000,000 Pagans and Papists. +Peru 1800 600 10,000,000 Pagans and Papists. +Country of the 1200 900 8,000,000 Pagans. + Amazons. +Terra Firma 1400 700 10,000,000 Pagans and Papists. +Guiana 780 480 2,000,000 Ditto. +Terra Magellanica 1400 460 9,000,000 Pagans. +Old Mexico 2220 600 13,500,000 Ditto, and Papists. +New Mexico 2000 1000 14,000,000 Ditto. +The States of America 1000 600 3,700,000 Christians, of various + denominations +Terra de Labrador, 1680 600 8,000,000 Christians, of various + Nova-Scotia, denominations, but + Louisiana, Canada, most of the North + and all the country American Indians are + inland from Mexico Pagans. + to Hudson's-Bay +California, and from 2820 1380 9,000,000 Pagans. + thence along the + degrees south + latitude, and so + far inland as to + meet the above + article +All to the north of unknown. Pagans. + 70 degrees +Cape Breton 400 110 20,000 Christians. +---- Newfoundland 350 200 1,400 Protestants. +---- Cumberland's Isle 780 300 10,000 Pagans. +---- Madre de Dios 105 30 8,000 Ditto. +---- Terra del Fuego 120 36 5,000 Ditto. + +All the Islands in the Vicinity of Cape Horn Pagans. + +The Bermudas extend 16 5 20,000 Half English, and + Half Slaves. +The LITTLE ANTILLES + are Aruba 5 3 200 Dutch, and Pagan Negroes. +---- Curassoa 30 10 11,000 Ditto. +---- Bonaire 10 3 300 Ditto. +---- Margaritta 40 24 18,000 Spaniards, and Pagan + Negoes. +---- St Trinidad 90 60 100,000 Ditto. +The BAHAMAS are +---- Bahama 50 16 16,000 Pagans. +---- Providence 28 11 6,000 Ditto. + +Besides Eluthera, Harbour, Lucayonegua, Andross, Cigateo, Guanaliana, +Yumeta, Samana, Yuma, Mayaguana, Ynagua, Caieos, and Triangula-- +Pagans. + +The ANTILLES are +---- Cuba 700 60 1,000,000 Papists. +---- Jamaica 140 60 400,000 English, and Pagan + Negroes. +---- St. Domingo 450 150 1,000,000 French, Spaniards, and + Negroes. +---- Porto Rico 100 49 300,000 Spaniards and Negroes. +---- Vache, or Cows I. 18 2 1,000 Ditto. + +The VIRGIN ISLES are 12 in number, of which Danes Island is the +principal--Protestants. + +The CARRIRBEES are +---- St. Cruz 30 10 13,500 Danish Protestants. +---- Anguilla 30 9 6,000 Protestants, and Negroes. +---- St. Martin 21 12 7,500 Ditto. +---- St. Bartholomew 6 4 720 Ditto. +---- Barbuda 20 12 7,500 Ditto. +---- Saba 5 4 1,500 Ditto. +---- Guardulope 45 38 50,000 Catholics, and Pagan + Negroes. +---- Marigalante 15 12 5,400 Ditto. +---- Tobago 32 9 3,400 Ditto. +---- Defiada 12 6 1,500 Ditto. +---- Granada 30 15 13,500 English, and Pagan + Negroes. +---- St. Lucia 23 12 5,000 Ditto, and Native Pagan + Caribbs. + Whites. Negroes. +---- St. Eustatia 6 4 5,000 15,000 Dutch, English, &c. +---- St.Christopher 20 7 6,000 36,000 English. +---- Nevis 6 4 5,000 10,000 Ditto. +---- Antigua 20 4 7,000 30,000 Ditto. +---- Montserrat 6 4 5,000 10,000 Ditto. +---- Martinico 6 4 20,000 50,000 French. +---- St. Vincent's 60 4 8,000 5,000 The 8,000 are + Native Caribbs. +---- Barbadoes 24 4 30,000 100,000 English. +---- Dominica 28 4 40,000 Ditto, 2,000 of them + Native Caribbs. +---- St. Thomas 15 in compass. 8,000 Danish Protestants. + + +This, as nearly as I can obtain information, is the state of the +world; though in many countries, as Turkey, Arabia, Great Tartary, +Africa, and America, except the United States, and most of the Asiatic +Islands, we have no accounts of the number of inhabitants, that can be +relied on. I have therefore only calculated the extent, and counted a +certain number on an average upon a square mile; in some countries +more, and in others less, according as circumstances determine. A few +general remarks upon it will conclude this section. + +FIRST, the inhabitants of the world according to this calculation, +amount to about seven hundred and thirty-one millions; four hundred +and twenty millions of whom are still in pagan darkness; an hundred +and thirty millions the followers of Mahomet; an hundred millions +catholics; forty-four millions protestants; thirty millions of the +greek and armenian churches, and perhaps seven millions of jews. It +must undoubtedly strike every considerate mind, what a vast proportion +of the sons of Adam there are, who yet remain in the most deplorable +state of heathen darkness, without any means of knowing the true God, +except what are afforded them by the works of nature; and utterly +destitute of the knowledge of the gospel of Christ, or of any means of +obtaining it. In many of these countries they have no written +language, consequently no Bible, and are only led by the most childish +customs and traditions. Such, for instance, are all the middle and +back parts of North America, the inland parts of South America, the +South-Sea Islands, New Holland, New Zealand, New Guinea; and I may add +Great Tartary, Siberia, Samojedia, and the other parts of Asia +contiguous to the frozen sea; the greatest part of Africa, the island +of Madagascar, and many places beside. In many of these parts also +they are cannibals, feeding upon the flesh of their slain enemies, +with the greatest brutality and eagerness. The truth of this was +ascertained, beyond a doubt, by the late eminent navigator, Cooke, of +the New Zealanders, and some of the inhabitants of the western coast +of America. Human sacrifices are also very frequently offered, so that +scarce a week elapses without instances of this kind. They are in +general poor, barbarous, naked pagans, as destitute of civilization, +as they are of true religion. + +SECONDLY, barbarous as these poor heathens are, they appear to be as +capable of knowledge as we are; and in many places, at least, have +discovered uncommon genius and tractableness; and I greatly question +whether most of the barbarities practiced by them, have not originated +in some real or supposed affront, and are therefore, more properly, +acts of self-defence, than proofs of inhuman and blood-thirsty +dispositions. + +THIRDLY, in other parts, where they have a written language, as in the +East-Indies, China, Japan, &c. they know nothing of the gospel. The +jesuits indeed once made many converts to popery among the Chinese; +but their highest aim seemed to be to obtain their good opinion; for +though the converts professed themselves Christians, yet they were +allowed to honour the image of CONFUCIUS their great law-giver; and at +length their ambitious intrigues brought upon them the displeasure of +government, which terminated in the suppression of the mission, and +almost, if not entirely, of the Christian name. It is also a +melancholy fact, that the vices of Europeans have been communicated +wherever they themselves have been; so that the religious state of +even heathens has been rendered worse by intercourse with them! + +FOURTHLY, a very great proportion of Asia and Africa, with some part +of Europe, are _Mahometans_; and those in Persia, who are of the sect +of _Hali_, are the most inveterate enemies to the Turks; and they in +return abhor the Persians. The Africans are some of the most ignorant +of all the mahometans; especially the Arabs, who are scattered through +all the northern parts of Africa, and live upon the depredations which +they are continually making upon their neighbours. + +FIFTHLY, in respect to those who bear the Christian name, a very great +degree of ignorance and immorality abounds amongst them. There are +Christians, so called, of the greek and armenian churches, in all the +mahometan countries; but they are, if possible, more ignorant and +vicious than the mahometans themselves. The Georgian Christians, who +are near the Caspian Sea, maintain themselves by selling their +neighbours, relations, and children, for slaves to the Turks and +Persians. And it is remarked, that if any of the greeks of Anatolia +turn mussulmen, the Turks never set any store by them, on account of +their being so much noted for dissimulation and hypocrisy. It is well +known that most of the members of the greek church are very ignorant. +Papists also are in general ignorant of divine things, and very +vicious. Nor do the bulk of the church of England much exceed them, +either in knowledge or holiness; and many errors, and much looseness +of conduct, are to be found amongst dissenters of all denominations. +The lutherans in Denmark, are much on a par with the ecclesiastics in +England; and the face of most Christian countries presents a dreadful +scene of ignorance, hypocrisy, and profligacy. Various baneful, and +pernicious errors appear to gain ground, in almost every part of +Christendom; the truths of the gospel, and even the gospel itself, are +attacked, and every method that the enemy can invent is employed to +undermine the kingdom of our Lord Jesus Christ. + +All these things are loud calls to Christians, and especially to +ministers, to exert themselves to the utmost in their several spheres +of action, and to try to enlarge them as much as possible. + + + + + SECT. IV. + + + _The Practicability of something being done, more than + what is done, for the Conversion of the Heathen._ + + +The impediments in the way of carrying the gospel among the heathen +must arise, I think, from one or other of the following things; +--either their distance from us, their barbarous and savage manner of +living, the danger of being killed by them, the difficulty of +procuring the necessaries of life, or the unintelligibleness of their +languages. + +FIRST, as to their distance from us, whatever objections might have +been made on that account before the invention of the mariner's +compass, nothing can be alledged for it, with any colour of +plausibility in the present age. Men can now sail with as much +certainty through the Great South Sea, as they can through the +Mediterranean, or any lesser Sea. Yea, and providence seems in a +manner to invite us to the trial, as there are to our knowledge +trading companies, whose commerce lies in many of the places where, +these barbarians dwell. At one time or other ships are sent to visit +places of more recent discovery, and to explore parts the most +unknown; and every fresh account of their ignorance, or cruelty, +should call forth our pity, and excite us to concur with providence in +seeking their eternal good. Scripture likewise seems to point out this +method, _Surely the Isles shall wait for me; the ships of Tarshish +first, to bring my sons from far, their silver, and their gold with +them, unto the name of the Lord, thy God._ Isai. lx. 9. This seems to +imply that in the time of the glorious increase of the church, in the +latter days, (of which the whole chapter is undoubtedly a prophecy,) +commerce shall subserve the spread of the gospel. The ships of +Tarshish were trading vessels, which made voyages for traffic to +various parts; thus much therefore must be meant by it, that +_navigation_, especially that which is _commercial_, shall be one +great mean of carrying on the work of God; and perhaps it may imply +that there shall be a very considerable appropriation of wealth to +that purpose. + +SECONDLY, as to their uncivilized, and barbarous way of living, this +can be no objection to any, except those whose love of ease renders +them unwilling to expose themselves to inconveniencies for the good of +others. + +It was no objection to the apostles and their successors, who went +among the barbarous _Germans_ and _Gauls_, and still more barbarous +_Britons_! They did not wait for the ancient inhabitants of these +countries, to be civilized, before they could be christianized, but +went simply with the doctrine of the cross; and TERTULLIAN could boast +that "those parts of Britain which were proof against the Roman +armies, were conquered by the gospel of Christ"--It was no objection +to an ELLIOT, or a BRAINERD, in later times. They went forth, and +encountered every difficulty of the kind, and found that a cordial +reception of the gospel produced those happy effects which the longest +intercourse with Europeans, without it could never accomplish. It _is_ +no objection to commercial men. It only requires that we should have +as much love to the souls of our fellow-creatures, and fellow sinners, +as they have for the profits arising from a few otter-skins, and all +these difficulties would be easily surmounted. + +After all, the uncivilized state of the heathen, instead of affording +an objection _against_ preaching the gospel to them, ought to furnish +an argument _for_ it. Can we as men, or as christians, hear that a +great part of our fellow creatures, whose souls are as immortal as +ours, and who are as capable as ourselves, of adorning the gospel, and +contributing by their preaching, writings, or practices to the glory +of our Redeemer's name, and the good of his church, are inveloped in +ignorance and barbarism? Can we hear that they are without the gospel, +without government, without laws, and without arts, and sciences; and +not exert ourselves to introduce amongst them the sentiments of men, +and of Christians? Would not the spread of the gospel be the most +effectual mean of their civilization? Would not that make them useful +members of society? We know that such effects did in a measure follow +the afore-mentioned efforts of _Elliot_, _Brainerd_, and others +amongst the American Indians; and if similar attempts were made in +other parts of the world, and succeeded with a divine blessing (which +we have every reason to think they would) might we not expect to see +able Divines, or read well-conducted treatises in defence of the +truth, even amongst those who at present seem to be scarcely human? + +THIRDLY, _In respect to the danger of being killed by them_, it is +true that whoever does go must put his life in his hand, and not +consult with flesh and blood; but do not the goodness of the cause, +the duties incumbent on us as the creatures of God, and Christians, +and the perishing state of our fellow men, loudly call upon us to +venture all and use every warrantable exertion for their benefit? PAUL +and BARNABAS, who _hazarded their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus +Christ_, were not blamed as being rash, but commended for so doing, +while JOHN MARK who through timidity of mind deserted them in their +perilous undertaking, was branded with censure. After all, as has been +already observed, I greatly question whether most of the barbarities +practiced by the savages upon those who have visited them, have not +originated in some real or supposed affront, and were therefore, more +properly, acts of self-defence, than proofs of ferocious dispositions. +No wonder if the imprudence of sailors should prompt them to offend +the simple savage, and the offence be resented; but _Elliot_, +_Brainerd_, and the _Moravian missionaries_, have been very seldom +molested. Nay, in general the heathen have shewed a willingness to +hear the word; and have principally expressed their hatred of +Christianity on account of the vices of nominal Christians. + +FOURTHLY, _As to the difficulty of procuring the necessaries of life_, +this would not be so great as may appear at first sight; for though we +could not procure European food, yet we might procure such as the +natives of those countries which we visit, subsist upon themselves. +And this would only be passing through what we have virtually engaged, +in by entering on the ministerial office. A Christian minister is a +person who in a peculiar sense is _not his own_; he is the _servant_ +of God, and therefore ought to be wholly devoted to him. By entering +on that sacred office he solemnly undertakes to be always engaged, as +much as possible, in the Lord's work, and not to chuse his own +pleasure, or employment, or pursue the ministry as a something that is +to subserve his own ends, or interests, or as a kind of bye-work. He +engages to go where God pleases, and to do, or endure what he sees fit +to command, or call him to, in the exercise of his function. He +virtually bids farewell to friends, pleasures, and comforts, and +stands in readiness to endure the greatest sufferings in the work of +his Lord, and Master. It is inconsistent for ministers to please +themselves with thoughts of a numerous auditory, cordial friends, a +civilized country, legal protection, affluence, splendor, or even a +competency. The flights, and hatred of men, and even pretended +friends, gloomy prisons, and tortures, the society of barbarians of +uncouth speech, miserable accommodations in wretched wildernesses, +hunger, and thirst, nakedness, weariness, and painfulness, hard work, +and but little worldly encouragement, should rather be the objects of +their expectation. Thus the apostles acted, in the primitive times, +and endured hardness, as good soldiers of Jesus Christ; and though we +living in a civilized country where Christianity is protected by law, +are not called to suffer these things while we continue here, yet I +question whether all are justified in staying here, while so many are +perishing without means of grace in other lands. Sure I am that it is +entirely contrary to the spirit of the gospel, for its ministers to +enter upon it from interested motives, or with great worldly +expectations. On the contrary the commission is a sufficient call to +them to venture all, and, like the primitive Christians, go every +where preaching the gospel. + +It might be necessary, however, for two, at least, to go together, and +in general I should think it best that they should be married men, and +to prevent their time from being employed in procuring necessaries, +two, or more, other persons, with their wives and families, might also +accompany them, who should be wholly employed in providing for them. +In most countries it would be necessary for them to cultivate a little +spot of ground just for their support, which would be a resource to +them, whenever their supplies failed. Not to mention the advantages +they would reap from each others company, it would take off the +enormous expence which has always attended undertakings of this kind, +the first expence being the whole; for though a large colony needs +support for a considerable time, yet so small a number would, upon +receiving the first crop, maintain themselves. They would have the +advantage of choosing their situation, their wants would be few; the +women, and even the children, would be necessary for domestic +purposes; and a few articles of stock, as a cow or two, and a bull, +and a few other cattle of both sexes, a very few utensils of +husbandry, and some corn to sow their land, would be sufficient. Those +who attend the missionaries should understand husbandry, fishing, +fowling, &c. and be provided with the necessary implements for these +purposes. Indeed a variety of methods may be thought of, and when once +the work is undertaken, many things will suggest themselves to us, of +which we at present can form no idea. + +FIFTHLY, As to _learning their languages_, the same means would be +found necessary here as in trade between different nations. In some +cases interpreters might be obtained, who might be employed for a +time; and where these were not to be found, the missionaries must have +patience, and mingle with the people, till they have learned so much +of their language as to be able to communicate their ideas to them in +it. It is well known to require no very extraordinary talents to +learn, in the space of a year, or two at most, the language of any +people upon earth, so much of it at least, as to be able to convey any +sentiments we wish to their understandings. + +The Missionaries must be men of great piety, prudence, courage, and +forbearance; of undoubted orthodoxy in their sentiments, and must +enter with all their hearts into the spirit of their mission; they +must be willing to leave all the comforts of life behind them, and to +encounter all the hardships of a torrid, or a frigid climate, an +uncomfortable manner of living, and every other inconvenience that can +attend this undertaking. Clothing, a few knives, powder and shot, +fishing-tackle, and the articles of husbandry above-mentioned, must be +provided for them; and when arrived at the place of their destination, +their first business must be to gain some acquaintance with the +language of the natives, (for which purpose two would be better than +one,) and by all lawful means to endeavour to cultivate a friendship +with them, and as soon as possible let them know the errand for which +they were sent. They must endeavour to convince them that it was their +good alone, which induced them to forsake their friends, and all the +comforts of their native country. They must be very careful not to +resent injuries which may be offered to them, nor to think highly of +themselves, so as to despise the poor heathens, and by those means lay +a foundation for their resentment, or rejection of the gospel. They +must take every opportunity of doing them good, and labouring, and +travelling, night and day, they must instruct, exhort, and rebuke, +with all long suffering, and anxious desire for them, and, above all, +must be instant in prayer for the effusion of the Holy Spirit upon the +people of their charge. Let but missionaries of the above description +engage in the work, and we shall see that it is not impracticable. + +It might likewise be of importance, if God should bless their labours, +for them to encourage any appearances of gifts amongst the people of +their charge; if such should be raised up many advantages would be +derived from their knowledge of the language, and customs of their +countrymen; and their change of conduct would give great weight to +their ministrations. + + + + + SECT. V. + + + _An Enquiry into the Duty of Christians in general, and + what Means ought to be used, in order to promote this Work._ + + +If the prophecies concerning the increase of Christ's kingdom be true, +and if what has been advanced, concerning the commission given by him +to his disciples being obligatory on us, be just, it must be inferred +that all Christians ought heartily to concur with God in promoting his +glorious designs, for _he that is joined to the Lord is one spirit_. + +One of the first, and most important of those duties which are +incumbent upon us, is _fervent and united prayer_. However the +influence of the Holy Spirit may be set at nought, and run down by +many, it will be found upon trial, that all means which we can use, +without it, will be ineffectual. If a temple is raised for God in the +heathen world, it will not be _by might, nor by power_, nor by the +authority of the magistrate, or the eloquence of the orator; _but by +my Spirit, saith the Lord of Hosts_. We must therefore be in real +earnest in supplicating his blessing upon our labours. + +It is represented in the prophets, that when there shall be _a great +mourning in the land, as the mourning of Hadadrimmon in the valley of +Megiddon, and every family shall mourn apart, and their wives apart_, +it shall all follow upon _a spirit of grace, and supplication_. And +when these things shall take place, it is promised that _there shall +be a fountain opened for the house of David, and for the inhabitants +of Jerusalem, for sin, and for uncleanness_,--and that _the idols +shall be destroyed_, and _the false prophets ashamed_ of their +profession. Zech. xii 10. 14.--xiii. 1. 6. This prophesy seems to +teach that when there shall be an universal conjunction in fervent +prayer, and all shall esteem Zion's welfare as their own, then copious +influences of the Spirit shall be shed upon the churches, which like a +purifying _fountain_ shall cleanse the servants of the Lord. Nor shall +this cleansing influence stop here; all old idolatrous prejudices +shall be rooted out, and truth prevail so gloriously that false +teachers shall be so ashamed as rather to wish to be classed with +obscure herdsmen, or the meanest peasants, than bear the ignominy +attendant on their detection. + +The most glorious works of grace that have ever took place, have been +in answer to prayer; and it is in this way, we have the greatest +reason to suppose, that the glorious out-pouring of the Spirit, which +we expect at last, will be bestowed. + +With respect to our own immediate connections, we have within these +few years been favoured with some tokens for good, granted in answer +to prayer, which should encourage us to persist, and increase in that +important duty. I trust our _monthly prayer-meetings_ for the success +of the gospel have not been in vain. It is true a want of importunity +too generally attends our prayers; yet unimportunate, and feeble as +they have been, it is to be believed that God has heard, and in a +measure answered them. The churches that have engaged in the practice +have in general since that time been evidently on the increase; some +controversies which have long perplexed and divided the church, are +more clearly stated than ever; there are calls to preach the gospel in +many places where it has not been usually published; yea, a glorious +door is opened, and is likely to be opened wider and wider, by the +spread of civil and religious liberty, accompanied also by a +diminution of the spirit of popery; a noble effort has been made to +abolish the inhuman Slave-Trade, and though at present it has not been +so successful as might be wished, yet it is to be hoped it will be +persevered in, till it is accomplished. In the mean time it is a +satisfaction to consider that the late defeat of the abolition of the +Slave-Trade has proved the occasion of a praise worthy effort to +introduce a free settlement, at _Sierra Leona_, on the coast of +Africa; an effort which, if succeeded with a divine blessing, not only +promises to open a way for honourable commerce with that extensive +country, and for the civilization of its inhabitants, but may prove +the happy mean of introducing amongst them the gospel of our Lord +Jesus Christ. + +These are events that ought not to be over-looked; they are not to be +reckoned small things; and yet perhaps they _are_ small compared with +what might have been expected, if all had cordially entered into the +spirit of the proposal, so as to have made the cause of Christ their +own, or in other words to have been so solicitous about it, as if +their own advantage depended upon its success. If an holy solicitude +had prevailed in all the assemblies of Christians in behalf of their +Redeemer's kingdom, we might probably have seen before now, not only +an _open door_ for the gospel, but _many running to and fro, and +knowledge increased_; or a diligent use of those means which +providence has put in our power, accompanied with a greater blessing +than ordinary from heaven. + +Many can do nothing but pray, and prayer is perhaps the only thing in +which Christians of all denominations can cordially, and unreservedly +unite; but in this we may all be one, and in this the strictest +unanimity ought to prevail. Were the whole body thus animated by one +soul, with what pleasure would Christians attend on all the duties of +religion, and with what delight would their ministers attend on all +the business of their calling. + +We must not be contented however with praying, without _exerting +ourselves in the use of means_ for the obtaining of those things we +pray for. Were _the children of light_, but _as wise in their +generation as the children of this world_, they would stretch every +nerve to gain so glorious a prize, nor ever imagine that it was to be +obtained in any other way. + +When a trading company have obtained their charter they usually go to +its utmost limits; and their stocks, their ships, their officers, and +men are so chosen, and regulated, as to be likely to answer their +purpose; but they do not stop here, for encouraged by the prospect of +success, they use every effort, cast their bread upon the waters, +cultivate friendship with every one from whose information they expect +the least advantage. They cross the widest and most tempestuous seas, +and encounter the most unfavourable climates; they introduce +themselves into the most barbarous nations, and sometimes undergo the +most affecting hardships; their minds continue in a state of anxiety, +and suspence, and a longer delay than usual in the arrival of their +vessels agitates them with a thousand changeful thoughts, and +foreboding apprehensions, which continue till the rich returns are +safe arrived in port. But why these fears? Whence all these +disquietudes, and this labour? Is it not because their souls enter +into the spirit of the project, and their happiness in a manner +depends on its success?--Christians are a body whose truest interest +lies in the exaltation of the Messiah's kingdom. Their charter is very +extensive, their encouragements exceeding great, and the returns +promised infinitely superior to all the gains of the most lucrative +fellowship. Let then every one in his station consider himself as +bound to act with all his might, and in every possible way for God. + +Suppose a company of serious Christians, ministers and private +persons, were to form themselves into a society, and make a number of +rules respecting the regulation of the plan, and the persons who are +to be employed as missionaries, the means of defraying the expence, +&c. &c. This society must consist of persons whose hearts are in the +work, men of serious religion, and possessing a spirit of +perseverance; there must be a determination not to admit any person +who is not of this description, or to retain him longer than he +answers to it. + +From such a society a _committee_ might be appointed, whose business +it should be to procure all the information they could upon the +subject, to receive contributions, to enquire into the characters, +tempers, abilities and religious views of the missionaries, and also +to provide them with necessaries for their undertakings. + +They must also pay a great attention to the views of those who +undertake this work; for want of this the missions to the Spice +Islands, sent by the Dutch East-India Company, were soon corrupted, +many going more for the sake of settling in a place where temporal +gain invited them, than of preaching to the poor Indians. This soon +introduced a number of indolent, or profligate persons, whose lives +were a scandal to the doctrines which they preached: and by means of +whom the gospel was ejected from Ternate, in 1694, and Christianity +fell into great disrepute in other places. + +If there is any reason for me to hope that I shall have any influence +upon any of my brethren, and fellow Christians, probably it may be +more especially amongst them of my own denomination. I would therefore +propose that such a society and committee should be formed amongst the +_particular baptist denomination_. + +I do not mean by this, in any wife to confine it to one denomination +of Christians. I wish with all my heart, that every one who loves our +Lord Jesus Christ in sincerity, would in some way or other engage in +it. But in the present divided state of Christendom, it would be more +likely for good to be done by each denomination engaging separately in +the work, than if they were to embark in it conjointly. There is room +enough for us all, without interfering with each other; and if no +unfriendly interference took place, each denomination would bear good +will to the other, and wish, and pray for its success, considering it +as upon the whole friendly to the great cause of true religion; but if +all were intermingled, it is likely their private discords might throw +a damp upon their spirits, and much retard their public usefulness. + +In respect to _contributions_ for defraying the expences, money will +doubtless be wanting; and suppose the rich were to embark a portion of +that wealth over which God has made them stewards, in this important +undertaking, perhaps there are few ways that would turn to a better +account at last. Nor ought it to be confined to the _rich_; if persons +in more moderate circumstances were to devote a portion, suppose a +_tenth_, of their annual increase to the Lord, it would not only +correspond with the practice of the Israelites, who lived under the +Mosaic Oeconomy, but of the patriarchs Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, +before that dispensation commenced. Many of our most eminent +fore-fathers amongst the _Puritans_, followed that practice; and if +that were but attended to now, there would not only be enough to +support the ministry of the gospel at home, and to encourage _village +preaching_ in our respective neighbourhoods, but to defray the +expences of carrying the gospel into the heathen world. + +If congregations were to open subscriptions of _one penny_, or more +per week, according to their circumstances, and deposit it as a fund +for the propogation of the gospel, much might be raised in this way. +By such simple means they might soon have it in their power to +introduce the preaching of the gospel into most of the villages in +England; where, though men are placed whose business it should be to +give light to those who sit in darkness, it is well known that they +have it not. Where there was no person to open his house for the +reception of the gospel, some other building might be procured for a +small sum, and even then something considerable might be spared for +the baptist, or other committees, for propogating the gospel amongst +the heathen. + +Many persons have of late left off the use of _West-India sugar_ on +account of the iniquitous manner in which it is obtained. Those +families who have done so, and have not substituted any thing else in +its place, have not only cleansed their hands of blood, but have made +a saving to their families, some of six pence, and some of a shilling +a week. If this, or a part of this were appropriated to the uses +before-mentioned, it would abundantly suffice. We have only to keep +the end in view, and have our hearts thoroughly engaged in the pursuit +of it, and means will not be very difficult. + +We are exhorted _to lay up treasure in heaven, where neither moth nor +rust doth corrupt, nor thieves break through and steal._ It is also +declared that _whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap._ +These Scriptures teach us that the enjoyments of the life to come, +bear a near relation to that which now is; a relation similar to that +of the harvest, and the seed. It is true all the reward is of mere +grace, but it is nevertheless encouraging; what a _treasure_, what an +_harvest_ must await such characters as PAUL, and ELLIOT, and +BRAINERD, and others, who have given themselves wholly to the work of +the Lord. What a heaven will it be to see the many myriads of poor +heathens, of Britons amongst the rest, who by their labours have been +brought to the knowledge of God. Surely a _crown of rejoicing_ like +this is worth aspiring to. Surely it is worth while to lay ourselves +out with all our might, in promoting the cause, and kingdom of Christ. + + + FINIS. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of An Enquiry into the Obligations of +Christians to Use Means for the Conversion of the Heathens, by William Carey + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 11449 *** diff --git a/11449-h.zip b/11449-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..635f4d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/11449-h.zip diff --git a/11449-h/11449-h.htm b/11449-h/11449-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b84e02 --- /dev/null +++ b/11449-h/11449-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,4421 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" + content="text/html; charset=us-ascii"> +<meta content="pg2html (binary version 0.12a)" + name="generator"> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of + An Enquiry Into The, + by William Carey.. +</title> +<style type="text/css"> + <!-- + * { font-family: Times; + } + P { text-indent: 1em; + margin-top: .75em; + font-size: 12pt; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; } + p.quote {text-indent: 0em; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%;} + p.attribution { + text-align: right; + margin-right: 10%;} + p.subhead { + text-indent: 0; + text-align: center; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%;} + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + line-height: 200%;} + HR { width: 33%; } + PRE { font-family: Courier, monospaced;} + .toc { margin-left: 15%; font-size: 10pt; margin-bottom: 0em;} + CENTER { padding: 10px;} + + td {font-size: 12pt;} + .sc { font-variant: small-caps;} + // --> +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of An Enquiry into the Obligations of +Christians to Use Means for the Conversion of the Heathens, by William Carey + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: An Enquiry into the Obligations of Christians to Use Means for the + Conversion of the Heathens + In Which the Religious State of the Different Nations of the World, + the Success of Former Undertakings, and the Practicability of + Further Undertakings, Are Considered + +Author: William Carey + +Release Date: March 5, 2004 [EBook #11449] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: US-ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OBLIGATIONS OF CHRISTIANS *** + + + + +Produced by Michael Ciesielski, Robert Shimmin and PG Distributed +Proofreaders + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<center> +<img src="carey_tp.png" alt="1792 title page"> +</center> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h1> + AN ENQUIRY INTO THE + OBLIGATIONS OF CHRISTIANS, + TO USE MEANS FOR THE + CONVERSION OF THE HEATHENS. +</h1> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + IN WHICH THE + RELIGIOUS STATE OF THE DIFFERENT NATIONS + OF THE WORLD, THE SUCCESS OF FORMER + UNDERTAKINGS, AND THE PRACTICABILITY OF + FURTHER UNDERTAKINGS, ARE CONSIDERED, +</h2> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h3> + BY WILLIAM CAREY. +</h3> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p class="quote"> + For there is no Difference between the Jew and the Greek; + for the same Lord over all, is rich unto all that call upon him. + For whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved. + How then shall they call on him, in whom they have not + believed? and how shall they believe in him of whom they + have not heard? and how shall they hear without a Preacher? + and how shall they preach except they be sent? +</p> +<p class="attribution">PAUL</p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<center> + MDCCXCII. +</center> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + INTRODUCTION +</h2> +<p> + As our blessed Lord has required us to pray + that his kingdom may come, and his will be + done on earth as it is in heaven, it becomes us + not only to express our desires of that event by + words, but to use every lawful method to spread + the knowledge of his name. In order to this, it + is necessary that we should become, in some measure + acquainted with the religious state of the + world; and as this is an object we should be + prompted to pursue, not only by the gospel of + our Redeemer, but even by the feelings of humanity, + so an inclination to conscientious activity + therein would form one of the strongest proofs + that we are the subjects of grace, and partakers of + that spirit of universal benevolence and genuine + philanthropy, which appear so eminent in the + character of God himself. +</p> +<p> + Sin was introduced amongst the children of + men by the fall of Adam, and has ever since been + spreading its baneful influence. By changing its + appearances to suit the circumstances of the times, + it has grown up in ten thousand forms, and constantly + counteracted the will and designs of God. + One would have supposed that the remembrance + of the deluge would have been transmitted from + father to son, and have perpetually deterred + mankind from transgressing the will of their + Maker; but so blinded were they, that in the + time of Abraham, gross wickedness prevailed + wherever colonies were planted, and the iniquity + of the Amorites was great, though not yet full. + After this, idolatry spread more and more, till + the seven devoted nations were cut off with the + most signal marks of divine displeasure. Still, + however, the progress of evil was not stopped, + but the Israelites themselves too often joined with + the rest of mankind against the God of Israel. In + one period the grossest ignorance and barbarism + prevailed in the world; and afterwards, in a more + enlightened age, the most daring infidelity, and + contempt of God; so that the world which was + once over-run with ignorance, now <i>by wisdom + knew not God, but changed the glory of the incorruptible God</i> + as much as in the most barbarous ages, + <i>into an image made like to corruptible man, and to + birds, and four-footed beasts, and creeping things</i>. + Nay, as they increased in science and politeness, + they ran into more abundant and extravagant + idolatries. +</p> +<p> + Yet God repeatedly made known his intention + to prevail finally over all the power of the Devil, + and to destroy all his works, and set up his own + kingdom and interest among men, and extend it + as universally as Satan had extended his. It was + for this purpose that the Messiah came and died, + that God might be just, and the justifier of all + that should believe in him. When he had laid + down his life, and taken it up again, he sent + forth his disciples to preach the good tidings to + every creature, and to endeavour by all possible + methods to bring over a lost world to God. + They went forth according to their divine commission, + and wonderful success attended their + labours; the civilized greeks, and uncivilized barbarians, + each yielded to the cross of Christ, and + embraced it as the only way of salvation. Since + the apostolic age many other attempts to spread + the gospel have been made, which have been + considerably successful, notwithstanding which a + very considerable part of mankind are still involved + in all the darkness of heathenism. Some + attempts are still making, but they are inconsiderable + in comparison of what might be done if + the whole body of Christians entered heartily into + the spirit of the divine command on this subject. + Some think little about it, others are unacquainted + with the state of the world, and others love their + wealth better than the souls of their fellow-creatures. +</p> +<p> + In order that the subject may be taken into + more serious consideration, I shall enquire, whether + the commission given by our Lord to his + disciples be not still binding on us,—take a short + view of former undertakings,—give some account + of the present state of the world, consider the + practicability of doing something more than is + done,—and the duty of Christians in general in + this matter. +</p> +<a name="2H_4_3"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + AN ENQUIRY, &c. +</h2> +<a name="2H_4_4"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + SECT. I. +</h2> +<p class="subhead"> + <i>An Enquiry whether the Commission given by our Lord + to his Disciples be not still binding on us.</i> +</p> +<p> </p> +<p> + Our Lord Jesus Christ, a little before his + departure, commissioned his apostles to <i>Go</i>, + and <i>teach all nations</i>; or, as another evangelist + expresses it, <i>Go into all the world, and preach the gospel + to every creature</i>. This commission was as extensive + as possible, and laid them under obligation + to disperse themselves into every country of the + habitable globe, and preach to all the inhabitants, + without exception, or limitation. They accordingly + went forth in obedience to the command, + and the power of God evidently wrought with + them. Many attempts of the same kind have + been made since their day, and which have been + attended with various success; but the work has + not been taken up, or prosecuted of late years + (except by a few individuals) with that zeal and + perseverance with which the primitive Christians + went about it. It seems as if many thought the + commission was sufficiently put in execution by + what the apostles and others have done; that we + have enough to do to attend to the salvation of + our own countrymen; and that, if God intends + the salvation of the heathen, he will some way or + other bring them to the gospel, or the gospel to + them. It is thus that multitudes sit at ease, and + give themselves no concern about the far greater + part of their fellow-sinners, who to this day, + are lost in ignorance and idolatry. There seems + also to be an opinion existing in the minds of + some, that because the apostles were extraordinary + officers and have no proper successors, and because + many things which were right for them to + do would be utterly unwarrantable for us, therefore + it may not be immediately binding on us to + execute the commission, though it was so upon + them. To the consideration of such persons I + would offer the following observations. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">First</span>, If the command of Christ to teach all + nations be restricted to the apostles, or those under + the immediate inspiration of the Holy Ghost, then + that of baptizing should be so too; and every + denomination of Christians, except the Quakers, + do wrong in baptizing with water at all. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Secondly</span>, If the command of Christ to teach + all nations be confined to the apostles, then all + such ordinary ministers who have endeavoured to + carry the gospel to the heathens, have acted without + a warrant, and run before they were sent. + Yea, and though God has promised the most + glorious things to the heathen world by sending + his gospel to them, yet whoever goes first, or indeed + at all, with that message, unless he have a + new and special commission from heaven, must + go without any authority for so doing. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Thirdly</span>, If the command of Christ to teach + all nations extend only to the apostles, then, + doubtless, the promise of the divine presence in + this work must be so limited; but this is worded + in such a manner as expressly precludes such an + idea. <i>Lo, I am with you always, to the end of the + world.</i> +</p> +<p> + That there are cases in which even a divine + command may cease to be binding is admitted—As + for instance, if it be <i>repealed</i>, as the ceremonial + commandments of the jewish law; or if there be + <i>no subjects</i> in the world for the commanded act to + be exercised upon, as in the law of septennial release, + which might be dispensed with when there + should be no poor in the land to have their debts + forgiven. Deut. xv. 4. or if, in any particular + instance, we can produce a <i>counter-revelation</i>, of + equal authority with the original command, as + when Paul and Silas were forbidden of the Holy + Ghost to preach the word in Bythinia. Acts xvi. + 6. 7. or if, in any case, there be a <i>natural impossibility</i> + of putting it in execution. It was not the + duty of Paul to preach Christ to the inhabitants + of Otaheite, because no such place was then discovered, + nor had he any means of coming at + them. But none of these things can be alledged + by us in behalf of the neglect of the commission + given by Christ. We cannot say that it is repealed, + like the commands of the ceremonial law; + nor can we plead that there are no objects for the + command to be exercised upon. Alas! the far + greater part of the world, as we shall see presently, + are still covered with heathen darkness! Nor can + we produce a counter-revelation, concerning any + particular nation, like that to Paul and Silas, concerning + Bythinia; and, if we could, it would not + warrant our sitting still and neglecting all the + other parts of the world; for Paul and Silas, when + forbidden to preach to those heathens, went elsewhere, + and preached to others. Neither can we + alledge a natural impossibility in the case. It has + been said that we ought not to force our way, but + to wait for the openings, and leadings of Providence; + but it might with equal propriety be + answered in this case, neither ought we to neglect + embracing those openings in providence which + daily present themselves to us. What openings + of providence do we wait for? We can neither + expect to be transported into the heathen world + without ordinary means, nor to be endowed with + the gift of tongues, &c. when we arrive there. + These would not be providential interpositions, + but miraculous ones. Where a command exists + nothing can be necessary to render it binding + but a removal of those obstacles which render + obedience impossible, and these are removed + already. Natural impossibility can never be + pleaded so long as facts exist to prove the contrary. + Have not the popish missionaries surmounted all + those difficulties which we have generally thought + to be insuperable? Have not the missionaries of + the <i>Unitas Fratrum</i>, or Moravian Brethren, + encountered the scorching heat of Abyssinia, and + the frozen climes of Greenland, and Labrador, + their difficult languages, and savage manners? + Or have not English traders, for the sake of gain, + surmounted all those things which have generally + been counted insurmountable obstacles in the + way of preaching the gospel? Witness the trade + to Persia, the East-Indies, China, and Greenland, + yea even the accursed Slave-Trade on the coasts + of Africa. Men can insinuate themselves into + the favour of the most barbarous clans, and + uncultivated tribes, for the sake of gain; and how + different soever the circumstances of trading and + preaching are, yet this will prove the possibility + of ministers being introduced there; and if this + is but thought a sufficient reason to make the + experiment, my point is gained. +</p> +<p> + It has been said that some learned divines + have proved from Scripture that the time is not + yet come that the heathen should be converted; + and that first the <i>witnesses must be slain</i>, and many + other prophecies fulfilled. But admitting this to + be the case (which I much doubt<a href="#note-1"><small><sup>1</sup></small></a>) yet if any + objection is made from this against preaching to + them immediately, it must be founded on one of + these things; either that the secret purpose of + God is the rule of our duty, and then it must be + as bad to pray for them, as to preach to them; + or else that none shall be converted in the heathen + world till the universal down-pouring of the + Spirit in the last days. But this objection comes + too late; for the success of the gospel has been + very considerable in many places already. +</p> +<a name="note-1"><!--Note--></a> +<p class="foot"> +<sup><u>1</u></sup> [ See Edwards on Prayer, on this subject, lately re-printed + by Mr. Sutcliffe.] +</p> +<p> + It has been objected that there are multitudes + in our own nation, and within our immediate + spheres of action, who are as ignorant as the + South-Sea savages, and that therefore we have + work enough at home, without going into other + countries. That there are thousands in our own + land as far from God as possible, I readily grant, + and that this ought to excite us to ten-fold diligence + in our work, and in attempts to spread + divine knowledge amongst them is a certain fact; + but that it ought to supercede all attempts to + spread the gospel in foreign parts seems to want + proof. Our own countrymen have the means of + grace, and may attend on the word preached if + they chuse it. They have the means of knowing + the truth, and faithful ministers are placed in + almost every part of the land, whose spheres of + action might be much extended if their congregations + were but more hearty and active in the + cause: but with them the case is widely different, + who have no Bible, no written language, (which + many of them have not,) no ministers, no good + civil government, nor any of those advantages + which we have. Pity therefore, humanity, and + much more Christianity, call loudly for every + possible exertion to introduce the gospel amongst + them. +</p> +<a name="2H_4_5"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + SECT. II. +</h2> +<p class="subhead"> + <i>Containing a short Review of former Undertakings for + the Conversion of the Heathen.</i> +</p> +<p> </p> +<p> + Before the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ + the whole world were either heathens, or + jews; and both, as to the body of them were + enemies to the gospel. After the resurrection the + disciples continued in Jerusalem till Pentecost. + Being daily engaged in prayer and supplication, + and having chosen Matthias, to supply the place + of Judas in the apostolic office, on that solemn + day, when they were all assembled together, a + most remarkable effusion of the Holy Spirit took + place, and a capacity of speaking in all foreign + languages was bestowed upon them. This opportunity + was embraced by Peter for preaching the + gospel to a great congregation of jews and proselytes, + who were from Parthia, Media, Elam, + Mesopotamia, Judea, Cappadocia, the proconsular + Asia, Phrygia, Pamphylia, Egypt, Lybia, Crete, + Arabia, Rome, &c. and at the first effort God + wrought so powerfully that three thousand were + converted, who immediately after were baptized, + and added to the church. Before this great + addition they consisted of but about <i>an hundred + and twenty persons</i>, but from that time they continually + increased. It was but a little after this + that Peter and John, going up to the temple, + healed the lame man; this miracle drew a great + multitude together, and Peter took occasion while + they stood wondering at the event, to preach + Jesus Christ to them. The consequence was that + five thousand more believed. +</p> +<p> + This was not done without opposition; the + priests and sadducees tried all the methods they + could invent to prevent them from preaching the + gospel. The apostles, however, asserted their + divine warrant, and as soon as they were set at + liberty addressed God, and prayed that a divine + power might attend their labours, which petition + was heard, and their future ministry was very + successful. On account of their necessities who + were engaged in this good work, those amongst + them who had possessions, or goods, sold them, + and devoted the money to pious uses. +</p> +<p> + About this time a man and his wife out of + great pretensions to piety, sold an estate, and + brought part of the money to the apostles, pretending + it to be the whole; for which dissimulation + both he and his wife, were struck dead by + the hand of God. This awful catastrophe however + was the occasion of many more men and + women being added to the church. The miracles + wrought by the apostles, and the success attending + their ministry, stirred up greater envy in the + priests and sadducees, who imprisoned them; + from which confinement they were soon liberated + by an angel; upon which they went immediately + as they were commanded and preached in the + temple: here they were seized, and brought before + the council, where Gamaliel spake in their + favour, and they were dismissed. After this they + continued to prosecute their work, rejoicing that + they were counted worthy to suffer shame for the + name of Christ. +</p> +<p> + By this time the church at Jerusalem was so + increased that the multiplicity of its temporal concerns + was the occasion of some neglects, which + produced a dissatisfaction. The apostles, therefore, + recommended to the church to chuse seven + pious men, whose office it should be to attend + upon its temporal affairs; that <i>they might give + themselves to prayer, and the ministry of the word</i>. + Seven were accordingly chosen, over whom the + apostles prayed, and ordained them to the office + of Deacons by imposition of hands: and these + things being settled the church increased more + and more. One of these Deacons, whose name + was Stephen, being a person of eminent knowledge + and holiness, wrought many miracles, and + disputed with great evidence and energy for the + truth of Christianity, which raised him up a + number of opponents. These soon procured his + death, and carried their resentment so far as to + stir up such a persecution that the church, which + till now had been confined to Jerusalem, was dispersed, + and all the preachers except the apostles + were driven thence, and went every where + preaching the word. +</p> +<p> + A young man whose name was <i>Saul</i>, was very + active in this persecution; he had been educated + under Gamaliel, a member of the Sanhedrim, + was a person of promising genius, by profession a + Pharisee, and much attached to the jewish ceremonies. + When Stephen was stoned he appeared + much pleased with it, and had the custody of + the clothes of his executioners; and from that + time was fired with such a spirit of persecution + himself, that he went about dragging some to + prison, and compelling others to blaspheme the + name of the Lord Jesus. Neither was he contented + with exercising his rage at Jerusalem, but + went to the chief priests and obtained testimonials + of authority to carry on the same work at Damascus. + But on his way, as he was almost ready to + enter into the city, the Lord changed his heart in + a very wonderful manner; so that instead of entering + the town to persecute, he began to preach + the gospel as soon as be was able. This presently + brought upon him the same persecution which he + had designed to exercise upon others, and even + endangered his life, so that the brethren found it + necessary to let him down the city wall in a + basket by night, and so he escaped the hands of + his enemies. From thence he went to Jerusalem + where he preached the word, but being persecuted + there, he went to Cesarea, and from thence to + Tarsus. +</p> +<p> + In the time of this trouble in the church, + Philip went and preached at Samaria with great + success, nay so great was the work that an impostor, + who had deceived the people with legerdemain + tricks for a long time was so amazed, and + even convinced, as to profess himself a Christian, + and was baptized; but was afterwards detected, + and appeared to be an hypocrite. Besides him a + great number believed in reality, and being baptized + a church was formed there. Soon after this + the Lord commanded Philip to go the way which + led from Jerusalem to Gaza, which he did, and + there found an eunuch of great authority in the + court of Ethiopia, to whom he preached Christ, + who believed, and was baptized; after which + Philip preached at Ashdod, or Azotus. +</p> +<p> + About the same time Peter went to Lydda, or + Diospolis, and cured Eneas of a palsy, which was + a mean of the conversion not only of the inhabitants + of that town, but also of the neighbouring + country, called Saron, the capital of which was + Lasharon; and while he was there, a circumstance + turned up which tended much to the spread of + the truth. A woman of Joppa, a sea-port town + in the neighbourhood, dying, they sent to Lydda + for Peter, who went over, and when he had + prayed she was raised to life again; which was an + occasion of the conversion of many in that town. + Peter continued there preaching for some time, + and lodged at the house of a tanner. +</p> +<p> + Now another circumstance also tended to the + further propogation of Christianity, for a Roman + military officer who had some acquaintance with + the Old Testament Scriptures, but was not circumcised, + was one day engaged in prayer in his + house at Cesarea, when an angel appeared to him, + and bid him send for Peter from Joppa to preach + in his house. Before this the work of God had + been wholly confined to the jews, and jewish proselytes, + and even the apostles appeared to have + had very contracted ideas of the Christian dispensation; + but now God by a vision discovered + to Peter that Christianity was to be spread into + all nations. He accordingly went and preached + at the house of Cornelius, at Cesarea, when several + were converted, and baptized, and the foundation + of a church laid in that city. +</p> +<p> + Some of the dispersed ministers having fled to + Antioch in Syria, began to preach to the greeks + in that city about the same time, and had good + success; upon which the apostles sent Paul and + Barnabas, who instructed and strengthened them, + and a church was formed in that city also, + which in a little time sent out several eminent + preachers. +</p> +<p> + In the Acts of the apostles we have an account + of <i>four</i> of the principal journies which Paul, and + his companions undertook. The first, in which + he was accompanied by Barnabas, is recorded in + the xiii. and xiv. chapters, and was the first <i>attack</i> + on the heathen world. It was a journey into the + lesser Asia. In their way they passed over the + island of Cyprus. No sooner had they entered + on their undertaking, than they met with great + difficulty; for Mark, whom they had taken as + their minister, deserted them, and returned to + Jerusalem, where, it seems, he thought he should + enjoy the greatest quiet. Paul and Barnabas however + went forward; in every city they preached + the word of the Lord, entering into the jewish + synagogues and first preaching Christ to them, + and then to the gentiles. They were heard with + great candour and eagerness by some, and rejected + by others with obstinacy and wrath, and cruel + persecution. One while they had enough to do + to restrain the people from worshipping them as + gods, and soon after, Paul was stoned, dragged + out of the city, and left for dead. Having penetrated + as far as Derbe, they thought proper to + return by the way that they came, calling at every + city where they had sown the good seed, and + finding in most, if not all these places, some + who had embraced the gospel, they exhorted and + strengthened them in the faith, formed them into + a church state, and ordained them elders, fasted + and prayed with them; and so having commended + them to the Lord on whom they had + believed, returned to Antioch in Syria, from + whence they first set out, and rehearsed to the + church all that God had done with them, and + how he had opened the door of faith to the + gentiles. +</p> +<p> + About this time a dispute arising in the + churches concerning circumcision, Paul and Barnabas + were deputed to go up to Jerusalem, to + consult the apostles and elders on the subject. + This business being adjusted, they, accompanied + with Judas and Silas, returned to Antioch with + the general resolution, and continued there for a + season, teaching and preaching the word of the + Lord. +</p> +<p> + Paul now proposed to Barnabas, his fellow-labourer, + that they might visit their brethren in + the places where they had been already, and see + how they did. To this Barnabas readily acceded, + but a difference arising between them about + taking <i>John Mark</i> with them, who had deserted + them before, these two eminent servants of God + were parted asunder, and never appear to have + travelled together any more. They continued + however each to serve in the cause of Christ, + though they could not walk together. Barnabas + took John, and sailed to Cyprus, his native + island, and Paul took Silas, and went through + Syria and Cilicia to Derbe and Lystra, cities + where he and Barnabas had preached in their + first excursion. +</p> +<p> + Here they found Timothy, a promising young + man, whom they encouraged to engage in the + ministry. +</p> +<p> + Paul being now at Lystra, which was the + boundary of his first excursion, and having visited + the churches already planted, and delivered to + them the decrees of the apostles and elders relating + to circumcision, seems to have felt his heart + enlarged, and assayed to carry on the glorious work + of preaching the gospel to the heathen to a greater + extent. With Silas and Timotheus he in his second + journey<a href="#note-2"><small><sup>2</sup></small></a> took a western direction, passing through + Phrygia, and the region of Galatia. Having preached + the word in these parts with considerable success,<a href="#note-3"><small><sup>3</sup></small></a> + he and his companions wished to have gone into the + proconsular Asia, and afterwards assayed to go into + Bythinia; but begin forbidden of the Holy Ghost, + who seems to have had a special design of + employing them elsewhere; passing by Mysia they + came down to Troas on the sea-coast. Here a vision + appeared to Paul, in which he was invited to go over + to Macedonia. Obedient to the heavenly vision, and + greatly encouraged by it, they with all speed crossed + the Egean Sea, and passing through the island of + Samothracia, landed at Neapolis, and went from + thence to Philippi, the chief city of that part of + Macedonia. It was here that Paul preached on + a Sabbath day to a few women by a + river side, and Lydia, a woman of Thyatira, was + converted and baptized, and her household with her. + It was here that a poor girl, who brought her + employers considerable profit by foretelling + events, followed the apostles, had her spirit of + divination ejected, on which account her masters + were much irritated, and raised a tumult, the + effect of which was, that Paul and Silas were + imprisoned. But even this was over-ruled for the + success of the gospel, in that the keeper of the + prison, and all his house, were thereby brought + to believe in the Lord Jesus Christ, and were + baptized. +</p> +<a name="note-2"><!--Note--></a> +<p class="foot"> +<sup><u>2</u></sup> [ The account of this second journey into the heathen + world begins at Acts xv. 40. and ends chap. xviii. 22.] +</p> +<a name="note-3"><!--Note--></a> +<p class="foot"> +<sup><u>3</u></sup> [ See ch. xviii. 23. and Gal i. 2.] +</p> +<p> + From Philippi they passed thorough Amphipolis, + Apollonia, Thessalonica, (now Salonichi,) + Berea, Athens, and Corinth, preaching the gospel + wherever they went. From hence Paul took + ship and sailed to Syria, only giving a short call + at Ephesus, determining to be at Jerusalem at + the feast of the passover; and having saluted the + church, he came to Cesarea, and from thence to + Antioch. +</p> +<p> + Here ended Paul's second journey, which was + very extensive, and took up some years of his + time. He and his companions met with their + difficulties in it, but had likewise their encouragements. + They were persecuted at Philippi, as + already noticed, and generally found the Jews to + be their most inveterate enemies. These would + raise tumults, inflame the minds of the gentiles + against them, and follow them from place to + place, doing them all the mischief in their power. + This was the case especially at Thessalonica, Berea, + and Corinth. But amidst all their persecutions + God was with them, and strengthened them in + various ways. At Berea they were candidly received, + and their doctrine fairly tried by the + Holy Scriptures; and <i>therefore</i>, it is said, <i>many of + them believed</i>. At other places, though they affected + to despise the apostle, yet some clave unto him. + At <i>Corinth</i> opposition rose to a great height; but + the Lord appeared to his servant in a vision, saying, + <i>Be not afraid, but speak, and hold not thy peace, + for I am with thee, and no man shall set on thee to hurt + thee; for I have much people in this city</i>. And the + promise was abundantly made good in the spirit + discovered by Gallio, the proconsul, who turned + a deaf ear to the accusations of the jews, and + nobly declined interfering in matters beside his + province. Upon the whole a number of churches + were planted during this journey, which for ages + after shone as lights in the world. +</p> +<p> + When Paul had visited Antioch, and spent + some time there, he prepared for a third journey + into heathen countries, the account of which + begins Acts xviii. 23. and ends chap. xxi. 17. At + his first setting out he went over the whole country + of Galatia and Phrygia in order, strengthening all + the disciples; and passing through the upper coasts + came to Ephesus. There for the space of three + months, he boldly preached in the jewish synagogue, + disputing, and persuading the things concerning + the kingdom of God. But when the + hardened jews had openly rejected the gospel, and + spake evil of that way before the multitude, Paul + openly separated the disciples from them, and + assembled in the school of one Tyrannus. This, + it is said, continued for the space of two years, + <i>so that all they who dwelt in</i> the proconsular <i>Asia + heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both jews and greeks</i>. + Certain magicians, about this time were exposed, + and others converted, who burnt their books, and + confessed their deeds. So mightily grew the word + of the Lord, and prevailed. +</p> +<p> + After this an uproar being raised by Demetrius, + the silversmith, Paul went into Macedonia, visited + the churches planted in his former journey, and + from thence passed into Greece. Having preached + up and down for three months, he thought of + sailing from thence directly to Syria; but in + order to avoid the jews, who laid wait for him + near the sea coast, he took another course through + Macedonia, and from thence to Troas, by the + way of Philippi. There is no mention made in + his former journey of his having preached at + Troas; yet it seems he did, and a church was + gathered, with whom the apostle at this time + united in <i>breaking of bread</i>. It was here that he + preached all night, and raised Eutychus, who + being overcome with sleep, had fallen down, and + was taken up dead. From hence they set sail for + Syria, and in their way called at Miletus, where + Paul sent for the elders of the church of Ephesus, + and delivered that most solemn and affectionate + farewell, recorded in the 20th chapter of the Acts + of the Apostles. From hence they sailed for + Tyre, where they tarried seven days, and from + thence proceeded to Jerusalem. +</p> +<p> + Paul's fourth and last journey (or rather voyage) + was to Rome, where he went in the character + of a prisoner. For being at Jerusalem he was + quickly apprehended by the jews; but being + rescued by Lysias, the chief captain, he was sent + to Cesarea to take his trial. Here he made his + defence before Felix and Drusilla, in such sort + that the judge, instead of the prisoner, was made + to tremble. Here also he made his defence + before Festus, Agrippa, and Bernice, with such + force of evidence that Agrippa was almost persuaded + to be a Christian. But the malice of the + jews being insatiable, and Paul finding himself in + danger of being delivered into their hands, was + constrained to appeal unto Caesar. This was the + occasion of his being sent to Rome, where he + arrived after a long and dangerous voyage, and + being shipwrecked on the island of Melita, where + he wrought miracles, and Publius, the governor, + was converted. +</p> +<p> + When he arrived at Rome he addressed his + countrymen the jews, some of whom believed; + but when others rejected the gospel, he turned + from them to the gentiles, and for two whole + years dwelt in his own hired house preaching the + kingdom of God, and teaching those things which + concern the Lord Jesus Christ, with all confidence, + no man forbidding him. +</p> +<p> + Thus far the history of the Acts of the Apostles + informs us of the success of the word in the + primitive times; and history informs us of its + being preached about this time, in many other + places. Peter speaks of a church at Babylon; + Paul proposed a journey to Spain, and it is generally + believed he went there, and likewise came + to France and Britain. Andrew preached to the + Scythians, north of the Black Sea. John is said + to have preached in India, and we know that he + was at the Isle of Patmos, in the Archipelago. + Philip is reported to have preached in upper Asia, + Scythia, and Phrygia; Bartholomew in India, on + this side the Ganges, Phrygia, and Armenia; + Matthew in Arabia, or Asiatic Ethiopia, and + Parthia; Thomas in India, as far as the coast of + Coromandel, and some say in the island of Ceylon; + Simon, the Canaanite, in Egypt, Cyrene, + Mauritania, Lybia, and other parts of Africa, and + from thence to have come to Britain; and Jude + is said to have been principally engaged in the + lesser Asia, and Greece. Their labours were + evidently very extensive, and very successful; so + that Pliny, the younger, who lived soon after the + death of the apostles, in a letter to the emperor, + Trajan, observed that Christianity had spread, not + only through towns and cities, but also through + whole countries. Indeed before this, in the time + of Nero, it was so prevalent that it was thought + necessary to oppose it by an Imperial Edict, and + accordingly the proconsuls, and other governors, + were commissioned to destroy it. +</p> +<p> + Justin Martyr, who lived about the middle of + the second century, in his dialogue with Trypho, + observed that there was no part of mankind, whether + greeks or barbarians, or any others, by what + name soever they were called, whether the Sarmatians, + or the Nomades, who had no houses, + or the Scenites of Arabia Petrea, who lived in + tents among their cattle, where supplications and + thanksgivings are not offered up to the Father, and + maker of all things, through the name of Jesus + Christ. Irenaeus, who lived about the year 170, + speaks of churches that were founded in Germany, + Spain, France, the eastern countries, Egypt, Lybia, + and the middle of the world. Tertullian, + who lived and wrote at Carthage in Africa, about + twenty years afterwards, enumerating the countries + where Christianity had penetrated, makes + mention of the Parthians, Medes, Elamites, Mesopotamians, + Armenians, Phrygians, Cappadocians, + the inhabitants of Pontus, Asia, Pamphylia, + Egypt, and the regions of Africa beyond Cyrene, + the Romans, and Jews, formerly of Jerusalem, + many of the Getuli, many borders of the Mauri, + or Moors, in Mauritania; now Barbary, Morocco, + &c. all the borders of Spain, many nations of the + Gauls, and the places in Britain which were inaccessible + to the Romans; the Dacians, Sarmatians, + Germans, Scythians, and the inhabitants + of many hidden nations and provinces, and of + many islands unknown to him, and which he + could not enumerate. The labours of the ministers + of the gospel, in this early period, were so + remarkably blessed of God, that the last mentioned + writer observed, in a letter to Scapula, that if he + began a persecution the city of Carthage itself + must be decimated thereby. Yea, and so abundant + were they in the three first centuries, that ten + years constant and almost universal persecution + under Dioclesian, could neither root out the + Christians, nor prejudice their cause. +</p> +<p> + After this they had great encouragement under + several emperors, particularly Constantine and + Theodosius, and a very great work of God was + carried on; but the ease and affluence which in + these times attended the church, served to introduce + a flood of corruption, which by degrees + brought on the whole system of popery, by means + of which all appeared to be lost again; and Satan + set up his kingdom of darkness, deceit, and human + authority over conscience, through all the + Christian world. +</p> +<p> + In the time of Constantine, one Frumentius + was sent to preach to the Indians, and met with + great success. A young woman who was a Christian, + being taken captive by the Iberians, or + Georgians, near the Caspian Sea, informed them + of the truths of Christianity, and was so much regarded + that they sent to Constantine for ministers + to come and preach the word to them. About + the same time some barbarous nations having + made irruptions into Thrace, carried away several + Christians captive, who preached the gospel; by + which means the inhabitants upon the Rhine, + and the Danube, the Celtae, and some other parts + of Gaul, were brought to embrace Christianity. + About this time also James of Nisbia, went into + Persia to strengthen the Christians, and preach to + the heathens; and his success was so great that + Adiabene was almost entirely Christian. About + the year 372, one Moses, a Monk, went to preach + to the Saracens, who then lived in Arabia, where + he had great success; and at this time the Goths, + and other northern nations, had the kingdom of + Christ further extended amongst them, but which + was very soon corrupted with Arianism. +</p> +<p> + Soon after this the kingdom of Christ was + further extended among the Scythian Nomades, + beyond the Danube, and about the year 430, a + people called the Burgundians, received the gospel. + Four years after, that Palladius was sent to + preach in Scotland, and the next year Patrick was + sent from Scotland to preach to the Irish who + before his time were totally uncivilized, and, + some say, cannibals; he however, was useful, + and laid the foundations of several churches in + Ireland. Presently after this, truth spread further + among the Saracens, and in 522, Zathus, king of + the Colchians encouraged it, and many of that + nation were converted to Christianity. About + this time also the work was extended in Ireland, + by Finian, and in Scotland by Constantine and + Columba; the latter of whom preached also to + the Picts, and Brudaeus, their king, with several + others, were converted. About 541, Adad, the + king of Ethiopia, was converted by the preaching + of Mansionarius; the Heruli beyond the Danube, + were now made obedient to the faith, and the + Abasgi, near the Caucasian Mountains. +</p> +<p> + But now popery, especially the compulsive part + of it, was risen to such an height, that the usual + method of propagating the gospel, or rather what + was so called, was to conquer pagan nations by + force of arms, and then oblige them to submit to + Christianity, after which bishopricks were erected, + and persons then sent to instruct the people. I + shall just mention some of those who are said to + have laboured thus. +</p> +<p> + In 596, Austin, the monk, Melitus, Justus, + Paulinus, and Russinian, laboured in England, + and in their way were very successful. Paulinus, + who appears to have been one of the best of them, + had great success in Northumberland; Birinnius + preached to the West Saxons, and Felix to the + East Angles. In 589, Amandus Gallus laboured + in Ghent, Chelenus in Artois, and Gallus and + Columbanus in Suabia. In 648, Egidius Gallus + in Flanders, and the two Evaldi, in Westphalia. + In 684, Willifred, in the Isle of Wight. In 688, + Chilianus, in upper Franconia. In 698, Boniface, + or Winifred, among the Thuringians, near + Erford, in Saxony, and Willibroad in West-Friesland. + Charlemagne conquered Hungary in the + year 800, and obliged the inhabitants to profess + Christianity, when Modestus likewise preached to + the Venedi, at the source of the Save and Drave. + In 833, Ansgarius preached in Denmark, Gaudibert + in Sweden, and about 861, Methodius and + Cyril, in Bohemia. +</p> +<p> + About the year 500, the Scythians over-run Bulgaria, + and Christianity was extirpated; but about + 870 they were re-converted. Poland began to + be brought over about the same time, and afterwards, + about 960 or 990, the work was further + extended amongst the Poles and Prussians. The + work was begun in Norway in 960, and in Muscovy + in 989, the Swedes propagated Christianity + in Finland, in 1168, Lithuania became Christian + in 1386, and Samogitia in 1439. The Spaniards + forced popery upon the inhabitants of South-America, + and the Portuguese in Asia. The + Jesuits were sent into China in 1552. Xavier, + whom they call the apostle of the Indians, laboured + in the East-Indies and Japan, from 1541 + to 1552, and several millions of Capauchins + were sent to Africa in the seventeenth century. + But blind zeal, gross superstition, and infamous + cruelties, so marked the appearances of religion + all this time, that the professors of Christianity + needed conversion, as much as the heathen + world. +</p> +<p> + A few pious people had fled from the general + corruption, and lived obscurely in the vallies of + Piedmont and Savoy, who were like the seed of + the church. Some of them were now and then + necessitated to travel into other parts, where they + faithfully testified against the corruptions of the + times. About 1369 Wickliffe began to preach + the faith in England, and his preaching and + writings were the means of the conversion of + great numbers, many of whom became excellent + preachers; and a work was begun which afterwards + spread in England, Hungary, Bohemia, + Germany, Switzerland, and many other places. + John Huss and Jerom of Prague, preached boldly + and successfully in Bohemia, and the adjacent + parts. In the following century Luther, Calvin, + Melancton, Bucer, Martyr, and many others, + stood up against all the rest of the world; they + preached, and prayed, and wrote; and nations + agreed one after another to cast off the yoke of + popery, and to embrace the doctrine of the + gospel. +</p> +<p> + In England, episcopal tyranny succeeded to + popish cruelty, which, in the year 1620, obliged + many pious people to leave their native land + and settle in America; these were followed by + others in 1629, who laid the foundations of + several gospel churches, which have increased + amazingly since that time, and the Redeemer has + fixed his throne in that country, where but a + little time ago, Satan had universal dominion. +</p> +<p> + In 1632, Mr. Elliot, of New-England, a very + pious and zealous minister, began to preach to + the Indians, among whom he had great success; + several churches of Indians were planted, and some + preachers and school-masters raised up amongst + them; since which time others have laboured + amongst them with some good encouragement. + About the year 1743, Mr. David Brainerd was + sent a missionary to some more Indians, where + he preached, and prayed, and after some time an + extraordinary work of conversion was wrought, + and wonderful success attended his ministry. + And at this present time, Mr. Kirkland and Mr. + Sergeant are employed in the same good work, + and God has considerably blessed their labours. +</p> +<p> + In 1706, the king of Denmark sent a Mr. + Ziegenbalg, and some others, to Tranquebar, on + the Coromandel coast in the East-Indies, who + were useful to the natives, so that many of the + heathens were turned to the Lord. The Dutch + East-India Company likewise having extended + their commerce, built the city of Batavia, and a + church was opened there; and the Lord's Supper + was administered for the first time, on the 3d of + January, 1621, by their minister James Hulzibos, + from hence some ministers were sent to Amboyna, + who were very successful. A seminary of learning + was erected at Leyden, in which ministers and + assistants were educated, under the renowned + <i>Walaeus</i>, and some years a great number were sent + to the East, at the Company's expence, so that in + a little time many thousands at Formosa, Malabar, + Ternate, Jaffanapatnam, in the town of Columba, + at Amboyna, Java, Banda, Macassar, and Malabar, + embraced the religion of our Lord Jesus Christ. + The work has decayed in some places, but they + now have churches in Ceylon, Sumatra, Java, + Amboyna, and some other of the spice islands, + and at the Cape of Good Hope, in Africa. +</p> +<p> + But none of the moderns have equalled the + Moravian Brethren in this good work; they have + sent missions to Greenland, Labrador, and several + of the West-Indian Islands, which have been + blessed for good. They have likewise sent to + Abyssinia, in Africa, but what success they have + had I cannot tell. +</p> +<p> + The late Mr. Wesley lately made an effort in + the West-Indies, and some of their ministers are + now labouring amongst the Caribbs and Negroes, + and I have seen pleasing accounts of their + success. +</p> +<a name="2H_4_6"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + SECT. III. +</h2> +<p class="subhead"> + <i>Containing a Survey of the present State of the + World.</i> +</p> +<p> </p> +<p> + In this survey I shall consider the world as + divided, according to its usual division, into + four parts, <i>EUROPE, ASIA, AFRICA</i>, and + <i>AMERICA</i>, and take notice of the extent of the + several countries, their population, civilization, + and religion. The article of religion I shall + divide into Christian, Jewish, Mahometan, and + Pagan; and shall now and then hint at the particular + sect of them that prevails in the places + which I shall describe. The following Tables + will exhibit a more comprehensive view of what + I propose, than any thing I can offer on the + subject. +</p> +<p> </p> + +<h3><i>EUROPE.</i></h3> + +<table summary=""> +<tr> +<td rowspan=2><i>Countries.</i></td> +<td colspan=2 align="center"><i>EXTENT</i></td> +<td rowspan=2 align="center"><i>Number of Inhabitants.</i></td> +<td rowspan=2><i>Religion.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="center"><i>Length<br>Miles.</i></td> +<td align="center"><i>Breadth<br>Miles.</i></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Great-Britain</td> +<td>680</td> +<td>300</td> +<td>12,000,000</td> +<td>Protestants, of many denominations.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Ireland</td> +<td>285</td> +<td>160</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Protestants and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>France</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>500</td> +<td>24,000,000</td> +<td>Catholics, Deists, and Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Spain</td> +<td>700</td> +<td>500</td> +<td>9,500,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + + +<tr> +<td>Portugal</td> +<td>300</td> +<td>100</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td><span class="sc">Sweden</span>, <i>including</i> +Sweden proper, Gothland, Shonen, +Lapland, Bothnia, and Finland</td> +<td>800</td> +<td>500</td> +<td>3,500,000</td> +<td>The Swedes are serious Lutherans, but most of the Laplanders +are Pagans, and very superstitious.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Isle of Gothland</td> +<td>80</td> +<td>23</td> +<td>5,000</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Oesel</td> +<td>45</td> +<td>24</td> +<td>2,500</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Oeland</td> +<td>84</td> +<td>9</td> +<td>1,000</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Dago</td> +<td>26</td> +<td>23</td> +<td>1,000</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Aland</td> +<td>24</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>800</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Hogland</td> +<td>9</td> +<td>5</td> +<td>100</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Denmark</td> +<td>240</td> +<td>114</td> +<td>360,000</td> +<td>Lutherans of the Helvetic Confession.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Isle of Zeeland</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>284,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Funen</td> +<td>38</td> +<td>32</td> +<td>144,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Arroe</td> +<td>8</td> +<td>2</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Iceland</td> +<td>435</td> +<td>185</td> +<td>60,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Langeland</td> +<td>27</td> +<td>12</td> +<td>3,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Laland</td> +<td>38</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>148,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Falster</td> +<td>27</td> +<td>12</td> +<td>3,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Mona</td> +<td>14</td> +<td>5</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Alsen</td> +<td>15</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Femeren</td> +<td>13</td> +<td>8</td> +<td>1,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Bornholm</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>12</td> +<td>2,000</td> +<td>Lutherans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Greenland</td> +<td colspan=2><i>Undiscovered</i>.</td> +<td>7,000</td> +<td>Pagans, and Moravian Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Norway</td> +<td>750</td> +<td>170</td> +<td>724,000</td> +<td>Lutherans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>24 Faro Isles</td> +<td></td> +<td></td> +<td>4,500</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Danish Lapland</td> +<td>285</td> +<td>172</td> +<td>100,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Poland</td> +<td>700</td> +<td>680</td> +<td>9,000,000</td> +<td>Papists, Lutherans, Calvinists, & Jews.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Prussia<a href="#note-4"><small><sup>4</sup></small></a></td> +<td>400</td> +<td>160</td> +<td>2,500,000</td> +<td>Calvinists, Catholics, & Lutherans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Sardinia</td> +<td>135</td> +<td>57</td> +<td>600,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Sicily</td> +<td>180</td> +<td>92</td> +<td>1,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Italy</td> +<td>660</td> +<td>120</td> +<td>20,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>United Netherlands</td> +<td>150</td> +<td>150</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Protestants of several denominations.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Austrian Netherlands</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>2,500,000</td> +<td>Papists and Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Switzerland</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>100</td> +<td>2,880,000</td> +<td>Papists and Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The Grisons.</td> +<td>100</td> +<td>62</td> +<td>800,000</td> +<td>Lutherans and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The Abbacy of St. Gall</td> +<td>24</td> +<td>10</td> +<td>50,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Neufchatel</td> +<td>32</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>100,000</td> +<td>Calvinists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Valais</td> +<td>80</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>440,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Piedmont</td> +<td>140</td> +<td>98</td> +<td>900,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Savoy</td> +<td>87</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>720,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Geneva, City</td> +<td></td> +<td></td> +<td>24,000</td> +<td>Calvinists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Bohemia</td> +<td>478</td> +<td>322</td> +<td>2,100,000</td> +<td>Papists and Moravians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Hungary</td> +<td>300</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>2,500,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Germany</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>500</td> +<td>20,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Russia in Europe</td> +<td>1500</td> +<td>1100</td> +<td>22,000,000</td> +<td>Greek Church.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Turkey in Europe</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td>900</td> +<td>18,000,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians, Jews, & Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Budziac Tartary</td> +<td>300</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>1,200,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians, Jews, & Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Lesser Tartary</td> +<td>390</td> +<td>65</td> +<td>1,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Crim Tartary</td> +<td>145</td> +<td>80</td> +<td>500,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Isle of Tenedos</td> +<td>5</td> +<td>3</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Negropont</td> +<td>90</td> +<td>25</td> +<td>25,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Lemnos</td> +<td>25</td> +<td>25</td> +<td>4,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Paros</td> +<td colspan=2>36 in compass.</td> +<td>4,500</td> +<td>Greek Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Lesbos, or Mitylene</td> +<td colspan=2>160 in compass.</td> +<td>30,000</td> +<td>Mahometans and Greeks.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Naxia</td> +<td colspan=2>100 in compass.</td> +<td>8,000</td> +<td>Greeks and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Scio, or Chios</td> +<td colspan=2>112 in compass.</td> +<td>113,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians, Papists, & Mahomet.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Nio</td> +<td colspan=2>40 in compass.</td> +<td>1,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Scyros</td> +<td colspan=2>60 in compass.</td> +<td>1,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Mycone</td> +<td colspan=2>36 in compass.</td> +<td>3,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Samos</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>15</td> +<td>12,000</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Nicaria</td> +<td colspan=2>70 in compass.</td> +<td>3,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Andros</td> +<td colspan=2>120 in compass.</td> +<td>4,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Cyclades, <i>Delos the Chief</i></td> +<td colspan=2></td> +<td>700</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Zia</td> +<td colspan=2>40 in compass.</td> +<td>8,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Cerigo or Cytheraea</td> +<td colspan=2>50 in compass.</td> +<td>1,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Santorin</td> +<td colspan=2>36 in compass.</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Policandra</td> +<td colspan=2>8 in compass.</td> +<td>400</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Patmos</td> +<td colspan=2>18 in compass.</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Sephanto</td> +<td colspan=2>36 in compass.</td> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>Greeks.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Claros</td> +<td colspan=2>40 in compass.</td> +<td>1,700</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Amorgo</td> +<td colspan=2>36 in compass.</td> +<td>4,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Leros</td> +<td colspan=2>18 in compass.</td> +<td>800</td> +<td>Christians and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Thermia</td> +<td colspan=2>40 in compass.</td> +<td>6,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Stampalia</td> +<td colspan=2>50 in compass.</td> +<td>3,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Salamis</td> +<td colspan=2>50 in compass.</td> +<td>1,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Scarpanta</td> +<td colspan=2>20 in compass.</td> +<td>2,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Cephalonia</td> +<td colspan=2>130 in compass.</td> +<td>50,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Zant</td> +<td colspan=2>50 in compass.</td> +<td>30,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Milo</td> +<td colspan=2>60 in compass.</td> +<td>40,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Corfu</td> +<td colspan=2>120 in compass.</td> +<td>60,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Candia, or Crete</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>400,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Coos, or Stanchia</td> +<td colspan=2>70 in compass.</td> +<td>12,800</td> +<td>Mahometans and Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Rhodes</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>25</td> +<td>120,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Cyprus</td> +<td>150</td> +<td>70</td> +<td>300,000</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="note-4"><!--Note--></a> +<p class="foot"> +<sup><u>4</u></sup> [The rest of the Prussian dominions being scattered about in several countries, are counted to those countries where they lie.] +</p> + +<p> </p> + +<h3><i>ASIA.</i></h3> + +<table summary=""> +<tr> +<td rowspan=2><i>Countries.</i></td> +<td colspan=2 align="center"><i>EXTENT</i></td> +<td rowspan=2 align="center"><i>Number of Inhabitants.</i></td> +<td rowspan=2><i>Religion.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="center"><i>Length<br>Miles.</i></td> +<td align="center"><i>Breadth<br>Miles.</i></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td><span class="sc">Turkey in Asia</span> <i>contains</i> Anatolia, Syria, Palestine, Diabekr, +Turcomania, and Georgia</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td>800</td> +<td>20,000,000</td> +<td>Mahometanism is most prevalent, but there are many Greek, Latin, +Eutychian, and Armenian Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Arabia</td> +<td>1300</td> +<td>1200</td> +<td>16,000,000</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Persia</td> +<td>1280</td> +<td>1140</td> +<td>20,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto, of the Sect of Ali.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Great Tartary</td> +<td>4000</td> +<td>1200</td> +<td>40,000,000</td> +<td>Mahometans and Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Siberia</td> +<td>2800</td> +<td>9600</td> +<td>7,500,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians and Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Samojedia</td> +<td>2000</td> +<td>370</td> +<td>1,900,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Kamtschatcha</td> +<td>540</td> +<td>236</td> +<td>900,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Nova Zembla</td> +<td colspan=2><i>Undiscovered</i>.</td> +<td>thinly inhabit.</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>China</td> +<td>1400</td> +<td>1260</td> +<td>60,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td><span class="sc">Japan</span> <i>contains</i> Niphon Isl.</td> +<td>900</td> +<td>360</td> +<td>10,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Isle of Ximo</td> +<td>210</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>3,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Xicoco</td> +<td>117</td> +<td>104</td> +<td>1,800,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Tsussima</td> +<td>39</td> +<td>34</td> +<td>40,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Iki</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>17</td> +<td>6,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Kubitessima</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>26</td> +<td>8,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Matounsa</td> +<td>54</td> +<td>26</td> +<td>50,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Fastistia</td> +<td>36</td> +<td>34</td> +<td>30,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Firando</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>28</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Amacusa</td> +<td>27</td> +<td>24</td> +<td>6,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Awasi</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>18</td> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>India <i>beyond the Ganges</i></td> +<td>2000</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td>50,000,000</td> +<td>Mahometans and Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Indostan</td> +<td>2000</td> +<td>1500</td> +<td>110,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Tibet</td> +<td>1200</td> +<td>480</td> +<td>10,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Isle of Ceylon</td> +<td>250</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans, except the Dutch Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Maldives</td> +<td colspan=2>1000 <i>in number</i>.</td> +<td>100,000</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Sumatra</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td>100</td> +<td>2,100,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Java</td> +<td>580</td> +<td>100</td> +<td>2,700,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Timor</td> +<td>2400</td> +<td>54</td> +<td>300,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and a few Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Borneo</td> +<td>800</td> +<td>700</td> +<td>8,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Celebes</td> +<td>510</td> +<td>240</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Boutam</td> +<td>75</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>80,000</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Carpentyn</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>3</td> +<td>2,000</td> +<td>Christian Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Ourature</td> +<td>18</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>3,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Pullo Lout</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>36</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=5>Besides the little Islands of Manaar, Aripen, Caradivia, Pengandiva, +Analativa, Nainandiva, and Nindundiva, which are inhabited by Christian Protestants. +</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=5>And Banca, Madura, Bally, Lambeck, Flores, Solor, Leolana, Panterra, Miscomby, and several others, inhabited by Pagans and Mahometans. +</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The <span class="sc">Moluccas</span> are,</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Banda</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>10</td> +<td>6,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Buro</td> +<td>25</td> +<td>10</td> +<td>7,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Amboyna</td> +<td>25</td> +<td>10</td> +<td>7,500</td> +<td>Christians;—the Dutch have 25 Ch.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Ceram</td> +<td>210</td> +<td>45</td> +<td>250,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Gillola</td> +<td>190</td> +<td>110</td> +<td>650,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=5>And Pullo-way, Pullo-rin, Nera, Guamanapi, Guilliaien, Ternate, Metir, Machian, and Bachian, which are inhabited by Pagans and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=5>The <span class="sc">Phillippine Islands</span> +are supposed to be about 11,000;—some of the chief are,</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Isle of Mindanao</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>40</td> +<td>18,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Bahol</td> +<td>24</td> +<td>12</td> +<td>6,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Layta</td> +<td>48</td> +<td>27</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Parragon</td> +<td>240</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>100,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The <span class="sc">Calamines</span> are Sebu</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>24</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Mindora</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>36</td> +<td>12,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Philippina</td> +<td>185</td> +<td>120</td> +<td>104,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Negroes Isle</td> +<td>150</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>80,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Manilla</td> +<td></td> +<td></td> +<td>31,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=5>The Ladrone Islands are inhabited by most uncivilized Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Holland</td> +<td>2500</td> +<td>2000</td> +<td>12,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans;—1 or 2 Ministers are there.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Zealand<a href="#note-5"><small><sup>5</sup></small></a></td> +<td>960</td> +<td>180</td> +<td>1,120,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Guinea</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td>360</td> +<td>1,900,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Britain</td> +<td>180</td> +<td>120</td> +<td>900,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Ireland</td> +<td>180</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>700,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Onrong Java</td> +<td colspan=2><i>A Cluster of Isles.</i></td> +<td></td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Caledonia</td> +<td>260</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>170,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Hebrides</td> +<td></td> +<td></td> +<td></td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Friendly Isles</td> +<td colspan=2>20 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td></td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Sandwich Isles</td> +<td colspan=2>7 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td>400,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Society Isles</td> +<td colspan=2>6 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td>800,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Kurile Isles</td> +<td colspan=2>45 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td>50,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Pelew Isles</td> +<td colspan=2></td> +<td></td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Oonalashka Isle</td> +<td>40</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>3,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The other South-Sea Islands.</td> +<td></td> +<td></td> +<td></td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +</table> + +<a name="note-5"><!--Note--></a> +<p class="foot"> +<sup><u>5</u></sup> [Two Islands.] +</p> + +<p> </p> + +<h3><i>AFRICA.</i></h3> + +<table summary=""> +<tr> +<td rowspan=2><i>Countries.</i></td> +<td colspan=2 align="center"><i>EXTENT</i></td> +<td rowspan=2 align="center"><i>Number of Inhabitants.</i></td> +<td rowspan=2><i>Religion.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="center"><i>Length<br>Miles.</i></td> +<td align="center"><i>Breadth<br>Miles.</i></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Egypt</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>250</td> +<td>2,200,000</td> +<td>Mahometans and Jews.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Nubia</td> +<td>940</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>3,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Barbary</td> +<td>1800</td> +<td>500</td> +<td>3,500,000</td> +<td>Mahometans, Jews, and Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Biledulgerid</td> +<td>2500</td> +<td>350</td> +<td>3,500,000</td> +<td>Mahometans, Christians, and Jews.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Zaara, or the Desart</td> +<td>3400</td> +<td>660</td> +<td>800,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Abyssinia</td> +<td>900</td> +<td>800</td> +<td>5,800,000</td> +<td>Armenian Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Abex</td> +<td>540</td> +<td>130</td> +<td>1,600,000</td> +<td>Christians and Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Negroland</td> +<td>2200</td> +<td>840</td> +<td>18,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Loango</td> +<td>410</td> +<td>300</td> +<td>1,500,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Congo</td> +<td>540</td> +<td>220</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Angola</td> +<td>360</td> +<td>250</td> +<td>1,400,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Benguela</td> +<td>430</td> +<td>180</td> +<td>1,600,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Mataman</td> +<td>450</td> +<td>240</td> +<td>1,500,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Ajan</td> +<td>900</td> +<td>300</td> +<td>2,500,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Zanguebar</td> +<td>1400</td> +<td>350</td> +<td>3,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Monoemugi</td> +<td>900</td> +<td>660</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Sofala</td> +<td>480</td> +<td>300</td> +<td>1,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Terra de Natal</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>350</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Caffraria, or the Hottentots Country</td> +<td>708</td> +<td>660</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto, & a few Christians at the Cape.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Isle of Madagascar</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td>220</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Mary</td> +<td>54</td> +<td>9</td> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>French Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Mascarin</td> +<td>39</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>17,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Helena</td> +<td colspan=2>21 in compass.</td> +<td>1,000</td> +<td>English and French Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Annabon</td> +<td>16</td> +<td>14</td> +<td>4,000</td> +<td>Portuguese Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Thomas</td> +<td>25</td> +<td>23</td> +<td>9,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Zocotora</td> +<td>80</td> +<td>54</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Comora Isles</td> +<td colspan=2>5 <i>in number.</i> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Mauritius</td> +<td colspan=2>150 in compass.</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>French Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Bourbon</td> +<td colspan=2>90 in compass.</td> +<td>15,000</td> +<td>French Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Madeiras</td> +<td colspan=2>3 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Cape Verd Isles</td> +<td colspan=2>10 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td>20,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Canaries</td> +<td colspan=2>12 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td>30,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Azores</td> +<td colspan=2>9 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td>100,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Maltha</td> +<td>15</td> +<td>8</td> +<td>1,200</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +</table> + + +<p> </p> + +<h3><i>AMERICA.</i></h3> + +<table summary=""> +<tr> +<td rowspan=2><i>Countries.</i></td> +<td colspan=2 align="center"><i>EXTENT</i></td> +<td colspan=2 rowspan=2 align="center"><i>Number of Inhabitants.</i></td> +<td rowspan=2><i>Religion.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="center"><i>Length<br>Miles.</i></td> +<td align="center"><i>Breadth<br>Miles.</i></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Brazil</td> +<td>2900</td> +<td>900</td> +<td colspan=2>14,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Paraguay</td> +<td>1140</td> +<td>460</td> +<td colspan=2>10,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Chili</td> +<td>1200</td> +<td>500</td> +<td colspan=2>2,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Peru</td> +<td>1800</td> +<td>600</td> +<td colspan=2>10,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Country of the Amazons</td> +<td>1200</td> +<td>900</td> +<td colspan=2>8,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Terra Firma</td> +<td>1400</td> +<td>700</td> +<td colspan=2>10,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Guiana</td> +<td>780</td> +<td>480</td> +<td colspan=2>2,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Terra Magellanica</td> +<td>1400</td> +<td>460</td> +<td colspan=2>9,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Old Mexico</td> +<td>2220</td> +<td>600</td> +<td colspan=2>13,500,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Mexico</td> +<td>2000</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td colspan=2>14,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The States of America</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td>600</td> +<td colspan=2>3,700,000</td> +<td>Christians, of various denominations.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Terra de Labrador, Nova-Scotia, Louisiana, Canada, and all the country inland +from Mexico to Hudson's-Bay</td> +<td>1680</td> +<td>600</td> +<td colspan=2>8,000,000</td> +<td>Christians, of various denominations, but most of the North-American +Indians are Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>California, and from thence along the western coast to 70 degrees south latitude, and so far inland as to meet the above article</td> +<td>2820</td> +<td>1380</td> +<td colspan=2>9,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>All to the north of 70 degrees</td> +<td colspan=2>unknown.</td> +<td colspan=2></td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Cape Breton</td> +<td>400</td> +<td>110</td> +<td colspan=2>20,000</td> +<td>Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Newfoundland</td> +<td>350</td> +<td>200</td> +<td colspan=2>1,400</td> +<td>Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Cumberland's Isle</td> +<td>780</td> +<td>300</td> +<td colspan=2>10,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Madre de Dios</td> +<td>105</td> +<td>30</td> +<td colspan=2>8,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Terra del Fuego</td> +<td>120</td> +<td>36</td> +<td colspan=2>5,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=3>All the Islands in the Vicinity of Cape Horn</td> +<td colspan=2></td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The Bermudas extend</td> +<td>16</td> +<td>5</td> +<td colspan=2>20,000</td> +<td>Half English, and Half Slaves.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The <span class="sc">Little Antilles</span></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>are Aruba</td> +<td>5</td> +<td>3</td> +<td colspan=2>200</td> +<td>Dutch, and Pagan Negoes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Curassoa</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>10</td> +<td colspan=2>11,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Bonaire</td> +<td>10</td> +<td>3</td> +<td colspan=2>300</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Margaritta</td> +<td>40</td> +<td>24</td> +<td colspan=2>18,000</td> +<td>Spaniards, and Pagan Negroes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St Trinidad</td> +<td>90</td> +<td>60</td> +<td colspan=2>100,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The <span class="sc">Bahamas</span> are</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Bahama</td> +<td>50</td> +<td>16</td> +<td colspan=2>16,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Providence</td> +<td>28</td> +<td>11</td> +<td colspan=2>6,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=6>Besides Eluthera, Harbour, Lucayonegua, Andross Cigateo, Guanaliana, +Yumeta, Samana, Yuma, Mayaguana, Ynguana, Caieos, and Triangula—Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The <span class="sc">Antilles</span> are</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Cuba</td> +<td>700</td> +<td>60</td> +<td colspan=2>1,000,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Jamaica</td> +<td>140</td> +<td>60</td> +<td colspan=2>400,000</td> +<td>English, and Pagan Negroes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Domingo</td> +<td>450</td> +<td>150</td> +<td colspan=2>1,000,000</td> +<td>French, Spaniards, and Negroes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Porto Rico</td> +<td>100</td> +<td>49</td> +<td colspan=2>300,000</td> +<td>Spaniards and Negroes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Vache, or Cows I.</td> +<td>18</td> +<td>2</td> +<td colspan=2>1,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=6>The <span class="sc">Virgin Isles</span> are 12 <i>in number</i>, of which +Danes Island is the principal—Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The <span class="sc">Carribbees</span> are</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Cruz</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>10</td> +<td colspan=2>13,500</td> +<td>Danish Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Anguilla</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>9</td> +<td colspan=2>6,000</td> +<td>Protestants, and Negroes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Martin</td> +<td>21</td> +<td>12</td> +<td colspan=2>7,500</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Bartholomew</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>4</td> +<td colspan=2>720</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Barbuda</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>12</td> +<td colspan=2>7,500</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Saba</td> +<td>5</td> +<td>4</td> +<td colspan=2>1,500</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Guardulope</td> +<td>45</td> +<td>38</td> +<td colspan=2>50,000</td> +<td>Catholics, and Pagan Negroes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Marigalante</td> +<td>15</td> +<td>12</td> +<td colspan=2>5,400</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Tobago</td> +<td>32</td> +<td>9</td> +<td colspan=2>2,400</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Desiada</td> +<td>12</td> +<td>6</td> +<td colspan=2>1,500</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Granada</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>15</td> +<td colspan=2>13,500</td> +<td>English, and Pagan Negroes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Lucia</td> +<td>23</td> +<td>12</td> +<td colspan=2>5,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Native Pagan Caribbs.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=3></td> +<td><i>Whites.</i></td> +<td><i>Negroes.</i></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Eustatia</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>4</td> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>15,000</td> +<td>Dutch, English, &c.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Christopher</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>7</td> +<td>6,000</td> +<td>36,000</td> +<td>English.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Nevis</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>4</td> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Antigua</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>7,000</td> +<td>30,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Montferrat</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Martinico</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>20,000</td> +<td>50,000</td> +<td>French.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Vincent's</td> +<td>24</td> +<td>18</td> +<td>8,000</td> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>The 8,000 are Native Caribbs.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Barbadoes</td> +<td>21</td> +<td>14</td> +<td>30,000</td> +<td>100,000</td> +<td>English.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Dominica</td> +<td>28</td> +<td>13</td> +<td></td> +<td>40,000</td> +<td>Ditto, 2,000 of them Native Caribbs.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Thomas</td> +<td colspan=2>15 in compass.</td> +<td></td> +<td>8,000</td> +<td>Danish Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +</table> + +<p> </p> + +<p> + This, as nearly as I can obtain information, + is the state of the world; though in many + countries, as Turkey, Arabia, Great Tartary, + Africa, and America, except the United States, + and most of the Asiatic Islands, we have no + accounts of the number of inhabitants, that can + be relied on. I have therefore only calculated + the extent, and counted a certain number on an + average upon a square mile; in some countries + more, and in others less, according as circumstances + determine. A few general remarks upon + it will conclude this section. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">First</span>, the inhabitants of the world according + to this calculation, amount to about seven hundred + and thirty-one millions; four hundred and + twenty millions of whom are still in pagan darkness; + an hundred and thirty millions the followers + of Mahomet; an hundred millions catholics; + forty-four millions protestants; thirty millions of + the greek and armenian churches, and perhaps + seven millions of jews. It must undoubtedly + strike every considerate mind, what a vast proportion + of the sons of Adam there are, who yet + remain in the most deplorable state of heathen + darkness, without any means of knowing the true + God, except what are afforded them by the works + of nature; and utterly destitute of the knowledge + of the gospel of Christ, or of any means of + obtaining it. In many of these countries they + have no written language, consequently no Bible, + and are only led by the most childish customs and + traditions. Such, for instance, are all the middle + and back parts of North America, the inland + parts of South America, the South-Sea Islands, + New Holland, New Zealand, New Guinea; and + I may add Great Tartary, Siberia, Samojedia, + and the other parts of Asia contiguous to the + frozen sea; the greatest part of Africa, the island + of Madagascar, and many places beside. In + many of these parts also they are cannibals, feeding + upon the flesh of their slain enemies, with the + greatest brutality and eagerness. The truth of + this was ascertained, beyond a doubt, by the late + eminent navigator, Cooke, of the New Zealanders, + and some of the inhabitants of the western coast + of America. Human sacrifices are also very frequently + offered, so that scarce a week elapses without + instances of this kind. They are in general + poor, barbarous, naked pagans, as destitute of + civilization, as they are of true religion. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Secondly</span>, barbarous as these poor heathens + are, they appear to be as capable of knowledge as + we are; and in many places, at least, have discovered + uncommon genius and tractableness; and + I greatly question whether most of the barbarities + practiced by them, have not originated in some + real or supposed affront, and are therefore, more + properly, acts of self-defence, than proofs of inhuman + and blood-thirsty dispositions. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Thirdly</span>, in other parts, where they have a + written language, as in the East-Indies, China, + Japan, &c. they know nothing of the gospel. + The jesuits indeed once made many converts to + popery among the Chinese; but their highest aim + seemed to be to obtain their good opinion; for + though the converts professed themselves Christians, + yet they were allowed to honour the image + of <span class="sc">Confucius</span> their great law-giver; and at length + their ambitious intrigues brought upon them the + displeasure of government, which terminated in + the suppression of the mission, and almost, if not + entirely, of the Christian name. It is also a melancholy + fact, that the vices of Europeans have + been communicated wherever they themselves + have been; so that the religious state of even heathens + has been rendered worse by intercourse + with them! +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Fourthly</span>, a very great proportion of Asia and + Africa, with some part of Europe, are <i>Mahometans</i>; + and those in Persia, who are of the sect of <i>Hali</i>, + are the most inveterate enemies to the Turks; + and they in return abhor the Persians. The + Africans are some of the most ignorant of all the + mahometans; especially the Arabs, who are scattered + through all the northern parts of Africa, and + live upon the depredations which they are continually + making upon their neighbours. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Fifthly</span>, in respect to those who bear the + Christian name, a very great degree of ignorance + and immorality abounds amongst them. There + are Christians, so called, of the greek and armenian + churches, in all the mahometan countries; but + they are, if possible, more ignorant and vicious + than the mahometans themselves. The Georgian + Christians, who are near the Caspian Sea, maintain + themselves by selling their neighbours, relations, + and children, for slaves to the Turks and + Persians. And it is remarked, that if any of the + greeks of Anatolia turn mussulmen, the Turks + never set any store by them, on account of their + being so much noted for dissimulation and hypocrisy. + It is well known that most of the members + of the greek church are very ignorant. Papists + also are in general ignorant of divine things, and + very vicious. Nor do the bulk of the church of + England much exceed them, either in knowledge + or holiness; and many errors, and much looseness + of conduct, are to be found amongst dissenters of + all denominations. The lutherans in Denmark, + are much on a par with the ecclesiastics in England; + and the face of most Christian countries + presents a dreadful scene of ignorance, hypocrisy, + and profligacy. Various baneful, and pernicious + errors appear to gain ground, in almost every + part of Christendom; the truths of the gospel, + and even the gospel itself, are attacked, and every + method that the enemy can invent is employed + to undermine the kingdom of our Lord Jesus + Christ. +</p> +<p> + All these things are loud calls to Christians, + and especially to ministers, to exert themselves to + the utmost in their several spheres of action, and + to try to enlarge them as much as possible. +</p> +<a name="2H_4_7"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + SECT. IV. +</h2> +<p class="subhead"> + <i>The Practicability of something being done, more than + what is done, for the Conversion of the Heathen.</i> +</p> +<p> </p> +<p> + The impediments in the way of carrying + the gospel among the heathen must arise, I + think, from one or other of the following things; + —either their distance from us, their barbarous + and savage manner of living, the danger of being + killed by them, the difficulty of procuring the + necessaries of life, or the unintelligibleness of their + languages. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">First</span>, as to their distance from us, whatever + objections might have been made on that account + before the invention of the mariner's compass, + nothing can be alledged for it, with any colour of + plausibility in the present age. Men can now sail + with as much certainty through the Great South + Sea, as they can through the Mediterranean, or + any lesser Sea. Yea, and providence seems in a + manner to invite us to the trial, as there are to our + knowledge trading companies, whose commerce + lies in many of the places where, these barbarians + dwell. At one time or other ships are sent to + visit places of more recent discovery, and to + explore parts the most unknown; and every fresh + account of their ignorance, or cruelty, should call + forth our pity, and excite us to concur with providence + in seeking their eternal good. Scripture + likewise seems to point out this method, <i>Surely the + Isles shall wait for me; the ships of Tarshish first, to + bring my sons from far, their silver, and their gold with + them, unto the name of the Lord, thy God.</i> Isai. lx. 9. + This seems to imply that in the time of the + glorious increase of the church, in the latter days, + (of which the whole chapter is undoubtedly a + prophecy,) commerce shall subserve the spread of + the gospel. The ships of Tarshish were trading + vessels, which made voyages for traffic to various + parts; thus much therefore must be meant by it, + that <i>navigation</i>, especially that which is <i>commercial</i>, + shall be one great mean of carrying on the work + of God; and perhaps it may imply that there + shall be a very considerable appropriation of + wealth to that purpose. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Secondly</span>, as to their uncivilized, and barbarous + way of living, this can be no objection to + any, except those whose love of ease renders + them unwilling to expose themselves to inconveniencies + for the good of others. +</p> +<p> + It was no objection to the apostles and their + successors, who went among the barbarous <i>Germans</i> + and <i>Gauls</i>, and still more barbarous <i>Britons</i>! + They did not wait for the ancient inhabitants of + these countries, to be civilized, before they could + be christianized, but went simply with the doctrine + of the cross; and <span class="sc">Tertullian</span> could boast that + "those parts of Britain which were proof against + the Roman armies, were conquered by the gospel + of Christ"—It was no objection to an <span class="sc">Elliot</span>, or + a <span class="sc">Brainerd</span>, in later times. They went forth, + and encountered every difficulty of the kind, and + found that a cordial reception of the gospel produced + those happy effects which the longest intercourse + with Europeans, without it could never + accomplish. It <i>is</i> no objection to commercial + men. It only requires that we should have as + much love to the souls of our fellow-creatures, + and fellow sinners, as they have for the profits + arising from a few otter-skins, and all these difficulties + would be easily surmounted. +</p> +<p> + After all, the uncivilized state of the heathen, + instead of affording an objection <i>against</i> preaching + the gospel to them, ought to furnish an argument + <i>for</i> it. Can we as men, or as christians, hear that + a great part of our fellow creatures, whose souls + are as immortal as ours, and who are as capable + as ourselves, of adorning the gospel, and contributing + by their preaching, writings, or practices + to the glory of our Redeemer's name, and the + good of his church, are inveloped in ignorance + and barbarism? Can we hear that they are without + the gospel, without government, without laws, + and without arts, and sciences; and not exert + ourselves to introduce amongst them the sentiments + of men, and of Christians? Would not the + spread of the gospel be the most effectual mean + of their civilization? Would not that make them + useful members of society? We know that such + effects did in a measure follow the afore-mentioned + efforts of <i>Elliot</i>, <i>Brainerd</i>, and others amongst the + American Indians; and if similar attempts were + made in other parts of the world, and succeeded + with a divine blessing (which we have every reason + to think they would) might we not expect to + see able Divines, or read well-conducted treatises + in defence of the truth, even amongst those who + at present seem to be scarcely human? +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Thirdly</span>, <i>In respect to the danger of being killed + by them</i>, it is true that whoever does go must put + his life in his hand, and not consult with flesh + and blood; but do not the goodness of the cause, + the duties incumbent on us as the creatures of + God, and Christians, and the perishing state of + our fellow men, loudly call upon us to venture + all and use every warrantable exertion for their + benefit? <span class="sc">Paul</span> and +<span class="sc">Barnabas</span>, who <i>hazarded their + lives for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ</i>, were not + blamed as being rash, but commended for so + doing, while <span class="sc">John Mark</span> who through timidity + of mind deserted them in their perilous undertaking, + was branded with censure. After all, as has + been already observed, I greatly question whether + most of the barbarities practiced by the savages + upon those who have visited them, have not + originated in some real or supposed affront, and + were therefore, more properly, acts of self-defence, + than proofs of ferocious dispositions. No wonder + if the imprudence of sailors should prompt them + to offend the simple savage, and the offence be resented; + but <i>Elliot</i>, <i>Brainerd</i>, and the <i>Moravian + missionaries</i>, have been very seldom molested. Nay, + in general the heathen have shewed a willingness + to hear the word; and have principally expressed + their hatred of Christianity on account of the + vices of nominal Christians. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Fourthly</span>, <i>As to the difficulty of procuring the + necessaries of life</i>, this would not be so great as + may appear at first sight; for though we could + not procure European food, yet we might procure + such as the natives of those countries which + we visit, subsist upon themselves. And this would + only be passing through what we have virtually + engaged, in by entering on the ministerial office. + A Christian minister is a person who in a peculiar + sense is <i>not his own</i>; he is the <i>servant</i> of God, and + therefore ought to be wholly devoted to him. + By entering on that sacred office he solemnly undertakes + to be always engaged, as much as possible, + in the Lord's work, and not to chuse his own + pleasure, or employment, or pursue the ministry + as a something that is to subserve his own ends, + or interests, or as a kind of bye-work. He engages + to go where God pleases, and to do, or endure + what he sees fit to command, or call him to, in + the exercise of his function. He virtually bids + farewell to friends, pleasures, and comforts, and + stands in readiness to endure the greatest sufferings + in the work of his Lord, and Master. It is + inconsistent for ministers to please themselves with + thoughts of a numerous auditory, cordial friends, + a civilized country, legal protection, affluence, + splendor, or even a competency. The flights, + and hatred of men, and even pretended friends, + gloomy prisons, and tortures, the society of barbarians + of uncouth speech, miserable accommodations + in wretched wildernesses, hunger, and + thirst, nakedness, weariness, and painfulness, hard + work, and but little worldly encouragement, + should rather be the objects of their expectation. + Thus the apostles acted, in the primitive times, + and endured hardness, as good soldiers of Jesus + Christ; and though we living in a civilized country + where Christianity is protected by law, are + not called to suffer these things while we continue + here, yet I question whether all are justified in + staying here, while so many are perishing without + means of grace in other lands. Sure I am that + it is entirely contrary to the spirit of the gospel, + for its ministers to enter upon it from interested + motives, or with great worldly expectations. On + the contrary the commission is a sufficient call to + them to venture all, and, like the primitive + Christians, go every where preaching the gospel. +</p> +<p> + It might be necessary, however, for two, at + least, to go together, and in general I should + think it best that they should be married men, + and to prevent their time from being employed + in procuring necessaries, two, or more, other + persons, with their wives and families, might also + accompany them, who should be wholly employed + in providing for them. In most countries + it would be necessary for them to cultivate a little + spot of ground just for their support, which would + be a resource to them, whenever their supplies + failed. Not to mention the advantages they + would reap from each others company, it would + take off the enormous expence which has always + attended undertakings of this kind, the first expence + being the whole; for though a large colony + needs support for a considerable time, yet so + small a number would, upon receiving the first + crop, maintain themselves. They would have + the advantage of choosing their situation, their + wants would be few; the women, and even the + children, would be necessary for domestic purposes; + and a few articles of stock, as a cow or + two, and a bull, and a few other cattle of both + sexes, a very few utensils of husbandry, and some + corn to sow their land, would be sufficient. Those + who attend the missionaries should understand + husbandry, fishing, fowling, &c. and be provided + with the necessary implements for these purposes. + Indeed a variety of methods may be thought of, + and when once the work is undertaken, many + things will suggest themselves to us, of which we + at present can form no idea. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Fifthly</span>, As to <i>learning their languages</i>, the + same means would be found necessary here as in + trade between different nations. In some cases + interpreters might be obtained, who might be + employed for a time; and where these were not + to be found, the missionaries must have patience, + and mingle with the people, till they have learned + so much of their language as to be able to communicate + their ideas to them in it. It is well + known to require no very extraordinary talents + to learn, in the space of a year, or two at most, + the language of any people upon earth, so much + of it at least, as to be able to convey any sentiments + we wish to their understandings. +</p> +<p> + The Missionaries must be men of great piety, + prudence, courage, and forbearance; of undoubted + orthodoxy in their sentiments, and must enter + with all their hearts into the spirit of their mission; + they must be willing to leave all the comforts + of life behind them, and to encounter all + the hardships of a torrid, or a frigid climate, an + uncomfortable manner of living, and every other + inconvenience that can attend this undertaking. + Clothing, a few knives, powder and shot, fishing-tackle, + and the articles of husbandry above-mentioned, + must be provided for them; and when + arrived at the place of their destination, their first + business must be to gain some acquaintance with + the language of the natives, (for which purpose + two would be better than one,) and by all lawful + means to endeavour to cultivate a friendship with + them, and as soon as possible let them know the + errand for which they were sent. They must endeavour + to convince them that it was their good + alone, which induced them to forsake their friends, + and all the comforts of their native country. + They must be very careful not to resent injuries + which may be offered to them, nor to think + highly of themselves, so as to despise the poor + heathens, and by those means lay a foundation + for their resentment, or rejection of the gospel. + They must take every opportunity of doing them + good, and labouring, and travelling, night and + day, they must instruct, exhort, and rebuke, with + all long suffering, and anxious desire for them, + and, above all, must be instant in prayer for the + effusion of the Holy Spirit upon the people of + their charge. Let but missionaries of the above + description engage in the work, and we shall see + that it is not impracticable. +</p> +<p> + It might likewise be of importance, if God + should bless their labours, for them to encourage + any appearances of gifts amongst the people of + their charge; if such should be raised up many + advantages would be derived from their knowledge + of the language, and customs of their countrymen; + and their change of conduct would give + great weight to their ministrations. +</p> +<a name="2H_4_8"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + SECT. V. +</h2> +<p class="subhead"> + <i>An Enquiry into the Duty of Christians in general, and + what Means ought to be used, in order to promote + this Work.</i> +</p> +<p> </p> +<p> + If the prophecies concerning the increase of + Christ's kingdom be true, and if what has + been advanced, concerning the commission given + by him to his disciples being obligatory on us, + be just, it must be inferred that all Christians + ought heartily to concur with God in promoting + his glorious designs, for <i>he that is joined to the + Lord is one spirit</i>. +</p> +<p> + One of the first, and most important of those + duties which are incumbent upon us, is <i>fervent + and united prayer</i>. However the influence of the + Holy Spirit may be set at nought, and run down + by many, it will be found upon trial, that all + means which we can use, without it, will be ineffectual. + If a temple is raised for God in the + heathen world, it will not be <i>by might, nor by + power</i>, nor by the authority of the magistrate, or + the eloquence of the orator; <i>but by my Spirit, saith + the Lord of Hosts</i>. We must therefore be in real + earnest in supplicating his blessing upon our + labours. +</p> +<p> + It is represented in the prophets, that when + there shall be <i>a great mourning in the land, as the + mourning of Hadadrimmon in the valley of Megiddon, + and every family shall mourn apart, and their wives + apart</i>, it shall all follow upon <i>a spirit of grace, and + supplication</i>. And when these things shall take + place, it is promised that <i>there shall be a fountain + opened for the house of David, and for the inhabitants + of Jerusalem, for sin, and for uncleanness</i>,—and that + <i>the idols shall be destroyed</i>, and <i>the false prophets + ashamed</i> of their profession. Zech. xii 10. 14.—xiii. + 1. 6. This prophesy seems to teach that + when there shall be an universal conjunction in + fervent prayer, and all shall esteem Zion's welfare + as their own, then copious influences of the + Spirit shall be shed upon the churches, which + like a purifying <i>fountain</i> shall cleanse the servants + of the Lord. Nor shall this cleansing influence + stop here; all old idolatrous prejudices shall be + rooted out, and truth prevail so gloriously that + false teachers shall be so ashamed as rather to + wish to be classed with obscure herdsmen, or the + meanest peasants, than bear the ignominy attendant + on their detection. +</p> +<p> + The most glorious works of grace that have + ever took place, have been in answer to prayer; + and it is in this way, we have the greatest reason + to suppose, that the glorious out-pouring of + the Spirit, which we expect at last, will be + bestowed. +</p> +<p> + With respect to our own immediate connections, + we have within these few years been favoured + with some tokens for good, granted in + answer to prayer, which should encourage us to + persist, and increase in that important duty. I + trust our <i>monthly prayer-meetings</i> for the success of + the gospel have not been in vain. It is true a + want of importunity too generally attends our + prayers; yet unimportunate, and feeble as they + have been, it is to be believed that God has + heard, and in a measure answered them. The + churches that have engaged in the practice have + in general since that time been evidently on the + increase; some controversies which have long + perplexed and divided the church, are more + clearly stated than ever; there are calls to preach + the gospel in many places where it has not been + usually published; yea, a glorious door is opened, + and is likely to be opened wider and wider, by + the spread of civil and religious liberty, + accompanied also by a diminution of the spirit of + popery; a noble effort has been made to abolish the + inhuman Slave-Trade, and though at present it + has not been so successful as might be wished, yet + it is to be hoped it will be persevered in, till it is + accomplished. In the mean time it is a satisfaction + to consider that the late defeat of the abolition + of the Slave-Trade has proved the occasion of a + praise worthy effort to introduce a free settlement, + at <i>Sierra Leona</i>, on the coast of Africa; an + effort which, if succeeded with a divine blessing, + not only promises to open a way for honourable + commerce with that extensive country, and for + the civilization of its inhabitants, but may prove + the happy mean of introducing amongst them + the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ. +</p> +<p> + These are events that ought not to be over-looked; + they are not to be reckoned small things; + and yet perhaps they <i>are</i> small compared with + what might have been expected, if all had cordially + entered into the spirit of the proposal, so + as to have made the cause of Christ their own, or + in other words to have been so solicitous about + it, as if their own advantage depended upon its + success. If an holy solicitude had prevailed in + all the assemblies of Christians in behalf of their + Redeemer's kingdom, we might probably have + seen before now, not only an <i>open door</i> for the + gospel, but <i>many running to and fro, and knowledge + increased</i>; or a diligent use of those means which + providence has put in our power, accompanied + with a greater blessing than ordinary from + heaven. +</p> +<p> + Many can do nothing but pray, and prayer is + perhaps the only thing in which Christians of all + denominations can cordially, and unreservedly + unite; but in this we may all be one, and in this + the strictest unanimity ought to prevail. Were + the whole body thus animated by one soul, with + what pleasure would Christians attend on all the + duties of religion, and with what delight would + their ministers attend on all the business of their + calling. +</p> +<p> + We must not be contented however with praying, + without <i>exerting ourselves in the use of means</i> for + the obtaining of those things we pray for. Were + <i>the children of light</i>, but <i>as wise in their generation as + the children of this world</i>, they would stretch every + nerve to gain so glorious a prize, nor ever + imagine that it was to be obtained in any other + way. +</p> +<p> + When a trading company have obtained their + charter they usually go to its utmost limits; and + their stocks, their ships, their officers, and men + are so chosen, and regulated, as to be likely to + answer their purpose; but they do not stop here, + for encouraged by the prospect of success, they + use every effort, cast their bread upon the waters, + cultivate friendship with every one from whose + information they expect the least advantage. They + cross the widest and most tempestuous seas, and + encounter the most unfavourable climates; they + introduce themselves into the most barbarous + nations, and sometimes undergo the most affecting + hardships; their minds continue in a state of + anxiety, and suspence, and a longer delay than + usual in the arrival of their vessels agitates them + with a thousand changeful thoughts, and foreboding + apprehensions, which continue till the + rich returns are safe arrived in port. But why + these fears? Whence all these disquietudes, and + this labour? Is it not because their souls enter + into the spirit of the project, and their happiness + in a manner depends on its success?—Christians + are a body whose truest interest lies in the exaltation + of the Messiah's kingdom. Their charter + is very extensive, their encouragements exceeding + great, and the returns promised infinitely superior + to all the gains of the most lucrative fellowship. + Let then every one in his station consider himself + as bound to act with all his might, and in every + possible way for God. +</p> +<p> + Suppose a company of serious Christians, + ministers and private persons, were to form + themselves into a society, and make a number of + rules respecting the regulation of the plan, and + the persons who are to be employed as missionaries, + the means of defraying the expence, &c. &c. + This society must consist of persons whose hearts + are in the work, men of serious religion, and + possessing a spirit of perseverance; there must be + a determination not to admit any person who is + not of this description, or to retain him longer + than he answers to it. +</p> +<p> + From such a society a <i>committee</i> might be appointed, + whose business it should be to procure + all the information they could upon the subject, + to receive contributions, to enquire into the characters, + tempers, abilities and religious views of + the missionaries, and also to provide them with + necessaries for their undertakings. +</p> +<p> + They must also pay a great attention to the + views of those who undertake this work; for want + of this the missions to the Spice Islands, sent by + the Dutch East-India Company, were soon corrupted, + many going more for the sake of settling + in a place where temporal gain invited them, + than of preaching to the poor Indians. This + soon introduced a number of indolent, or profligate + persons, whose lives were a scandal to the + doctrines which they preached: and by means of + whom the gospel was ejected from Ternate, in + 1694, and Christianity fell into great disrepute in + other places. +</p> +<p> + If there is any reason for me to hope that I + shall have any influence upon any of my brethren, + and fellow Christians, probably it may be more + especially amongst them of my own denomination. + I would therefore propose that such a society and + committee should be formed amongst the <i>particular + baptist denomination</i>. +</p> +<p> + I do not mean by this, in any wife to confine + it to one denomination of Christians. I wish + with all my heart, that every one who loves our + Lord Jesus Christ in sincerity, would in some way + or other engage in it. But in the present divided + state of Christendom, it would be more likely for + good to be done by each denomination engaging + separately in the work, than if they were to + embark in it conjointly. There is room enough for + us all, without interfering with each other; and + if no unfriendly interference took place, each + denomination would bear good will to the other, + and wish, and pray for its success, considering it + as upon the whole friendly to the great cause + of true religion; but if all were intermingled, it + is likely their private discords might throw a + damp upon their spirits, and much retard their + public usefulness. +</p> +<p> + In respect to <i>contributions</i> for defraying the + expences, money will doubtless be wanting; and suppose + the rich were to embark a portion of that + wealth over which God has made them stewards, + in this important undertaking, perhaps there are + few ways that would turn to a better account at + last. Nor ought it to be confined to the <i>rich</i>; if + persons in more moderate circumstances were to + devote a portion, suppose a <i>tenth</i>, of their annual + increase to the Lord, it would not only correspond + with the practice of the Israelites, who lived under + the Mosaic Oeconomy, but of the patriarchs + Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, before that dispensation + commenced. Many of our most eminent + fore-fathers amongst the <i>Puritans</i>, followed that + practice; and if that were but attended to now, + there would not only be enough to support the + ministry of the gospel at home, and to encourage + <i>village preaching</i> in our respective neighbourhoods, + but to defray the expences of carrying the gospel + into the heathen world. +</p> +<p> + If congregations were to open subscriptions of + <i>one penny</i>, or more per week, according to their + circumstances, and deposit it as a fund for the + propogation of the gospel, much might be raised + in this way. By such simple means they might + soon have it in their power to introduce the + preaching of the gospel into most of the villages + in England; where, though men are placed whose + business it should be to give light to those who sit + in darkness, it is well known that they have it + not. Where there was no person to open his + house for the reception of the gospel, some other + building might be procured for a small sum, and + even then something considerable might be spared + for the baptist, or other committees, for propogating + the gospel amongst the heathen. +</p> +<p> + Many persons have of late left off the use of + <i>West-India sugar</i> on account of the iniquitous + manner in which it is obtained. Those families + who have done so, and have not substituted any + thing else in its place, have not only cleansed + their hands of blood, but have made a saving to + their families, some of six pence, and some of a + shilling a week. If this, or a part of this were + appropriated to the uses before-mentioned, it + would abundantly suffice. We have only to keep + the end in view, and have our hearts thoroughly + engaged in the pursuit of it, and means will not + be very difficult. +</p> +<p> + We are exhorted <i>to lay up treasure in heaven, + where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, nor thieves + break through and steal.</i> It is also declared that + <i>whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap.</i> + These Scriptures teach us that the enjoyments of + the life to come, bear a near relation to that + which now is; a relation similar to that of the + harvest, and the seed. It is true all the reward + is of mere grace, but it is nevertheless encouraging; + what a <i>treasure</i>, what an <i>harvest</i> must + await such characters as <span class="sc">Paul</span>, and +<span class="sc">Elliot</span>, and + <span class="sc">Brainerd</span>, and others, who have given themselves + wholly to the work of the Lord. What a heaven + will it be to see the many myriads of poor heathens, + of Britons amongst the rest, who by their + labours have been brought to the knowledge of + God. Surely a <i>crown of rejoicing</i> like this is worth + aspiring to. Surely it is worth while to lay + ourselves out with all our might, in promoting + the cause, and kingdom of Christ. +</p> +<p> </p> +<h3> + FINIS.</h3> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of An Enquiry into the Obligations of +Christians to Use Means for the Conversion of the Heathens, by William Carey + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OBLIGATIONS OF CHRISTIANS *** + +***** This file should be named 11449-h.htm or 11449-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/1/4/4/11449/ + +Produced by Michael Ciesielski, Robert Shimmin and PG Distributed +Proofreaders + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + + https://www.gutenberg.org/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL + + + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/11449-h/carey_tp.png b/11449-h/carey_tp.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e46f068 --- /dev/null +++ b/11449-h/carey_tp.png diff --git a/11449.txt b/11449.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0c825e --- /dev/null +++ b/11449.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2124 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of An Enquiry into the Obligations of +Christians to Use Means for the Conversion of the Heathens, by William Carey + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: An Enquiry into the Obligations of Christians to Use Means for the + Conversion of the Heathens + In Which the Religious State of the Different Nations of the World, + the Success of Former Undertakings, and the Practicability of + Further Undertakings, Are Considered + +Author: William Carey + +Release Date: March 5, 2004 [EBook #11449] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: US-ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OBLIGATIONS OF CHRISTIANS *** + + + + +Produced by Michael Ciesielski, Robert Shimmin and PG Distributed +Proofreaders + + + + + + AN ENQUIRY INTO THE + + OBLIGATIONS OF CHRISTIANS, + + TO USE MEANS FOR THE + + CONVERSION OF THE HEATHENS. + + + + IN WHICH THE RELIGIOUS STATE OF THE DIFFERENT + NATIONS OF THE WORLD, THE SUCCESS OF FORMER + UNDERTAKINGS, AND THE PRACTICABILITY OF + FURTHER UNDERTAKINGS, ARE CONSIDERED, + + + + BY WILLIAM CAREY. + + + + For there is no Difference between the Jew and the Greek; + for the same Lord over all, is rich unto all that call upon him. + For whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved. + How then shall they call on him, in whom they have not + believed? and how shall they believe in him of whom they + have not heard? and how shall they hear without a Preacher? + and how shall they preach except they be sent? + + PAUL. + + + + + MDCCXCII. + + + + + INTRODUCTION + + +As our blessed Lord has required us to pray that his kingdom may come, +and his will be done on earth as it is in heaven, it becomes us not +only to express our desires of that event by words, but to use every +lawful method to spread the knowledge of his name. In order to this, +it is necessary that we should become, in some measure acquainted with +the religious state of the world; and as this is an object we should +be prompted to pursue, not only by the gospel of our Redeemer, but +even by the feelings of humanity, so an inclination to conscientious +activity therein would form one of the strongest proofs that we are +the subjects of grace, and partakers of that spirit of universal +benevolence and genuine philanthropy, which appear so eminent in +the of God himself. + +Sin was introduced amongst the children of men by the fall of Adam, +and has ever since been spreading its baneful influence. By changing +its appearances to suit the circumstances of the times, it has grown +up in ten thousand forms, and constantly counteracted the will and +designs of God. One would have supposed that the remembrance of the +deluge would have been transmitted from father to son, and have +perpetually deterred mankind from transgressing the will of their +Maker; but so blinded were they, that in the time of Abraham, gross +wickedness prevailed wherever colonies were planted, and the iniquity +of the Amorites was great, though not yet full. After this, idolatry +spread more and more, till the seven devoted nations were cut off with +the most signal marks of divine displeasure. Still, however, the +progress of evil was not stopped, but the Israelites themselves too +often joined with the rest of mankind against the God of Israel. In +one period the grossest ignorance and barbarism prevailed in the +world; and afterwards, in a more enlightened age, the most daring +infidelity, and contempt of God; so that the world which was once +over-run with ignorance, now _by wisdom knew not God, but changed the +glory of the incorruptible God_ as much as in the most barbarous ages, +_into an image made like to corruptible man, and to birds, and +four-footed beasts, and creeping things_. Nay, as they increased in +science and politeness, they ran into more abundant and extravagant +idolatries. + +Yet God repeatedly made known his intention to prevail finally over +all the power of the Devil, and to destroy all his works, and set up +his own kingdom and interest among men, and extend it as universally +as Satan had extended his. It was for this purpose that the Messiah +came and died, that God might be just, and the justifier of all that +should believe in him. When he had laid down his life, and taken it up +again, he sent forth his disciples to preach the good tidings to every +creature, and to endeavour by all possible methods to bring over a +lost world to God. They went forth according to their divine +commission, and wonderful success attended their labours; the +civilized greeks, and uncivilized barbarians, each yielded to the +cross of Christ, and embraced it as the only way of salvation. Since +the apostolic age many other attempts to spread the gospel have been +made, which have been considerably successful, notwithstanding which a +very considerable part of mankind are still involved in all the +darkness of heathenism. Some attempts are still making, but they are +inconsiderable in comparison of what might be done if the whole body +of Christians entered heartily into the spirit of the divine command +on this subject. Some think little about it, others are unacquainted +with the state of the world, and others love their wealth better than +the souls of their fellow-creatures. + +In order that the subject may be taken into more serious +consideration, I shall enquire, whether the commission given by our +Lord to his disciples be not still binding on us,--take a short view +of former undertakings,--give some account of the present state of the +world, consider the practicability of doing something more than is +done,--and the duty of Christians in general in this matter. + + + + + + AN ENQUIRY, &c. + + + + + SECT. I. + + + _An Enquiry whether the Commission given by our Lord + to his Disciples be not still binding on us._ + + +Our Lord Jesus Christ, a little before his departure, commissioned his +apostles to _Go_, and _teach all nations_; or, as another evangelist +expresses it, _Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to every +creature_. This commission was as extensive as possible, and laid them +under obligation to disperse themselves into every country of the +habitable globe, and preach to all the inhabitants, without exception, +or limitation. They accordingly went forth in obedience to the +command, and the power of God evidently wrought with them. Many +attempts of the same kind have been made since their day, and which +have been attended with various success; but the work has not been +taken up, or prosecuted of late years (except by a few individuals) +with that zeal and perseverance with which the primitive Christians +went about it. It seems as if many thought the commission was +sufficiently put in execution by what the apostles and others have +done; that we have enough to do to attend to the salvation of our own +countrymen; and that, if God intends the salvation of the heathen, he +will some way or other bring them to the gospel, or the gospel to +them. It is thus that multitudes sit at ease, and give themselves no +concern about the far greater part of their fellow-sinners, who to +this day, are lost in ignorance and idolatry. There seems also to be +an opinion existing in the minds of some, that because the apostles +were extraordinary officers and have no proper successors, and because +many things which were right for them to do would be utterly +unwarrantable for us, therefore it may not be immediately binding on +us to execute the commission, though it was so upon them. To the +consideration of such persons I would offer the following +observations. + +FIRST, If the command of Christ to teach all nations be restricted to +the apostles, or those under the immediate inspiration of the Holy +Ghost, then that of baptizing should be so too; and every denomination +of Christians, except the Quakers, do wrong in baptizing with water at +all. + +SECONDLY, If the command of Christ to teach all nations be confined to +the apostles, then all such ordinary ministers who have endeavoured to +carry the gospel to the heathens, have acted without a warrant, and +run before they were sent. Yea, and though God has promised the most +glorious things to the heathen world by sending his gospel to them, +yet whoever goes first, or indeed at all, with that message, unless he +have a new and special commission from heaven, must go without any +authority for so doing. + +THIRDLY, If the command of Christ to teach all nations extend only to +the apostles, then, doubtless, the promise of the divine presence in +this work must be so limited; but this is worded in such a manner as +expressly precludes such an idea. _Lo, I am with you always, to the +end of the world._ + +That there are cases in which even a divine command may cease to be +binding is admitted--As for instance, if it be _repealed_, as the +ceremonial commandments of the jewish law; or if there be _no +subjects_ in the world for the commanded act to be exercised upon, as +in the law of septennial release, which might be dispensed with when +there should be no poor in the land to have their debts forgiven. +Deut. xv. 4. or if, in any particular instance, we can produce a +_counter-revelation_, of equal authority with the original command, as +when Paul and Silas were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the +word in Bythinia. Acts xvi. 6. 7. or if, in any case, there be a +_natural impossibility_ of putting it in execution. It was not the +duty of Paul to preach Christ to the inhabitants of Otaheite, because +no such place was then discovered, nor had he any means of coming at +them. But none of these things can be alledged by us in behalf of the +neglect of the commission given by Christ. We cannot say that it is +repealed, like the commands of the ceremonial law; nor can we plead +that there are no objects for the command to be exercised upon. Alas! +the far greater part of the world, as we shall see presently, +are still covered with heathen darkness! Nor can we produce a +counter-revelation, concerning any particular nation, like that to +Paul and Silas, concerning Bythinia; and, if we could, it would not +warrant our sitting still and neglecting all the other parts of the +world; for Paul and Silas, when forbidden to preach to those heathens, +went elsewhere, and preached to others. Neither can we alledge a +natural impossibility in the case. It has been said that we ought not +to force our way, but to wait for the openings, and leadings of +Providence; but it might with equal propriety be answered in this case, +neither ought we to neglect embracing those openings in providence which +daily present themselves to us. What openings of providence do we wait +for? We can neither expect to be transported into the heathen world +without ordinary means, nor to be endowed with the gift of tongues, +&c. when we arrive there. These would not be providential interpositions, +but miraculous ones. Where a command exists nothing can be necessary to +render it binding but a removal of those obstacles which render +obedience impossible, and these are removed already. Natural +impossibility can never be pleaded so long as facts exist to prove the +contrary. Have not the popish missionaries surmounted all those +difficulties which we have generally thought to be insuperable? Have +not the missionaries of the _Unitas Fratrum_, or Moravian Brethren, +encountered the scorching heat of Abyssinia, and the frozen climes of +Greenland, and Labrador, their difficult languages, and savage +manners? Or have not English traders, for the sake of gain, surmounted +all those things which have generally been counted insurmountable +obstacles in the way of preaching the gospel? Witness the trade to +Persia, the East-Indies, China, and Greenland, yea even the accursed +Slave-Trade on the coasts of Africa. Men can insinuate themselves into +the favour of the most barbarous clans, and uncultivated tribes, for +the sake of gain; and how different soever the circumstances of +trading and preaching are, yet this will prove the possibility of +ministers being introduced there; and if this is but thought a +sufficient reason to make the experiment, my point is gained. + +It has been said that some learned divines have proved from Scripture +that the time is not yet come that the heathen should be converted; +and that first the _witnesses must be slain_, and many other +prophecies fulfilled. But admitting this to be the case (which I much +doubt[1]) yet if any objection is made from this against preaching to +them immediately, it must be founded on one of these things; either +that the secret purpose of God is the rule of our duty, and then it +must be as bad to pray for them, as to preach to them; or else that +none shall be converted in the heathen world till the universal +down-pouring of the Spirit in the last days. But this objection comes +too late; for the success of the gospel has been very considerable in +many places already. + +[Footnote 1: See Edwards on Prayer, on this subject, lately re-printed +by Mr. Sutcliffe.] + +It has been objected that there are multitudes in our own nation, and +within our immediate spheres of action, who are as ignorant as the +South-Sea savages, and that therefore we have work enough at home, +without going into other countries. That there are thousands in our +own land as far from God as possible, I readily grant, and that this +ought to excite us to ten-fold diligence in our work, and in attempts +to spread divine knowledge amongst them is a certain fact; but that it +ought to supercede all attempts to spread the gospel in foreign parts +seems to want proof. Our own countrymen have the means of grace, and +may attend on the word preached if they chuse it. They have the means +of knowing the truth, and faithful ministers are placed in almost +every part of the land, whose spheres of action might be much extended +if their congregations were but more hearty and active in the cause: +but with them the case is widely different, who have no Bible, no +written language, (which many of them have not,) no ministers, no good +civil government, nor any of those advantages which we have. Pity +therefore, humanity, and much more Christianity, call loudly for every +possible exertion to introduce the gospel amongst them. + + + + + SECT. II. + + + _Containing a short Review of former Undertakings for + the Conversion of the Heathen._ + + +Before the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ the whole world were either +heathens, or jews; and both, as to the body of them were enemies to +the gospel. After the resurrection the disciples continued in +Jerusalem till Pentecost. Being daily engaged in prayer and +supplication, and having chosen Matthias, to supply the place of Judas +in the apostolic office, on that solemn day, when they were all +assembled together, a most remarkable effusion of the Holy Spirit took +place, and a capacity of speaking in all foreign languages was +bestowed upon them. This opportunity was embraced by Peter for +preaching the gospel to a great congregation of jews and proselytes, +who were from Parthia, Media, Elam, Mesopotamia, Judea, Cappadocia, +the proconsular Asia, Phrygia, Pamphylia, Egypt, Lybia, Crete, Arabia, +Rome, &c. and at the first effort God wrought so powerfully that three +thousand were converted, who immediately after were baptized, and +added to the church. Before this great addition they consisted of but +about _an hundred and twenty persons_, but from that time they +continually increased. It was but a little after this that Peter and +John, going up to the temple, healed the lame man; this miracle drew a +great multitude together, and Peter took occasion while they stood +wondering at the event, to preach Jesus Christ to them. The +consequence was that five thousand more believed. + +This was not done without opposition; the priests and sadducees tried +all the methods they could invent to prevent them from preaching the +gospel. The apostles, however, asserted their divine warrant, and as +soon as they were set at liberty addressed God, and prayed that a +divine power might attend their labours, which petition was heard, and +their future ministry was very successful. On account of their +necessities who were engaged in this good work, those amongst them who +had possessions, or goods, sold them, and devoted the money to pious +uses. + +About this time a man and his wife out of great pretensions to piety, +sold an estate, and brought part of the money to the apostles, +pretending it to be the whole; for which dissimulation both he and his +wife, were struck dead by the hand of God. This awful catastrophe +however was the occasion of many more men and women being added to the +church. The miracles wrought by the apostles, and the success +attending their ministry, stirred up greater envy in the priests and +sadducees, who imprisoned them; from which confinement they were soon +liberated by an angel; upon which they went immediately as they were +commanded and preached in the temple: here they were seized, and +brought before the council, where Gamaliel spake in their favour, and +they were dismissed. After this they continued to prosecute their +work, rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for the +name of Christ. + +By this time the church at Jerusalem was so increased that the +multiplicity of its temporal concerns was the occasion of some +neglects, which produced a dissatisfaction. The apostles, therefore, +recommended to the church to chuse seven pious men, whose office it +should be to attend upon its temporal affairs; that _they might give +themselves to prayer, and the ministry of the word_. Seven were +accordingly chosen, over whom the apostles prayed, and ordained them +to the office of Deacons by imposition of hands: and these things +being settled the church increased more and more. One of these +Deacons, whose name was Stephen, being a person of eminent knowledge +and holiness, wrought many miracles, and disputed with great evidence +and energy for the truth of Christianity, which raised him up a number +of opponents. These soon procured his death, and carried their +resentment so far as to stir up such a persecution that the church, +which till now had been confined to Jerusalem, was dispersed, and all +the preachers except the apostles were driven thence, and went every +where preaching the word. + +A young man whose name was _Saul_, was very active in this +persecution; he had been educated under Gamaliel, a member of the +Sanhedrim, was a person of promising genius, by profession a Pharisee, +and much attached to the jewish ceremonies. When Stephen was stoned he +appeared much pleased with it, and had the custody of the clothes of +his executioners; and from that time was fired with such a spirit of +persecution himself, that he went about dragging some to prison, and +compelling others to blaspheme the name of the Lord Jesus. Neither was +he contented with exercising his rage at Jerusalem, but went to the +chief priests and obtained testimonials of authority to carry on the +same work at Damascus. But on his way, as he was almost ready to enter +into the city, the Lord changed his heart in a very wonderful manner; +so that instead of entering the town to persecute, he began to preach +the gospel as soon as he was able. This presently brought upon him the +same persecution which he had designed to exercise upon others, and +even endangered his life, so that the brethren found it necessary to +let him down the city wall in a basket by night, and so he escaped the +hands of his enemies. From thence he went to Jerusalem where he +preached the word, but being persecuted there, he went to Cesarea, and +from thence to Tarsus. + +In the time of this trouble in the church, Philip went and preached at +Samaria with great success, nay so great was the work that an +impostor, who had deceived the people with legerdemain tricks for a +long time was so amazed, and even convinced, as to profess himself a +Christian, and was baptized; but was afterwards detected, and appeared +to be an hypocrite. Besides him a great number believed in reality, +and being baptized a church was formed there. Soon after this the Lord +commanded Philip to go the way which led from Jerusalem to Gaza, which +he did, and there found an eunuch of great authority in the court of +Ethiopia, to whom he preached Christ, who believed, and was baptized; +after which Philip preached at Ashdod, or Azotus. + +About the same time Peter went to Lydda, or Diospolis, and cured Eneas +of a palsy, which was a mean of the conversion not only of the +inhabitants of that town, but also of the neighbouring country, called +Saron, the capital of which was Lasharon; and while he was there, a +circumstance turned up which tended much to the spread of the truth. A +woman of Joppa, a sea-port town in the neighbourhood, dying, they sent +to Lydda for Peter, who went over, and when he had prayed she was +raised to life again; which was an occasion of the conversion of many +in that town. Peter continued there preaching for some time, and +lodged at the house of a tanner. + +Now another circumstance also tended to the further propogation of +Christianity, for a Roman military officer who had some acquaintance +with the Old Testament Scriptures, but was not circumcised, was one +day engaged in prayer in his house at Cesarea, when an angel appeared +to him, and bid him send for Peter from Joppa to preach in his house. +Before this the work of God had been wholly confined to the jews, and +jewish proselytes, and even the apostles appeared to have had very +contracted ideas of the Christian dispensation; but now God by a +vision discovered to Peter that Christianity was to be spread into all +nations. He accordingly went and preached at the house of Cornelius, +at Cesarea, when several were converted, and baptized, and the +foundation of a church laid in that city. + +Some of the dispersed ministers having fled to Antioch in Syria, began +to preach to the greeks in that city about the same time, and had good +success; upon which the apostles sent Paul and Barnabas, who +instructed and strengthened them, and a church was formed in that city +also, which in a little time sent out several eminent preachers. + +In the Acts of the apostles we have an account of _four_ of the +principal journies which Paul, and his companions undertook. The +first, in which he was accompanied by Barnabas, is recorded in the +xiii. and xiv. chapters, and was the first _attack_ on the heathen +world. It was a journey into the lesser Asia. In their way they passed +over the island of Cyprus. No sooner had they entered on their +undertaking, than they met with great difficulty; for Mark, whom they +had taken as their minister, deserted them, and returned to Jerusalem, +where, it seems, he thought he should enjoy the greatest quiet. Paul +and Barnabas however went forward; in every city they preached the +word of the Lord, entering into the jewish synagogues and first +preaching Christ to them, and then to the gentiles. They were heard +with great candour and eagerness by some, and rejected by others with +obstinacy and wrath, and cruel persecution. One while they had enough +to do to restrain the people from worshipping them as gods, and soon +after, Paul was stoned, dragged out of the city, and left for dead. +Having penetrated as far as Derbe, they thought proper to return by +the way that they came, calling at every city where they had sown the +good seed, and finding in most, if not all these places, some who had +embraced the gospel, they exhorted and strengthened them in the faith, +formed them into a church state, and ordained them elders, fasted and +prayed with them; and so having commended them to the Lord on whom +they had believed, returned to Antioch in Syria, from whence they +first set out, and rehearsed to the church all that God had done with +them, and how he had opened the door of faith to the gentiles. + +About this time a dispute arising in the churches concerning +circumcision, Paul and Barnabas were deputed to go up to Jerusalem, to +consult the apostles and elders on the subject. This business being +adjusted, they, accompanied with Judas and Silas, returned to Antioch +with the general resolution, and continued there for a season, +teaching and preaching the word of the Lord. + +Paul now proposed to Barnabas, his fellow-labourer, that they might +visit their brethren in the places where they had been already, and +see how they did. To this Barnabas readily acceded, but a difference +arising between them about taking _John Mark_ with them, who had +deserted them before, these two eminent servants of God were parted +asunder, and never appear to have travelled together any more. They +continued however each to serve in the cause of Christ, though they +could not walk together. Barnabas took John, and sailed to Cyprus, his +native island, and Paul took Silas, and went through Syria and Cilicia +to Derbe and Lystra, cities where he and Barnabas had preached in +their first excursion. + +Here they found Timothy, a promising young man, whom they encouraged +to engage in the ministry. + +Paul being now at Lystra, which was the boundary of his first +excursion, and having visited the churches already planted, and +delivered to them the decrees of the apostles and elders relating to +circumcision, seems to have felt his heart enlarged, and assayed to +carry on the glorious work of preaching the gospel to the heathen to a +greater extent. With Silas and Timotheus he in his second journey[2] +took a western direction, passing through Phrygia, and the region of +Galatia. Having preached the word in these parts with considerable +success,[3] he and his companions wished to have gone into the +proconsular Asia, and afterwards assayed to go into Bythinia; but +begin forbidden of the Holy Ghost, who seems to have had a special +design of employing them elsewhere; passing by Mysia they came down to +Troas on the sea-coast. Here a vision appeared to Paul, in which he +was invited to go over to Macedonia. Obedient to the heavenly vision, +and greatly encouraged by it, they with all speed crossed the Egean +Sea, and passing through the island of Samothracia, landed at +Neapolis, and went from thence to Philippi, the chief city of that +part of Macedonia. It was here that Paul preached on a Sabbath day to +a few women by a river side, and Lydia, a woman of Thyatira, was +converted and baptized, and her household with her. It was here that a +poor girl, who brought her employers considerable profit by +foretelling events, followed the apostles, had her spirit of +divination ejected, on which account her masters were much irritated, +and raised a tumult, the effect of which was, that Paul and Silas were +imprisoned. But even this was over-ruled for the success of the +gospel, in that the keeper of the prison, and all his house, were +thereby brought to believe in the Lord Jesus Christ, and were +baptized. + +[Footnote 2: The account of this second journey into the heathen world +begins at Acts xv. 40. and ends chap. xviii. 22.] + +[Footnote 3: See ch. xviii. 23. and Gal i. 2.] + +From Philippi they passed thorough Amphipolis, Apollonia, +Thessalonica, (now Salonichi,) Berea, Athens, and Corinth, preaching +the gospel wherever they went. From hence Paul took ship and sailed to +Syria, only giving a short call at Ephesus, determining to be at +Jerusalem at the feast of the passover; and having saluted the church, +he came to Cesarea, and from thence to Antioch. + +Here ended Paul's second journey, which was very extensive, and took +up some years of his time. He and his companions met with their +difficulties in it, but had likewise their encouragements. They were +persecuted at Philippi, as already noticed, and generally found the +Jews to be their most inveterate enemies. These would raise tumults, +inflame the minds of the gentiles against them, and follow them from +place to place, doing them all the mischief in their power. This was +the case especially at Thessalonica, Berea, and Corinth. But amidst +all their persecutions God was with them, and strengthened them in +various ways. At Berea they were candidly received, and their doctrine +fairly tried by the Holy Scriptures; and _therefore_, it is said, +_many of them believed_. At other places, though they affected to +despise the apostle, yet some clave unto him. At _Corinth_ opposition +rose to a great height; but the Lord appeared to his servant in a +vision, saying, _Be not afraid, but speak, and hold not thy peace, for +I am with thee, and no man shall set on thee to hurt thee; for I have +much people in this city_. And the promise was abundantly made good in +the spirit discovered by Gallio, the proconsul, who turned a deaf ear +to the accusations of the jews, and nobly declined interfering in +matters beside his province. Upon the whole a number of churches were +planted during this journey, which for ages after shone as lights in +the world. + +When Paul had visited Antioch, and spent some time there, he prepared +for a third journey into heathen countries, the account of which +begins Acts xviii. 23. and ends chap. xxi. 17. At his first setting +out he went over the whole country of Galatia and Phrygia in order, +strengthening all the disciples; and passing through the upper coasts +came to Ephesus. There for the space of three months, he boldly +preached in the jewish synagogue, disputing, and persuading the things +concerning the kingdom of God. But when the hardened jews had openly +rejected the gospel, and spake evil of that way before the multitude, +Paul openly separated the disciples from them, and assembled in the +school of one Tyrannus. This, it is said, continued for the space of +two years, _so that all they who dwelt in_ the proconsular _Asia heard +the word of the Lord Jesus, both jews and greeks_. Certain magicians, +about this time were exposed, and others converted, who burnt their +books, and confessed their deeds. So mightily grew the word of the +Lord, and prevailed. + +After this an uproar being raised by Demetrius, the silversmith, Paul +went into Macedonia, visited the churches planted in his former +journey, and from thence passed into Greece. Having preached up and +down for three months, he thought of sailing from thence directly to +Syria; but in order to avoid the jews, who laid wait for him near the +sea coast, he took another course through Macedonia, and from thence +to Troas, by the way of Philippi. There is no mention made in his +former journey of his having preached at Troas; yet it seems he did, +and a church was gathered, with whom the apostle at this time united +in _breaking of bread_. It was here that he preached all night, and +raised Eutychus, who being overcome with sleep, had fallen down, and +was taken up dead. From hence they set sail for Syria, and in their +way called at Miletus, where Paul sent for the elders of the church of +Ephesus, and delivered that most solemn and affectionate farewell, +recorded in the 20th chapter of the Acts of the Apostles. From hence +they sailed for Tyre, where they tarried seven days, and from thence +proceeded to Jerusalem. + +Paul's fourth and last journey (or rather voyage) was to Rome, where +he went in the character of a prisoner. For being at Jerusalem he was +quickly apprehended by the jews; but being rescued by Lysias, the +chief captain, he was sent to Cesarea to take his trial. Here he made +his defence before Felix and Drusilla, in such sort that the judge, +instead of the prisoner, was made to tremble. Here also he made his +defence before Festus, Agrippa, and Bernice, with such force of +evidence that Agrippa was almost persuaded to be a Christian. But the +malice of the jews being insatiable, and Paul finding himself in +danger of being delivered into their hands, was constrained to appeal +unto Caesar. This was the occasion of his being sent to Rome, where he +arrived after a long and dangerous voyage, and being shipwrecked on +the island of Melita, where he wrought miracles, and Publius, the +governor, was converted. + +When he arrived at Rome he addressed his countrymen the jews, some of +whom believed; but when others rejected the gospel, he turned from +them to the gentiles, and for two whole years dwelt in his own hired +house preaching the kingdom of God, and teaching those things which +concern the Lord Jesus Christ, with all confidence, no man forbidding +him. + +Thus far the history of the Acts of the Apostles informs us of the +success of the word in the primitive times; and history informs us of +its being preached about this time, in many other places. Peter speaks +of a church at Babylon; Paul proposed a journey to Spain, and it is +generally believed he went there, and likewise came to France and +Britain. Andrew preached to the Scythians, north of the Black Sea. +John is said to have preached in India, and we know that he was at the +Isle of Patmos, in the Archipelago. Philip is reported to have +preached in upper Asia, Scythia, and Phrygia; Bartholomew in India, on +this side the Ganges, Phrygia, and Armenia; Matthew in Arabia, or +Asiatic Ethiopia, and Parthia; Thomas in India, as far as the coast of +Coromandel, and some say in the island of Ceylon; Simon, the +Canaanite, in Egypt, Cyrene, Mauritania, Lybia, and other parts of +Africa, and from thence to have come to Britain; and Jude is said to +have been principally engaged in the lesser Asia, and Greece. Their +labours were evidently very extensive, and very successful; so that +Pliny, the younger, who lived soon after the death of the apostles, in +a letter to the emperor, Trajan, observed that Christianity had +spread, not only through towns and cities, but also through whole +countries. Indeed before this, in the time of Nero, it was so +prevalent that it was thought necessary to oppose it by an Imperial +Edict, and accordingly the proconsuls, and other governors, were +commissioned to destroy it. + +Justin Martyr, who lived about the middle of the second century, in +his dialogue with Trypho, observed that there was no part of mankind, +whether greeks or barbarians, or any others, by what name soever they +were called, whether the Sarmatians, or the Nomades, who had no +houses, or the Scenites of Arabia Petrea, who lived in tents among +their cattle, where supplications and thanksgivings are not offered up +to the Father, and maker of all things, through the name of Jesus +Christ. Irenaeus, who lived about the year 170, speaks of churches +that were founded in Germany, Spain, France, the eastern countries, +Egypt, Lybia, and the middle of the world. Tertullian, who lived and +wrote at Carthage in Africa, about twenty years afterwards, +enumerating the countries where Christianity had penetrated, makes +mention of the Parthians, Medes, Elamites, Mesopotamians, Armenians, +Phrygians, Cappadocians, the inhabitants of Pontus, Asia, Pamphylia, +Egypt, and the regions of Africa beyond Cyrene, the Romans, and Jews, +formerly of Jerusalem, many of the Getuli, many borders of the Mauri, +or Moors, in Mauritania; now Barbary, Morocco, &c. all the borders of +Spain, many nations of the Gauls, and the places in Britain which were +inaccessible to the Romans; the Dacians, Sarmatians, Germans, +Scythians, and the inhabitants of many hidden nations and provinces, +and of many islands unknown to him, and which he could not enumerate. +The labours of the ministers of the gospel, in this early period, were +so remarkably blessed of God, that the last mentioned writer observed, +in a letter to Scapula, that if he began a persecution the city of +Carthage itself must be decimated thereby. Yea, and so abundant were +they in the three first centuries, that ten years constant and almost +universal persecution under Dioclesian, could neither root out the +Christians, nor prejudice their cause. + +After this they had great encouragement under several emperors, +particularly Constantine and Theodosius, and a very great work of God +was carried on; but the ease and affluence which in these times +attended the church, served to introduce a flood of corruption, which +by degrees brought on the whole system of popery, by means of which +all appeared to be lost again; and Satan set up his kingdom of +darkness, deceit, and human authority over conscience, through all the +Christian world. + +In the time of Constantine, one Frumentius was sent to preach to the +Indians, and met with great success. A young woman who was a +Christian, being taken captive by the Iberians, or Georgians, near the +Caspian Sea, informed them of the truths of Christianity, and was so +much regarded that they sent to Constantine for ministers to come and +preach the word to them. About the same time some barbarous nations +having made irruptions into Thrace, carried away several Christians +captive, who preached the gospel; by which means the inhabitants upon +the Rhine, and the Danube, the Celtae, and some other parts of Gaul, +were brought to embrace Christianity. About this time also James of +Nisbia, went into Persia to strengthen the Christians, and preach to +the heathens; and his success was so great that Adiabene was almost +entirely Christian. About the year 372, one Moses, a Monk, went to +preach to the Saracens, who then lived in Arabia, where he had great +success; and at this time the Goths, and other northern nations, had +the kingdom of Christ further extended amongst them, but which was +very soon corrupted with Arianism. + +Soon after this the kingdom of Christ was further extended among the +Scythian Nomades, beyond the Danube, and about the year 430, a people +called the Burgundians, received the gospel. Four years after, that +Palladius was sent to preach in Scotland, and the next year Patrick +was sent from Scotland to preach to the Irish who before his time were +totally uncivilized, and, some say, cannibals; he however, was useful, +and laid the foundations of several churches in Ireland. Presently +after this, truth spread further among the Saracens, and in 522, +Zathus, king of the Colchians encouraged it, and many of that nation +were converted to Christianity. About this time also the work was +extended in Ireland, by Finian, and in Scotland by Constantine and +Columba; the latter of whom preached also to the Picts, and Brudaeus, +their king, with several others, were converted. About 541, Adad, the +king of Ethiopia, was converted by the preaching of Mansionarius; the +Heruli beyond the Danube, were now made obedient to the faith, and the +Abasgi, near the Caucasian Mountains. + +But now popery, especially the compulsive part of it, was risen to +such an height, that the usual method of propagating the gospel, or +rather what was so called, was to conquer pagan nations by force of +arms, and then oblige them to submit to Christianity, after which +bishopricks were erected, and persons then sent to instruct the +people. I shall just mention some of those who are said to have +laboured thus. + +In 596, Austin, the monk, Melitus, Justus, Paulinus, and Russinian, +laboured in England, and in their way were very successful. Paulinus, +who appears to have been one of the best of them, had great success in +Northumberland; Birinnius preached to the West Saxons, and Felix to +the East Angles. In 589, Amandus Gallus laboured in Ghent, Chelenus in +Artois, and Gallus and Columbanus in Suabia. In 648, Egidius Gallus in +Flanders, and the two Evaldi, in Westphalia. In 684, Willifred, in the +Isle of Wight. In 688, Chilianus, in upper Franconia. In 698, +Boniface, or Winifred, among the Thuringians, near Erford, in Saxony, +and Willibroad in West-Friesland. Charlemagne conquered Hungary in the +year 800, and obliged the inhabitants to profess Christianity, when +Modestus likewise preached to the Venedi, at the source of the Save +and Drave. In 833, Ansgarius preached in Denmark, Gaudibert in Sweden, +and about 861, Methodius and Cyril, in Bohemia. + +About the year 500, the Scythians over-run Bulgaria, and Christianity +was extirpated; but about 870 they were re-converted. Poland began to +be brought over about the same time, and afterwards, about 960 or 990, +the work was further extended amongst the Poles and Prussians. The +work was begun in Norway in 960, and in Muscovy in 989, the Swedes +propagated Christianity in Finland, in 1168, Lithuania became +Christian in 1386, and Samogitia in 1439. The Spaniards forced popery +upon the inhabitants of South-America, and the Portuguese in Asia. +The Jesuits were sent into China in 1552. Xavier, whom they call the +apostle of the Indians, laboured in the East-Indies and Japan, from +1541 to 1552, and several millions of Capauchins were sent to Africa +in the seventeenth century. But blind zeal, gross superstition, and +infamous cruelties, so marked the appearances of religion all this +time, that the professors of Christianity needed conversion, as much +as the heathen world. + +A few pious people had fled from the general corruption, and lived +obscurely in the vallies of Piedmont and Savoy, who were like the seed +of the church. Some of them were now and then necessitated to travel +into other parts, where they faithfully testified against the +corruptions of the times. About 1369 Wickliffe began to preach the +faith in England, and his preaching and writings were the means of the +conversion of great numbers, many of whom became excellent preachers; +and a work was begun which afterwards spread in England, Hungary, +Bohemia, Germany, Switzerland, and many other places. John Huss and +Jerom of Prague, preached boldly and successfully in Bohemia, and the +adjacent parts. In the following century Luther, Calvin, Melancton, +Bucer, Martyr, and many others, stood up against all the rest of the +world; they preached, and prayed, and wrote; and nations agreed one +after another to cast off the yoke of popery, and to embrace the +doctrine of the gospel. + +In England, episcopal tyranny succeeded to popish cruelty, which, in +the year 1620, obliged many pious people to leave their native land +and settle in America; these were followed by others in 1629, who laid +the foundations of several gospel churches, which have increased +amazingly since that time, and the Redeemer has fixed his throne in +that country, where but a little time ago, Satan had universal +dominion. + +In 1632, Mr. Elliot, of New-England, a very pious and zealous +minister, began to preach to the Indians, among whom he had great +success; several churches of Indians were planted, and some preachers +and school-masters raised up amongst them; since which time others +have laboured amongst them with some good encouragement. About the +year 1743, Mr. David Brainerd was sent a missionary to some more +Indians, where he preached, and prayed, and after some time an +extraordinary work of conversion was wrought, and wonderful success +attended his ministry. And at this present time, Mr. Kirkland and Mr. +Sergeant are employed in the same good work, and God has considerably +blessed their labours. + +In 1706, the king of Denmark sent a Mr. Ziegenbalg, and some others, +to Tranquebar, on the Coromandel coast in the East-Indies, who were +useful to the natives, so that many of the heathens were turned to the +Lord. The Dutch East-India Company likewise having extended their +commerce, built the city of Batavia, and a church was opened there; +and the Lord's Supper was administered for the first time, on the 3d +of January, 1621, by their minister James Hulzibos, from hence some +ministers were sent to Amboyna, who were very successful. A seminary +of learning was erected at Leyden, in which ministers and assistants +were educated, under the renowned _Walaeus_, and some years a great +number were sent to the East, at the Company's expence, so that in a +little time many thousands at Formosa, Malabar, Ternate, +Jaffanapatnam, in the town of Columba, at Amboyna, Java, Banda, +Macassar, and Malabar, embraced the religion of our Lord Jesus Christ. +The work has decayed in some places, but they now have churches in +Ceylon, Sumatra, Java, Amboyna, and some other of the spice islands, +and at the Cape of Good Hope, in Africa. + +But none of the moderns have equalled the Moravian Brethren in this +good work; they have sent missions to Greenland, Labrador, and several +of the West-Indian Islands, which have been blessed for good. They +have likewise sent to Abyssinia, in Africa, but what success they have +had I cannot tell. + +The late Mr. Wesley lately made an effort in the West-Indies, and some +of their ministers are now labouring amongst the Caribbs and Negroes, +and I have seen pleasing accounts of their success. + + + + + SECT. III. + + + _Containing a Survey of the present State of the World._ + + +In this survey I shall consider the world as divided, according to its +usual division, into four parts, _EUROPE, ASIA, AFRICA_, and +_AMERICA_, and take notice of the extent of the several countries, +their population, civilization, and religion. The article of religion +I shall divide into Christian, Jewish, Mahometan, and Pagan; and shall +now and then hint at the particular sect of them that prevails in the +places which I shall describe. The following Tables will exhibit a +more comprehensive view of what I propose, than any thing I can offer +on the subject. + + + _EUROPE._ + + EXTENT. +Countries. Length Breadth Number of Religion. + Miles. Miles. Inhabitants. + +Great-Britain 680 300 12,000,000 Protestants, of many + denominations. +Ireland 285 160 2,000,000 Protestants and + Papists. +France 600 500 24,000,000 Catholics, Deists, + and Protestants. +Spain 700 500 9,500,000 Papists. +SWEDEN including 800 500 3,500,000 The Swedes are serious + Sweden proper, Lutherans, but most + Gothland, Shonen, of the Laplanders + Lapland, Bothnia, are Pagans, and very + and Finland superstitious. +Isle of Gothland 80 23 5,000 +---- Oesel 45 24 2,500 +---- Oeland 84 9 1,000 +---- Dago 26 23 1,000 +---- Aland 24 20 800 +---- Hogland 9 5 100 +Denmark 240 114 360,000 Lutherans of the + Helvetic Confession. +Isle of Zeeland 60 60 284,000 Ditto. +---- Funen 38 32 144,000 Ditto. +---- Arroe 8 2 200 Ditto. +---- Iceland 435 185 60,000 Ditto. +---- Langeland 27 12 3,000 Ditto. +---- Laland 38 30 148,000 Ditto. +---- Falster 27 12 3,000 Ditto. +---- Mona 14 5 600 Ditto. +---- Alsen 15 6 600 Ditto. +---- Femeren 13 8 1,000 Ditto. +Isle of Bornholm 20 12 2,000 Lutherans. +Greenland Undiscovered 7,000 Pagans, and Moravian + Christians. +Norway 750 170 724,000 Lutherans. +24 Faro Isles 4,500 Ditto. +Danish Lapland 285 172 100,000 Ditto, and Pagans. +Poland 700 680 9,000,000 Papists, Lutherans, + Calvinists, & Jews. +Prussia[4] 400 160 2,500,000 Calvinists, Catholics, + & Lutherans. +Sardinia 135 57 600,000 Papists. +Sicily 180 92 1,000,000 Ditto. +Italy 660 120 20,000,000 Ditto. +United Netherlands 150 150 2,000,000 Protestants of several + denominations. +Austrian Netherlands 200 200 2,500,000 Papists and Protestants. +Switzerland 200 100 2,880,000 Papists and Protestants. +The Grisons 100 62 800,000 Lutherans and Papists. +The Abbacy of St. Gall 24 10 50,000 Ditto. +Neufchatel 32 20 100,000 Calvinists. +Valais 80 30 440,000 Papists. +Piedmont 140 98 900,000 Ditto, and Protestants. +Savoy 87 60 720,000 Ditto. +Geneva, City 24,000 Calvinists. +Bohemia 478 322 2,100,000 Papists and Moravians. +Hungary 300 200 2,500,000 Papists. +Germany 600 500 20,000,000 Ditto, and Protestants. +Russia in Europe 1500 1100 22,000,000 Greek Church. +Turkey in Europe 1000 900 18,000,000 Greek Christians, Jews, + & Mahometans. +Budziac Tartary 300 60 1,200,000 Greek Christians, Jews, + & Mahometans +Lesser Tartary 390 65 1,000,000 Ditto. +Crim Tartary 145 80 500,000 Ditto. +Isle of Tenedos 5 3 200 Mahometans. +---- Negropont 90 25 25,000 Ditto. +---- Lemnos 25 25 4,000 Ditto. +---- Paros 36 in compass. 4,500 Greek Christians. +---- Lesbos, + or Miylene 160 in compass. 30,000 Mahometans and Greeks. +---- Naxia 100 in compass. 8,000 Greeks and Papists. +---- Scio, or Chios 112 in compass. Greek Christians, + Papists, & Mahomet. +---- Nio 40 in compass. 1,000 Ditto. +---- Scyros 60 in compass. 1,000 Ditto. +---- Mycone 36 in compass. 3,000 Ditto. +---- Samos 30 15 12,000 Mahometans. +---- Nicaria 70 in compass. 3,000 Greek Christians +---- Andros 120 in compass. 4,000 Ditto. +---- Cyclades, 700 Ditto. + Delos the Chief. +---- Zia 40 in compass. 8,000 Ditto. +---- Cerigo or 50 in compass. 1,000 Ditto. + Cytheraea +---- Santorin 36 in compass. 10,000 Ditto, and Papists. +---- Policandra 8 in compass. 400 Ditto. +---- Patmos 18 in compass. 600 Ditto. +---- Sephanto 36 in compass. 5,000 Greeks. +---- Claros 40 in compass. 1,700 Mahometans. +---- Amorgo 36 in compass. 4,000 Greek Christians. +---- Leros 18 in compass. 800 Christians and + Mahometans. +---- Therima 40 in compass. 6,000 Greek Christians. +---- Stampalia 50 in compass. 3,000 Ditto. +---- Salamis 50 in compass. 1,000 Ditto. +---- Scarpanta 20 in compass. 2,000 Ditto. +---- Cephalonia 130 in compass. 50,000 Ditto. +---- Zant 50 in compass. 30,000 Greek Christians. +---- Milo 60 in compass. 40,000 Ditto. +---- Corfu 120 in compass. 60,000 Ditto. +---- Candia, or Crete 200 60 400,000 Ditto, and Mahometans. +---- Coos, 70 in compass. 12,800 Mahometans and + or Stanchia Christians. +---- Rhodes 60 25 120,000 Ditto. +---- Cyprus 150 70 300,000 Mahometans. + +[Footnote 4: The rest of Prussian dominions being scattered about +in several countries, are counted to those countries where they lie.] + + + _ASIA._ + + EXTENT. +Countries. Length Breadth Number of Religion. + Miles. Miles. Inhabitants. + +TURKEY IN ASIA 1000 800 20,000,000 Mahometanism is most + contains Anatolia, prevalent, but there + Syria, Palestine, are many Greek, Latin, + Diabekr, Tutcomania Eutychian, and + and Georgia Armenian Christians. +Arabia 1300 1200 16,000,000 Mahometans. +Persia 1280 1140 20,000,000 Ditto, of the Sect + of Ali. +Great Tartary 4000 1200 40,000,000 Mahometans and Pagans. +Siberia 2800 960 7,500,000 Greek Christians + and Pagans. +Samojedia 2000 370 1,900,000 Pagans. +Kamtschatcha 540 236 900,000 Ditto. +Nova Zembla Undiscovered.thinly inhabit.Ditto. +China 1400 1260 60,000,000 Ditto. +JAPAN contains 900 360 10,000,000 Ditto. + Niphon Isl. +Isle of Ximo 210 200 3,000,000 Pagans. +---- Xicoco 117 104 1,800,000 Ditto. +---- Tsussima 39 34 40,000 Ditto. +---- Iki 20 17 6,000 Ditto. +---- Kubitessima 30 26 8,000 Ditto. +---- Matounsa 54 26 50,000 Ditto. +---- Fastistia 36 34 30,000 Ditto. +---- Firando 30 28 10,000 Ditto. +---- Amacusa 27 24 6,000 Ditto. +---- Awasi 30 18 5,000 Ditto. +India 2000 1000 50,000,000 Mahometans and Pagans. + beyond the Ganges +Indostan 2000 1500 110,000,000 Ditto. +Tibet 1200 480 10,000,000 Pagans. +Isle of Ceylon 250 200 2,000,000 Pagans, except the + Dutch Christians. +---- Maldives 1000 in number. 100,000 Mahometans. +---- Sumatra 1000 100 2,100,000 Ditto, and Pagans. +---- Java 580 100 2,700,000 Ditto. +---- Timor 2400 54 300,000 Ditto, and a + few Christians. +---- Borneo 800 700 8,000,000 Ditto. +---- Celebes 510 240 2,000,000 Ditto. +---- Boutam 75 30 80,000 Mahometans. +---- Carpentyn 30 3 2,000 Christian Protestants. +---- Ourature 18 6 3,000 Pagans. +---- Pullo Lout 60 36 10,000 Ditto. + +Besides the little Islands of Manaar, Aripen, Caradivia, Pengandiva, +Analativa, Nainandiva, and Nindundiva, which are inhabited by +Christian Protestants. + +And Banca, Madura, Bally, Lambeck, Flores, Solor, Leolana, Panterra, +Miscomby, and several others, inhabited by Pagans and Mahometans. + +The MOLUCCAS are, +---- Banda 20 10 6,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- Buro 25 10 7,000 Ditto. +---- Amboyna 25 10 7,500 Christians;--the Dutch + have 25 Ch. +---- Ceram 210 45 250,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- Gillola 190 110 650,000 Ditto. + +And Pully-way, Pullo-rin, Nera, Guamanapi, Guilliaien, Ternate, Motir, +Machian, and Bachian, which are inhabited by Pagans and Mahometans. + +The PHILIPPINE ISLANDS are supposed to be about 11,000;--some of the +chief are, + +Isle of Mindanao 60 40 18,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- Bahol 24 12 6,000 Ditto. +---- Layta 48 27 10,000 Ditto. +---- Parragon 240 60 100,000 Ditto. +The CALAMINES are Sebu 60 24 10,000 Papists. +---- Mindora 60 36 12,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- Philippina 185 120 104,000 Ditto. +---- Negroes Isle 150 60 80,000 Papists. +---- Manilla 31,000 Ditto, and Pagans. + +The Ladrone Islands are inhabited by most uncivilized Pagans. + +New Holland 2500 2000 12,000,000 Pagans;--1 or 2 + Ministers are there. +New Zealand[5] 960 180 1,120,000 Ditto. +New Guinea 1000 360 1,900,000 Ditto. +New Britain 180 120 900,000 Ditto. +New Ireland 180 60 700,000 Ditto. +Onrong Java A Cluster of Isles. Ditto. +New Caledonia 260 30 170,000 Ditto. +New Hebrides Ditto. +Friendly Isles 20 in number. Ditto. +Sandwich Isles 7 in number. 400,000 Ditto. +Society Isles 6 in number. 800,000 Ditto. +Kurile Isles 45 in number. 50,000 Ditto. +Pelew Isles Pagans. +Oonalashka Isle 40 20 3,000 Ditto. +The other South-Sea Islands. Ditto. + +[Footnote 5: Two Islands.] + + + _AFRICA._ + + EXTENT. +Countries. Length Breadth Number of Religion. + Miles. Miles. Inhabitants. + +Egypt 600 250 2,200,000 Mahometans and Jews. +Nubia 940 600 3,000,000 Ditto. +Barbary 1800 500 3,500,000 Mahometans, Jews, + and Christians. +Biledulgerid 2500 350 3,500,000 Mahometans, Christians, + and Jews. +Zaara, or the Desart 3400 660 800,000 Ditto. +Abyssinia 900 800 5,800,000 Armenian Christians. +Abex 540 130 1,600,000 Christians and Pagans. +Negroland 2200 840 18,000,000 Pagans. +Loango 410 300 1,500,000 Ditto. +Congo 540 220 2,000,000 Ditto. +Angola 360 250 1,400,000 Ditto. +Benguela 430 180 1,600,000 Ditto. +Mataman 450 240 1,500,000 Ditto. +Ajan 900 300 2,500,000 Ditto. +Zanguebar 1400 350 3,000,000 Ditto. +Monoemugi 900 660 2,000,000 Ditto. +Sofala 480 300 1,000,000 Pagans. +Terra de Natal 600 350 2,000,000 Ditto. +Caffraria, or the 708 660 2,000,000 Ditto, and a few + Hottentots Country Christians at the Cape. +Isle of Madagascar 1000 220 2,000,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- St. Mary 54 9 5,000 French Papists. +---- Mascarin 39 30 17,000 Ditto. +---- St. Helena 21 in compass. 1,000 English and French + Christians. +---- Annabon 16 14 4,000 Portuguese Papists. +---- St. Thomas 25 23 9,000 Pagans. +---- Zocotora 80 54 10,000 Mahometans. +---- Comora Isles 5 in number. 5,000 Ditto. +---- Mauritius 150 in compass. 10,000 French Papists. +---- Bourbon 90 in compass. 15,000 French Papists. +---- Madeiras 3 in number. 10,000 Papists. +---- Cape Verd Isles 10 in number. 20,000 Ditto. +---- Canaries 12 in number. 30,000 Ditto. +---- Azores 9 in number. 100,000 Ditto. +---- Maltha 15 8 1,200 Ditto. + + + _AMERICA._ + + EXTENT. +Countries. Length Breadth Number of Religion. + Miles. Miles. Inhabitants. + +Brazil 2900 900 14,000,000 Pagans and Papists. +Paraguay 1140 460 10,000,000 Pagans. +Chili 1200 500 2,000,000 Pagans and Papists. +Peru 1800 600 10,000,000 Pagans and Papists. +Country of the 1200 900 8,000,000 Pagans. + Amazons. +Terra Firma 1400 700 10,000,000 Pagans and Papists. +Guiana 780 480 2,000,000 Ditto. +Terra Magellanica 1400 460 9,000,000 Pagans. +Old Mexico 2220 600 13,500,000 Ditto, and Papists. +New Mexico 2000 1000 14,000,000 Ditto. +The States of America 1000 600 3,700,000 Christians, of various + denominations +Terra de Labrador, 1680 600 8,000,000 Christians, of various + Nova-Scotia, denominations, but + Louisiana, Canada, most of the North + and all the country American Indians are + inland from Mexico Pagans. + to Hudson's-Bay +California, and from 2820 1380 9,000,000 Pagans. + thence along the + degrees south + latitude, and so + far inland as to + meet the above + article +All to the north of unknown. Pagans. + 70 degrees +Cape Breton 400 110 20,000 Christians. +---- Newfoundland 350 200 1,400 Protestants. +---- Cumberland's Isle 780 300 10,000 Pagans. +---- Madre de Dios 105 30 8,000 Ditto. +---- Terra del Fuego 120 36 5,000 Ditto. + +All the Islands in the Vicinity of Cape Horn Pagans. + +The Bermudas extend 16 5 20,000 Half English, and + Half Slaves. +The LITTLE ANTILLES + are Aruba 5 3 200 Dutch, and Pagan Negroes. +---- Curassoa 30 10 11,000 Ditto. +---- Bonaire 10 3 300 Ditto. +---- Margaritta 40 24 18,000 Spaniards, and Pagan + Negoes. +---- St Trinidad 90 60 100,000 Ditto. +The BAHAMAS are +---- Bahama 50 16 16,000 Pagans. +---- Providence 28 11 6,000 Ditto. + +Besides Eluthera, Harbour, Lucayonegua, Andross, Cigateo, Guanaliana, +Yumeta, Samana, Yuma, Mayaguana, Ynagua, Caieos, and Triangula-- +Pagans. + +The ANTILLES are +---- Cuba 700 60 1,000,000 Papists. +---- Jamaica 140 60 400,000 English, and Pagan + Negroes. +---- St. Domingo 450 150 1,000,000 French, Spaniards, and + Negroes. +---- Porto Rico 100 49 300,000 Spaniards and Negroes. +---- Vache, or Cows I. 18 2 1,000 Ditto. + +The VIRGIN ISLES are 12 in number, of which Danes Island is the +principal--Protestants. + +The CARRIRBEES are +---- St. Cruz 30 10 13,500 Danish Protestants. +---- Anguilla 30 9 6,000 Protestants, and Negroes. +---- St. Martin 21 12 7,500 Ditto. +---- St. Bartholomew 6 4 720 Ditto. +---- Barbuda 20 12 7,500 Ditto. +---- Saba 5 4 1,500 Ditto. +---- Guardulope 45 38 50,000 Catholics, and Pagan + Negroes. +---- Marigalante 15 12 5,400 Ditto. +---- Tobago 32 9 3,400 Ditto. +---- Defiada 12 6 1,500 Ditto. +---- Granada 30 15 13,500 English, and Pagan + Negroes. +---- St. Lucia 23 12 5,000 Ditto, and Native Pagan + Caribbs. + Whites. Negroes. +---- St. Eustatia 6 4 5,000 15,000 Dutch, English, &c. +---- St.Christopher 20 7 6,000 36,000 English. +---- Nevis 6 4 5,000 10,000 Ditto. +---- Antigua 20 4 7,000 30,000 Ditto. +---- Montserrat 6 4 5,000 10,000 Ditto. +---- Martinico 6 4 20,000 50,000 French. +---- St. Vincent's 60 4 8,000 5,000 The 8,000 are + Native Caribbs. +---- Barbadoes 24 4 30,000 100,000 English. +---- Dominica 28 4 40,000 Ditto, 2,000 of them + Native Caribbs. +---- St. Thomas 15 in compass. 8,000 Danish Protestants. + + +This, as nearly as I can obtain information, is the state of the +world; though in many countries, as Turkey, Arabia, Great Tartary, +Africa, and America, except the United States, and most of the Asiatic +Islands, we have no accounts of the number of inhabitants, that can be +relied on. I have therefore only calculated the extent, and counted a +certain number on an average upon a square mile; in some countries +more, and in others less, according as circumstances determine. A few +general remarks upon it will conclude this section. + +FIRST, the inhabitants of the world according to this calculation, +amount to about seven hundred and thirty-one millions; four hundred +and twenty millions of whom are still in pagan darkness; an hundred +and thirty millions the followers of Mahomet; an hundred millions +catholics; forty-four millions protestants; thirty millions of the +greek and armenian churches, and perhaps seven millions of jews. It +must undoubtedly strike every considerate mind, what a vast proportion +of the sons of Adam there are, who yet remain in the most deplorable +state of heathen darkness, without any means of knowing the true God, +except what are afforded them by the works of nature; and utterly +destitute of the knowledge of the gospel of Christ, or of any means of +obtaining it. In many of these countries they have no written +language, consequently no Bible, and are only led by the most childish +customs and traditions. Such, for instance, are all the middle and +back parts of North America, the inland parts of South America, the +South-Sea Islands, New Holland, New Zealand, New Guinea; and I may add +Great Tartary, Siberia, Samojedia, and the other parts of Asia +contiguous to the frozen sea; the greatest part of Africa, the island +of Madagascar, and many places beside. In many of these parts also +they are cannibals, feeding upon the flesh of their slain enemies, +with the greatest brutality and eagerness. The truth of this was +ascertained, beyond a doubt, by the late eminent navigator, Cooke, of +the New Zealanders, and some of the inhabitants of the western coast +of America. Human sacrifices are also very frequently offered, so that +scarce a week elapses without instances of this kind. They are in +general poor, barbarous, naked pagans, as destitute of civilization, +as they are of true religion. + +SECONDLY, barbarous as these poor heathens are, they appear to be as +capable of knowledge as we are; and in many places, at least, have +discovered uncommon genius and tractableness; and I greatly question +whether most of the barbarities practiced by them, have not originated +in some real or supposed affront, and are therefore, more properly, +acts of self-defence, than proofs of inhuman and blood-thirsty +dispositions. + +THIRDLY, in other parts, where they have a written language, as in the +East-Indies, China, Japan, &c. they know nothing of the gospel. The +jesuits indeed once made many converts to popery among the Chinese; +but their highest aim seemed to be to obtain their good opinion; for +though the converts professed themselves Christians, yet they were +allowed to honour the image of CONFUCIUS their great law-giver; and at +length their ambitious intrigues brought upon them the displeasure of +government, which terminated in the suppression of the mission, and +almost, if not entirely, of the Christian name. It is also a +melancholy fact, that the vices of Europeans have been communicated +wherever they themselves have been; so that the religious state of +even heathens has been rendered worse by intercourse with them! + +FOURTHLY, a very great proportion of Asia and Africa, with some part +of Europe, are _Mahometans_; and those in Persia, who are of the sect +of _Hali_, are the most inveterate enemies to the Turks; and they in +return abhor the Persians. The Africans are some of the most ignorant +of all the mahometans; especially the Arabs, who are scattered through +all the northern parts of Africa, and live upon the depredations which +they are continually making upon their neighbours. + +FIFTHLY, in respect to those who bear the Christian name, a very great +degree of ignorance and immorality abounds amongst them. There are +Christians, so called, of the greek and armenian churches, in all the +mahometan countries; but they are, if possible, more ignorant and +vicious than the mahometans themselves. The Georgian Christians, who +are near the Caspian Sea, maintain themselves by selling their +neighbours, relations, and children, for slaves to the Turks and +Persians. And it is remarked, that if any of the greeks of Anatolia +turn mussulmen, the Turks never set any store by them, on account of +their being so much noted for dissimulation and hypocrisy. It is well +known that most of the members of the greek church are very ignorant. +Papists also are in general ignorant of divine things, and very +vicious. Nor do the bulk of the church of England much exceed them, +either in knowledge or holiness; and many errors, and much looseness +of conduct, are to be found amongst dissenters of all denominations. +The lutherans in Denmark, are much on a par with the ecclesiastics in +England; and the face of most Christian countries presents a dreadful +scene of ignorance, hypocrisy, and profligacy. Various baneful, and +pernicious errors appear to gain ground, in almost every part of +Christendom; the truths of the gospel, and even the gospel itself, are +attacked, and every method that the enemy can invent is employed to +undermine the kingdom of our Lord Jesus Christ. + +All these things are loud calls to Christians, and especially to +ministers, to exert themselves to the utmost in their several spheres +of action, and to try to enlarge them as much as possible. + + + + + SECT. IV. + + + _The Practicability of something being done, more than + what is done, for the Conversion of the Heathen._ + + +The impediments in the way of carrying the gospel among the heathen +must arise, I think, from one or other of the following things; +--either their distance from us, their barbarous and savage manner of +living, the danger of being killed by them, the difficulty of +procuring the necessaries of life, or the unintelligibleness of their +languages. + +FIRST, as to their distance from us, whatever objections might have +been made on that account before the invention of the mariner's +compass, nothing can be alledged for it, with any colour of +plausibility in the present age. Men can now sail with as much +certainty through the Great South Sea, as they can through the +Mediterranean, or any lesser Sea. Yea, and providence seems in a +manner to invite us to the trial, as there are to our knowledge +trading companies, whose commerce lies in many of the places where, +these barbarians dwell. At one time or other ships are sent to visit +places of more recent discovery, and to explore parts the most +unknown; and every fresh account of their ignorance, or cruelty, +should call forth our pity, and excite us to concur with providence in +seeking their eternal good. Scripture likewise seems to point out this +method, _Surely the Isles shall wait for me; the ships of Tarshish +first, to bring my sons from far, their silver, and their gold with +them, unto the name of the Lord, thy God._ Isai. lx. 9. This seems to +imply that in the time of the glorious increase of the church, in the +latter days, (of which the whole chapter is undoubtedly a prophecy,) +commerce shall subserve the spread of the gospel. The ships of +Tarshish were trading vessels, which made voyages for traffic to +various parts; thus much therefore must be meant by it, that +_navigation_, especially that which is _commercial_, shall be one +great mean of carrying on the work of God; and perhaps it may imply +that there shall be a very considerable appropriation of wealth to +that purpose. + +SECONDLY, as to their uncivilized, and barbarous way of living, this +can be no objection to any, except those whose love of ease renders +them unwilling to expose themselves to inconveniencies for the good of +others. + +It was no objection to the apostles and their successors, who went +among the barbarous _Germans_ and _Gauls_, and still more barbarous +_Britons_! They did not wait for the ancient inhabitants of these +countries, to be civilized, before they could be christianized, but +went simply with the doctrine of the cross; and TERTULLIAN could boast +that "those parts of Britain which were proof against the Roman +armies, were conquered by the gospel of Christ"--It was no objection +to an ELLIOT, or a BRAINERD, in later times. They went forth, and +encountered every difficulty of the kind, and found that a cordial +reception of the gospel produced those happy effects which the longest +intercourse with Europeans, without it could never accomplish. It _is_ +no objection to commercial men. It only requires that we should have +as much love to the souls of our fellow-creatures, and fellow sinners, +as they have for the profits arising from a few otter-skins, and all +these difficulties would be easily surmounted. + +After all, the uncivilized state of the heathen, instead of affording +an objection _against_ preaching the gospel to them, ought to furnish +an argument _for_ it. Can we as men, or as christians, hear that a +great part of our fellow creatures, whose souls are as immortal as +ours, and who are as capable as ourselves, of adorning the gospel, and +contributing by their preaching, writings, or practices to the glory +of our Redeemer's name, and the good of his church, are inveloped in +ignorance and barbarism? Can we hear that they are without the gospel, +without government, without laws, and without arts, and sciences; and +not exert ourselves to introduce amongst them the sentiments of men, +and of Christians? Would not the spread of the gospel be the most +effectual mean of their civilization? Would not that make them useful +members of society? We know that such effects did in a measure follow +the afore-mentioned efforts of _Elliot_, _Brainerd_, and others +amongst the American Indians; and if similar attempts were made in +other parts of the world, and succeeded with a divine blessing (which +we have every reason to think they would) might we not expect to see +able Divines, or read well-conducted treatises in defence of the +truth, even amongst those who at present seem to be scarcely human? + +THIRDLY, _In respect to the danger of being killed by them_, it is +true that whoever does go must put his life in his hand, and not +consult with flesh and blood; but do not the goodness of the cause, +the duties incumbent on us as the creatures of God, and Christians, +and the perishing state of our fellow men, loudly call upon us to +venture all and use every warrantable exertion for their benefit? PAUL +and BARNABAS, who _hazarded their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus +Christ_, were not blamed as being rash, but commended for so doing, +while JOHN MARK who through timidity of mind deserted them in their +perilous undertaking, was branded with censure. After all, as has been +already observed, I greatly question whether most of the barbarities +practiced by the savages upon those who have visited them, have not +originated in some real or supposed affront, and were therefore, more +properly, acts of self-defence, than proofs of ferocious dispositions. +No wonder if the imprudence of sailors should prompt them to offend +the simple savage, and the offence be resented; but _Elliot_, +_Brainerd_, and the _Moravian missionaries_, have been very seldom +molested. Nay, in general the heathen have shewed a willingness to +hear the word; and have principally expressed their hatred of +Christianity on account of the vices of nominal Christians. + +FOURTHLY, _As to the difficulty of procuring the necessaries of life_, +this would not be so great as may appear at first sight; for though we +could not procure European food, yet we might procure such as the +natives of those countries which we visit, subsist upon themselves. +And this would only be passing through what we have virtually engaged, +in by entering on the ministerial office. A Christian minister is a +person who in a peculiar sense is _not his own_; he is the _servant_ +of God, and therefore ought to be wholly devoted to him. By entering +on that sacred office he solemnly undertakes to be always engaged, as +much as possible, in the Lord's work, and not to chuse his own +pleasure, or employment, or pursue the ministry as a something that is +to subserve his own ends, or interests, or as a kind of bye-work. He +engages to go where God pleases, and to do, or endure what he sees fit +to command, or call him to, in the exercise of his function. He +virtually bids farewell to friends, pleasures, and comforts, and +stands in readiness to endure the greatest sufferings in the work of +his Lord, and Master. It is inconsistent for ministers to please +themselves with thoughts of a numerous auditory, cordial friends, a +civilized country, legal protection, affluence, splendor, or even a +competency. The flights, and hatred of men, and even pretended +friends, gloomy prisons, and tortures, the society of barbarians of +uncouth speech, miserable accommodations in wretched wildernesses, +hunger, and thirst, nakedness, weariness, and painfulness, hard work, +and but little worldly encouragement, should rather be the objects of +their expectation. Thus the apostles acted, in the primitive times, +and endured hardness, as good soldiers of Jesus Christ; and though we +living in a civilized country where Christianity is protected by law, +are not called to suffer these things while we continue here, yet I +question whether all are justified in staying here, while so many are +perishing without means of grace in other lands. Sure I am that it is +entirely contrary to the spirit of the gospel, for its ministers to +enter upon it from interested motives, or with great worldly +expectations. On the contrary the commission is a sufficient call to +them to venture all, and, like the primitive Christians, go every +where preaching the gospel. + +It might be necessary, however, for two, at least, to go together, and +in general I should think it best that they should be married men, and +to prevent their time from being employed in procuring necessaries, +two, or more, other persons, with their wives and families, might also +accompany them, who should be wholly employed in providing for them. +In most countries it would be necessary for them to cultivate a little +spot of ground just for their support, which would be a resource to +them, whenever their supplies failed. Not to mention the advantages +they would reap from each others company, it would take off the +enormous expence which has always attended undertakings of this kind, +the first expence being the whole; for though a large colony needs +support for a considerable time, yet so small a number would, upon +receiving the first crop, maintain themselves. They would have the +advantage of choosing their situation, their wants would be few; the +women, and even the children, would be necessary for domestic +purposes; and a few articles of stock, as a cow or two, and a bull, +and a few other cattle of both sexes, a very few utensils of +husbandry, and some corn to sow their land, would be sufficient. Those +who attend the missionaries should understand husbandry, fishing, +fowling, &c. and be provided with the necessary implements for these +purposes. Indeed a variety of methods may be thought of, and when once +the work is undertaken, many things will suggest themselves to us, of +which we at present can form no idea. + +FIFTHLY, As to _learning their languages_, the same means would be +found necessary here as in trade between different nations. In some +cases interpreters might be obtained, who might be employed for a +time; and where these were not to be found, the missionaries must have +patience, and mingle with the people, till they have learned so much +of their language as to be able to communicate their ideas to them in +it. It is well known to require no very extraordinary talents to +learn, in the space of a year, or two at most, the language of any +people upon earth, so much of it at least, as to be able to convey any +sentiments we wish to their understandings. + +The Missionaries must be men of great piety, prudence, courage, and +forbearance; of undoubted orthodoxy in their sentiments, and must +enter with all their hearts into the spirit of their mission; they +must be willing to leave all the comforts of life behind them, and to +encounter all the hardships of a torrid, or a frigid climate, an +uncomfortable manner of living, and every other inconvenience that can +attend this undertaking. Clothing, a few knives, powder and shot, +fishing-tackle, and the articles of husbandry above-mentioned, must be +provided for them; and when arrived at the place of their destination, +their first business must be to gain some acquaintance with the +language of the natives, (for which purpose two would be better than +one,) and by all lawful means to endeavour to cultivate a friendship +with them, and as soon as possible let them know the errand for which +they were sent. They must endeavour to convince them that it was their +good alone, which induced them to forsake their friends, and all the +comforts of their native country. They must be very careful not to +resent injuries which may be offered to them, nor to think highly of +themselves, so as to despise the poor heathens, and by those means lay +a foundation for their resentment, or rejection of the gospel. They +must take every opportunity of doing them good, and labouring, and +travelling, night and day, they must instruct, exhort, and rebuke, +with all long suffering, and anxious desire for them, and, above all, +must be instant in prayer for the effusion of the Holy Spirit upon the +people of their charge. Let but missionaries of the above description +engage in the work, and we shall see that it is not impracticable. + +It might likewise be of importance, if God should bless their labours, +for them to encourage any appearances of gifts amongst the people of +their charge; if such should be raised up many advantages would be +derived from their knowledge of the language, and customs of their +countrymen; and their change of conduct would give great weight to +their ministrations. + + + + + SECT. V. + + + _An Enquiry into the Duty of Christians in general, and + what Means ought to be used, in order to promote this Work._ + + +If the prophecies concerning the increase of Christ's kingdom be true, +and if what has been advanced, concerning the commission given by him +to his disciples being obligatory on us, be just, it must be inferred +that all Christians ought heartily to concur with God in promoting his +glorious designs, for _he that is joined to the Lord is one spirit_. + +One of the first, and most important of those duties which are +incumbent upon us, is _fervent and united prayer_. However the +influence of the Holy Spirit may be set at nought, and run down by +many, it will be found upon trial, that all means which we can use, +without it, will be ineffectual. If a temple is raised for God in the +heathen world, it will not be _by might, nor by power_, nor by the +authority of the magistrate, or the eloquence of the orator; _but by +my Spirit, saith the Lord of Hosts_. We must therefore be in real +earnest in supplicating his blessing upon our labours. + +It is represented in the prophets, that when there shall be _a great +mourning in the land, as the mourning of Hadadrimmon in the valley of +Megiddon, and every family shall mourn apart, and their wives apart_, +it shall all follow upon _a spirit of grace, and supplication_. And +when these things shall take place, it is promised that _there shall +be a fountain opened for the house of David, and for the inhabitants +of Jerusalem, for sin, and for uncleanness_,--and that _the idols +shall be destroyed_, and _the false prophets ashamed_ of their +profession. Zech. xii 10. 14.--xiii. 1. 6. This prophesy seems to +teach that when there shall be an universal conjunction in fervent +prayer, and all shall esteem Zion's welfare as their own, then copious +influences of the Spirit shall be shed upon the churches, which like a +purifying _fountain_ shall cleanse the servants of the Lord. Nor shall +this cleansing influence stop here; all old idolatrous prejudices +shall be rooted out, and truth prevail so gloriously that false +teachers shall be so ashamed as rather to wish to be classed with +obscure herdsmen, or the meanest peasants, than bear the ignominy +attendant on their detection. + +The most glorious works of grace that have ever took place, have been +in answer to prayer; and it is in this way, we have the greatest +reason to suppose, that the glorious out-pouring of the Spirit, which +we expect at last, will be bestowed. + +With respect to our own immediate connections, we have within these +few years been favoured with some tokens for good, granted in answer +to prayer, which should encourage us to persist, and increase in that +important duty. I trust our _monthly prayer-meetings_ for the success +of the gospel have not been in vain. It is true a want of importunity +too generally attends our prayers; yet unimportunate, and feeble as +they have been, it is to be believed that God has heard, and in a +measure answered them. The churches that have engaged in the practice +have in general since that time been evidently on the increase; some +controversies which have long perplexed and divided the church, are +more clearly stated than ever; there are calls to preach the gospel in +many places where it has not been usually published; yea, a glorious +door is opened, and is likely to be opened wider and wider, by the +spread of civil and religious liberty, accompanied also by a +diminution of the spirit of popery; a noble effort has been made to +abolish the inhuman Slave-Trade, and though at present it has not been +so successful as might be wished, yet it is to be hoped it will be +persevered in, till it is accomplished. In the mean time it is a +satisfaction to consider that the late defeat of the abolition of the +Slave-Trade has proved the occasion of a praise worthy effort to +introduce a free settlement, at _Sierra Leona_, on the coast of +Africa; an effort which, if succeeded with a divine blessing, not only +promises to open a way for honourable commerce with that extensive +country, and for the civilization of its inhabitants, but may prove +the happy mean of introducing amongst them the gospel of our Lord +Jesus Christ. + +These are events that ought not to be over-looked; they are not to be +reckoned small things; and yet perhaps they _are_ small compared with +what might have been expected, if all had cordially entered into the +spirit of the proposal, so as to have made the cause of Christ their +own, or in other words to have been so solicitous about it, as if +their own advantage depended upon its success. If an holy solicitude +had prevailed in all the assemblies of Christians in behalf of their +Redeemer's kingdom, we might probably have seen before now, not only +an _open door_ for the gospel, but _many running to and fro, and +knowledge increased_; or a diligent use of those means which +providence has put in our power, accompanied with a greater blessing +than ordinary from heaven. + +Many can do nothing but pray, and prayer is perhaps the only thing in +which Christians of all denominations can cordially, and unreservedly +unite; but in this we may all be one, and in this the strictest +unanimity ought to prevail. Were the whole body thus animated by one +soul, with what pleasure would Christians attend on all the duties of +religion, and with what delight would their ministers attend on all +the business of their calling. + +We must not be contented however with praying, without _exerting +ourselves in the use of means_ for the obtaining of those things we +pray for. Were _the children of light_, but _as wise in their +generation as the children of this world_, they would stretch every +nerve to gain so glorious a prize, nor ever imagine that it was to be +obtained in any other way. + +When a trading company have obtained their charter they usually go to +its utmost limits; and their stocks, their ships, their officers, and +men are so chosen, and regulated, as to be likely to answer their +purpose; but they do not stop here, for encouraged by the prospect of +success, they use every effort, cast their bread upon the waters, +cultivate friendship with every one from whose information they expect +the least advantage. They cross the widest and most tempestuous seas, +and encounter the most unfavourable climates; they introduce +themselves into the most barbarous nations, and sometimes undergo the +most affecting hardships; their minds continue in a state of anxiety, +and suspence, and a longer delay than usual in the arrival of their +vessels agitates them with a thousand changeful thoughts, and +foreboding apprehensions, which continue till the rich returns are +safe arrived in port. But why these fears? Whence all these +disquietudes, and this labour? Is it not because their souls enter +into the spirit of the project, and their happiness in a manner +depends on its success?--Christians are a body whose truest interest +lies in the exaltation of the Messiah's kingdom. Their charter is very +extensive, their encouragements exceeding great, and the returns +promised infinitely superior to all the gains of the most lucrative +fellowship. Let then every one in his station consider himself as +bound to act with all his might, and in every possible way for God. + +Suppose a company of serious Christians, ministers and private +persons, were to form themselves into a society, and make a number of +rules respecting the regulation of the plan, and the persons who are +to be employed as missionaries, the means of defraying the expence, +&c. &c. This society must consist of persons whose hearts are in the +work, men of serious religion, and possessing a spirit of +perseverance; there must be a determination not to admit any person +who is not of this description, or to retain him longer than he +answers to it. + +From such a society a _committee_ might be appointed, whose business +it should be to procure all the information they could upon the +subject, to receive contributions, to enquire into the characters, +tempers, abilities and religious views of the missionaries, and also +to provide them with necessaries for their undertakings. + +They must also pay a great attention to the views of those who +undertake this work; for want of this the missions to the Spice +Islands, sent by the Dutch East-India Company, were soon corrupted, +many going more for the sake of settling in a place where temporal +gain invited them, than of preaching to the poor Indians. This soon +introduced a number of indolent, or profligate persons, whose lives +were a scandal to the doctrines which they preached: and by means of +whom the gospel was ejected from Ternate, in 1694, and Christianity +fell into great disrepute in other places. + +If there is any reason for me to hope that I shall have any influence +upon any of my brethren, and fellow Christians, probably it may be +more especially amongst them of my own denomination. I would therefore +propose that such a society and committee should be formed amongst the +_particular baptist denomination_. + +I do not mean by this, in any wife to confine it to one denomination +of Christians. I wish with all my heart, that every one who loves our +Lord Jesus Christ in sincerity, would in some way or other engage in +it. But in the present divided state of Christendom, it would be more +likely for good to be done by each denomination engaging separately in +the work, than if they were to embark in it conjointly. There is room +enough for us all, without interfering with each other; and if no +unfriendly interference took place, each denomination would bear good +will to the other, and wish, and pray for its success, considering it +as upon the whole friendly to the great cause of true religion; but if +all were intermingled, it is likely their private discords might throw +a damp upon their spirits, and much retard their public usefulness. + +In respect to _contributions_ for defraying the expences, money will +doubtless be wanting; and suppose the rich were to embark a portion of +that wealth over which God has made them stewards, in this important +undertaking, perhaps there are few ways that would turn to a better +account at last. Nor ought it to be confined to the _rich_; if persons +in more moderate circumstances were to devote a portion, suppose a +_tenth_, of their annual increase to the Lord, it would not only +correspond with the practice of the Israelites, who lived under the +Mosaic Oeconomy, but of the patriarchs Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, +before that dispensation commenced. Many of our most eminent +fore-fathers amongst the _Puritans_, followed that practice; and if +that were but attended to now, there would not only be enough to +support the ministry of the gospel at home, and to encourage _village +preaching_ in our respective neighbourhoods, but to defray the +expences of carrying the gospel into the heathen world. + +If congregations were to open subscriptions of _one penny_, or more +per week, according to their circumstances, and deposit it as a fund +for the propogation of the gospel, much might be raised in this way. +By such simple means they might soon have it in their power to +introduce the preaching of the gospel into most of the villages in +England; where, though men are placed whose business it should be to +give light to those who sit in darkness, it is well known that they +have it not. Where there was no person to open his house for the +reception of the gospel, some other building might be procured for a +small sum, and even then something considerable might be spared for +the baptist, or other committees, for propogating the gospel amongst +the heathen. + +Many persons have of late left off the use of _West-India sugar_ on +account of the iniquitous manner in which it is obtained. Those +families who have done so, and have not substituted any thing else in +its place, have not only cleansed their hands of blood, but have made +a saving to their families, some of six pence, and some of a shilling +a week. If this, or a part of this were appropriated to the uses +before-mentioned, it would abundantly suffice. We have only to keep +the end in view, and have our hearts thoroughly engaged in the pursuit +of it, and means will not be very difficult. + +We are exhorted _to lay up treasure in heaven, where neither moth nor +rust doth corrupt, nor thieves break through and steal._ It is also +declared that _whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap._ +These Scriptures teach us that the enjoyments of the life to come, +bear a near relation to that which now is; a relation similar to that +of the harvest, and the seed. It is true all the reward is of mere +grace, but it is nevertheless encouraging; what a _treasure_, what an +_harvest_ must await such characters as PAUL, and ELLIOT, and +BRAINERD, and others, who have given themselves wholly to the work of +the Lord. What a heaven will it be to see the many myriads of poor +heathens, of Britons amongst the rest, who by their labours have been +brought to the knowledge of God. Surely a _crown of rejoicing_ like +this is worth aspiring to. Surely it is worth while to lay ourselves +out with all our might, in promoting the cause, and kingdom of Christ. + + + FINIS. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of An Enquiry into the Obligations of +Christians to Use Means for the Conversion of the Heathens, by William Carey + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OBLIGATIONS OF CHRISTIANS *** + +***** This file should be named 11449.txt or 11449.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/1/4/4/11449/ + +Produced by Michael Ciesielski, Robert Shimmin and PG Distributed +Proofreaders + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + + https://www.gutenberg.org/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL + + diff --git a/11449.zip b/11449.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6dcad43 --- /dev/null +++ b/11449.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d682185 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #11449 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/11449) diff --git a/old/11449-h.zip b/old/11449-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..635f4d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11449-h.zip diff --git a/old/11449-h/11449-h.htm b/old/11449-h/11449-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b84e02 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11449-h/11449-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,4421 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" + content="text/html; charset=us-ascii"> +<meta content="pg2html (binary version 0.12a)" + name="generator"> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of + An Enquiry Into The, + by William Carey.. +</title> +<style type="text/css"> + <!-- + * { font-family: Times; + } + P { text-indent: 1em; + margin-top: .75em; + font-size: 12pt; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; } + p.quote {text-indent: 0em; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%;} + p.attribution { + text-align: right; + margin-right: 10%;} + p.subhead { + text-indent: 0; + text-align: center; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%;} + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + line-height: 200%;} + HR { width: 33%; } + PRE { font-family: Courier, monospaced;} + .toc { margin-left: 15%; font-size: 10pt; margin-bottom: 0em;} + CENTER { padding: 10px;} + + td {font-size: 12pt;} + .sc { font-variant: small-caps;} + // --> +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of An Enquiry into the Obligations of +Christians to Use Means for the Conversion of the Heathens, by William Carey + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: An Enquiry into the Obligations of Christians to Use Means for the + Conversion of the Heathens + In Which the Religious State of the Different Nations of the World, + the Success of Former Undertakings, and the Practicability of + Further Undertakings, Are Considered + +Author: William Carey + +Release Date: March 5, 2004 [EBook #11449] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: US-ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OBLIGATIONS OF CHRISTIANS *** + + + + +Produced by Michael Ciesielski, Robert Shimmin and PG Distributed +Proofreaders + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<center> +<img src="carey_tp.png" alt="1792 title page"> +</center> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h1> + AN ENQUIRY INTO THE + OBLIGATIONS OF CHRISTIANS, + TO USE MEANS FOR THE + CONVERSION OF THE HEATHENS. +</h1> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + IN WHICH THE + RELIGIOUS STATE OF THE DIFFERENT NATIONS + OF THE WORLD, THE SUCCESS OF FORMER + UNDERTAKINGS, AND THE PRACTICABILITY OF + FURTHER UNDERTAKINGS, ARE CONSIDERED, +</h2> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h3> + BY WILLIAM CAREY. +</h3> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p class="quote"> + For there is no Difference between the Jew and the Greek; + for the same Lord over all, is rich unto all that call upon him. + For whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved. + How then shall they call on him, in whom they have not + believed? and how shall they believe in him of whom they + have not heard? and how shall they hear without a Preacher? + and how shall they preach except they be sent? +</p> +<p class="attribution">PAUL</p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<center> + MDCCXCII. +</center> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + INTRODUCTION +</h2> +<p> + As our blessed Lord has required us to pray + that his kingdom may come, and his will be + done on earth as it is in heaven, it becomes us + not only to express our desires of that event by + words, but to use every lawful method to spread + the knowledge of his name. In order to this, it + is necessary that we should become, in some measure + acquainted with the religious state of the + world; and as this is an object we should be + prompted to pursue, not only by the gospel of + our Redeemer, but even by the feelings of humanity, + so an inclination to conscientious activity + therein would form one of the strongest proofs + that we are the subjects of grace, and partakers of + that spirit of universal benevolence and genuine + philanthropy, which appear so eminent in the + character of God himself. +</p> +<p> + Sin was introduced amongst the children of + men by the fall of Adam, and has ever since been + spreading its baneful influence. By changing its + appearances to suit the circumstances of the times, + it has grown up in ten thousand forms, and constantly + counteracted the will and designs of God. + One would have supposed that the remembrance + of the deluge would have been transmitted from + father to son, and have perpetually deterred + mankind from transgressing the will of their + Maker; but so blinded were they, that in the + time of Abraham, gross wickedness prevailed + wherever colonies were planted, and the iniquity + of the Amorites was great, though not yet full. + After this, idolatry spread more and more, till + the seven devoted nations were cut off with the + most signal marks of divine displeasure. Still, + however, the progress of evil was not stopped, + but the Israelites themselves too often joined with + the rest of mankind against the God of Israel. In + one period the grossest ignorance and barbarism + prevailed in the world; and afterwards, in a more + enlightened age, the most daring infidelity, and + contempt of God; so that the world which was + once over-run with ignorance, now <i>by wisdom + knew not God, but changed the glory of the incorruptible God</i> + as much as in the most barbarous ages, + <i>into an image made like to corruptible man, and to + birds, and four-footed beasts, and creeping things</i>. + Nay, as they increased in science and politeness, + they ran into more abundant and extravagant + idolatries. +</p> +<p> + Yet God repeatedly made known his intention + to prevail finally over all the power of the Devil, + and to destroy all his works, and set up his own + kingdom and interest among men, and extend it + as universally as Satan had extended his. It was + for this purpose that the Messiah came and died, + that God might be just, and the justifier of all + that should believe in him. When he had laid + down his life, and taken it up again, he sent + forth his disciples to preach the good tidings to + every creature, and to endeavour by all possible + methods to bring over a lost world to God. + They went forth according to their divine commission, + and wonderful success attended their + labours; the civilized greeks, and uncivilized barbarians, + each yielded to the cross of Christ, and + embraced it as the only way of salvation. Since + the apostolic age many other attempts to spread + the gospel have been made, which have been + considerably successful, notwithstanding which a + very considerable part of mankind are still involved + in all the darkness of heathenism. Some + attempts are still making, but they are inconsiderable + in comparison of what might be done if + the whole body of Christians entered heartily into + the spirit of the divine command on this subject. + Some think little about it, others are unacquainted + with the state of the world, and others love their + wealth better than the souls of their fellow-creatures. +</p> +<p> + In order that the subject may be taken into + more serious consideration, I shall enquire, whether + the commission given by our Lord to his + disciples be not still binding on us,—take a short + view of former undertakings,—give some account + of the present state of the world, consider the + practicability of doing something more than is + done,—and the duty of Christians in general in + this matter. +</p> +<a name="2H_4_3"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + AN ENQUIRY, &c. +</h2> +<a name="2H_4_4"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + SECT. I. +</h2> +<p class="subhead"> + <i>An Enquiry whether the Commission given by our Lord + to his Disciples be not still binding on us.</i> +</p> +<p> </p> +<p> + Our Lord Jesus Christ, a little before his + departure, commissioned his apostles to <i>Go</i>, + and <i>teach all nations</i>; or, as another evangelist + expresses it, <i>Go into all the world, and preach the gospel + to every creature</i>. This commission was as extensive + as possible, and laid them under obligation + to disperse themselves into every country of the + habitable globe, and preach to all the inhabitants, + without exception, or limitation. They accordingly + went forth in obedience to the command, + and the power of God evidently wrought with + them. Many attempts of the same kind have + been made since their day, and which have been + attended with various success; but the work has + not been taken up, or prosecuted of late years + (except by a few individuals) with that zeal and + perseverance with which the primitive Christians + went about it. It seems as if many thought the + commission was sufficiently put in execution by + what the apostles and others have done; that we + have enough to do to attend to the salvation of + our own countrymen; and that, if God intends + the salvation of the heathen, he will some way or + other bring them to the gospel, or the gospel to + them. It is thus that multitudes sit at ease, and + give themselves no concern about the far greater + part of their fellow-sinners, who to this day, + are lost in ignorance and idolatry. There seems + also to be an opinion existing in the minds of + some, that because the apostles were extraordinary + officers and have no proper successors, and because + many things which were right for them to + do would be utterly unwarrantable for us, therefore + it may not be immediately binding on us to + execute the commission, though it was so upon + them. To the consideration of such persons I + would offer the following observations. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">First</span>, If the command of Christ to teach all + nations be restricted to the apostles, or those under + the immediate inspiration of the Holy Ghost, then + that of baptizing should be so too; and every + denomination of Christians, except the Quakers, + do wrong in baptizing with water at all. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Secondly</span>, If the command of Christ to teach + all nations be confined to the apostles, then all + such ordinary ministers who have endeavoured to + carry the gospel to the heathens, have acted without + a warrant, and run before they were sent. + Yea, and though God has promised the most + glorious things to the heathen world by sending + his gospel to them, yet whoever goes first, or indeed + at all, with that message, unless he have a + new and special commission from heaven, must + go without any authority for so doing. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Thirdly</span>, If the command of Christ to teach + all nations extend only to the apostles, then, + doubtless, the promise of the divine presence in + this work must be so limited; but this is worded + in such a manner as expressly precludes such an + idea. <i>Lo, I am with you always, to the end of the + world.</i> +</p> +<p> + That there are cases in which even a divine + command may cease to be binding is admitted—As + for instance, if it be <i>repealed</i>, as the ceremonial + commandments of the jewish law; or if there be + <i>no subjects</i> in the world for the commanded act to + be exercised upon, as in the law of septennial release, + which might be dispensed with when there + should be no poor in the land to have their debts + forgiven. Deut. xv. 4. or if, in any particular + instance, we can produce a <i>counter-revelation</i>, of + equal authority with the original command, as + when Paul and Silas were forbidden of the Holy + Ghost to preach the word in Bythinia. Acts xvi. + 6. 7. or if, in any case, there be a <i>natural impossibility</i> + of putting it in execution. It was not the + duty of Paul to preach Christ to the inhabitants + of Otaheite, because no such place was then discovered, + nor had he any means of coming at + them. But none of these things can be alledged + by us in behalf of the neglect of the commission + given by Christ. We cannot say that it is repealed, + like the commands of the ceremonial law; + nor can we plead that there are no objects for the + command to be exercised upon. Alas! the far + greater part of the world, as we shall see presently, + are still covered with heathen darkness! Nor can + we produce a counter-revelation, concerning any + particular nation, like that to Paul and Silas, concerning + Bythinia; and, if we could, it would not + warrant our sitting still and neglecting all the + other parts of the world; for Paul and Silas, when + forbidden to preach to those heathens, went elsewhere, + and preached to others. Neither can we + alledge a natural impossibility in the case. It has + been said that we ought not to force our way, but + to wait for the openings, and leadings of Providence; + but it might with equal propriety be + answered in this case, neither ought we to neglect + embracing those openings in providence which + daily present themselves to us. What openings + of providence do we wait for? We can neither + expect to be transported into the heathen world + without ordinary means, nor to be endowed with + the gift of tongues, &c. when we arrive there. + These would not be providential interpositions, + but miraculous ones. Where a command exists + nothing can be necessary to render it binding + but a removal of those obstacles which render + obedience impossible, and these are removed + already. Natural impossibility can never be + pleaded so long as facts exist to prove the contrary. + Have not the popish missionaries surmounted all + those difficulties which we have generally thought + to be insuperable? Have not the missionaries of + the <i>Unitas Fratrum</i>, or Moravian Brethren, + encountered the scorching heat of Abyssinia, and + the frozen climes of Greenland, and Labrador, + their difficult languages, and savage manners? + Or have not English traders, for the sake of gain, + surmounted all those things which have generally + been counted insurmountable obstacles in the + way of preaching the gospel? Witness the trade + to Persia, the East-Indies, China, and Greenland, + yea even the accursed Slave-Trade on the coasts + of Africa. Men can insinuate themselves into + the favour of the most barbarous clans, and + uncultivated tribes, for the sake of gain; and how + different soever the circumstances of trading and + preaching are, yet this will prove the possibility + of ministers being introduced there; and if this + is but thought a sufficient reason to make the + experiment, my point is gained. +</p> +<p> + It has been said that some learned divines + have proved from Scripture that the time is not + yet come that the heathen should be converted; + and that first the <i>witnesses must be slain</i>, and many + other prophecies fulfilled. But admitting this to + be the case (which I much doubt<a href="#note-1"><small><sup>1</sup></small></a>) yet if any + objection is made from this against preaching to + them immediately, it must be founded on one of + these things; either that the secret purpose of + God is the rule of our duty, and then it must be + as bad to pray for them, as to preach to them; + or else that none shall be converted in the heathen + world till the universal down-pouring of the + Spirit in the last days. But this objection comes + too late; for the success of the gospel has been + very considerable in many places already. +</p> +<a name="note-1"><!--Note--></a> +<p class="foot"> +<sup><u>1</u></sup> [ See Edwards on Prayer, on this subject, lately re-printed + by Mr. Sutcliffe.] +</p> +<p> + It has been objected that there are multitudes + in our own nation, and within our immediate + spheres of action, who are as ignorant as the + South-Sea savages, and that therefore we have + work enough at home, without going into other + countries. That there are thousands in our own + land as far from God as possible, I readily grant, + and that this ought to excite us to ten-fold diligence + in our work, and in attempts to spread + divine knowledge amongst them is a certain fact; + but that it ought to supercede all attempts to + spread the gospel in foreign parts seems to want + proof. Our own countrymen have the means of + grace, and may attend on the word preached if + they chuse it. They have the means of knowing + the truth, and faithful ministers are placed in + almost every part of the land, whose spheres of + action might be much extended if their congregations + were but more hearty and active in the + cause: but with them the case is widely different, + who have no Bible, no written language, (which + many of them have not,) no ministers, no good + civil government, nor any of those advantages + which we have. Pity therefore, humanity, and + much more Christianity, call loudly for every + possible exertion to introduce the gospel amongst + them. +</p> +<a name="2H_4_5"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + SECT. II. +</h2> +<p class="subhead"> + <i>Containing a short Review of former Undertakings for + the Conversion of the Heathen.</i> +</p> +<p> </p> +<p> + Before the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ + the whole world were either heathens, or + jews; and both, as to the body of them were + enemies to the gospel. After the resurrection the + disciples continued in Jerusalem till Pentecost. + Being daily engaged in prayer and supplication, + and having chosen Matthias, to supply the place + of Judas in the apostolic office, on that solemn + day, when they were all assembled together, a + most remarkable effusion of the Holy Spirit took + place, and a capacity of speaking in all foreign + languages was bestowed upon them. This opportunity + was embraced by Peter for preaching the + gospel to a great congregation of jews and proselytes, + who were from Parthia, Media, Elam, + Mesopotamia, Judea, Cappadocia, the proconsular + Asia, Phrygia, Pamphylia, Egypt, Lybia, Crete, + Arabia, Rome, &c. and at the first effort God + wrought so powerfully that three thousand were + converted, who immediately after were baptized, + and added to the church. Before this great + addition they consisted of but about <i>an hundred + and twenty persons</i>, but from that time they continually + increased. It was but a little after this + that Peter and John, going up to the temple, + healed the lame man; this miracle drew a great + multitude together, and Peter took occasion while + they stood wondering at the event, to preach + Jesus Christ to them. The consequence was that + five thousand more believed. +</p> +<p> + This was not done without opposition; the + priests and sadducees tried all the methods they + could invent to prevent them from preaching the + gospel. The apostles, however, asserted their + divine warrant, and as soon as they were set at + liberty addressed God, and prayed that a divine + power might attend their labours, which petition + was heard, and their future ministry was very + successful. On account of their necessities who + were engaged in this good work, those amongst + them who had possessions, or goods, sold them, + and devoted the money to pious uses. +</p> +<p> + About this time a man and his wife out of + great pretensions to piety, sold an estate, and + brought part of the money to the apostles, pretending + it to be the whole; for which dissimulation + both he and his wife, were struck dead by + the hand of God. This awful catastrophe however + was the occasion of many more men and + women being added to the church. The miracles + wrought by the apostles, and the success attending + their ministry, stirred up greater envy in the + priests and sadducees, who imprisoned them; + from which confinement they were soon liberated + by an angel; upon which they went immediately + as they were commanded and preached in the + temple: here they were seized, and brought before + the council, where Gamaliel spake in their + favour, and they were dismissed. After this they + continued to prosecute their work, rejoicing that + they were counted worthy to suffer shame for the + name of Christ. +</p> +<p> + By this time the church at Jerusalem was so + increased that the multiplicity of its temporal concerns + was the occasion of some neglects, which + produced a dissatisfaction. The apostles, therefore, + recommended to the church to chuse seven + pious men, whose office it should be to attend + upon its temporal affairs; that <i>they might give + themselves to prayer, and the ministry of the word</i>. + Seven were accordingly chosen, over whom the + apostles prayed, and ordained them to the office + of Deacons by imposition of hands: and these + things being settled the church increased more + and more. One of these Deacons, whose name + was Stephen, being a person of eminent knowledge + and holiness, wrought many miracles, and + disputed with great evidence and energy for the + truth of Christianity, which raised him up a + number of opponents. These soon procured his + death, and carried their resentment so far as to + stir up such a persecution that the church, which + till now had been confined to Jerusalem, was dispersed, + and all the preachers except the apostles + were driven thence, and went every where + preaching the word. +</p> +<p> + A young man whose name was <i>Saul</i>, was very + active in this persecution; he had been educated + under Gamaliel, a member of the Sanhedrim, + was a person of promising genius, by profession a + Pharisee, and much attached to the jewish ceremonies. + When Stephen was stoned he appeared + much pleased with it, and had the custody of + the clothes of his executioners; and from that + time was fired with such a spirit of persecution + himself, that he went about dragging some to + prison, and compelling others to blaspheme the + name of the Lord Jesus. Neither was he contented + with exercising his rage at Jerusalem, but + went to the chief priests and obtained testimonials + of authority to carry on the same work at Damascus. + But on his way, as he was almost ready to + enter into the city, the Lord changed his heart in + a very wonderful manner; so that instead of entering + the town to persecute, he began to preach + the gospel as soon as be was able. This presently + brought upon him the same persecution which he + had designed to exercise upon others, and even + endangered his life, so that the brethren found it + necessary to let him down the city wall in a + basket by night, and so he escaped the hands of + his enemies. From thence he went to Jerusalem + where he preached the word, but being persecuted + there, he went to Cesarea, and from thence to + Tarsus. +</p> +<p> + In the time of this trouble in the church, + Philip went and preached at Samaria with great + success, nay so great was the work that an impostor, + who had deceived the people with legerdemain + tricks for a long time was so amazed, and + even convinced, as to profess himself a Christian, + and was baptized; but was afterwards detected, + and appeared to be an hypocrite. Besides him a + great number believed in reality, and being baptized + a church was formed there. Soon after this + the Lord commanded Philip to go the way which + led from Jerusalem to Gaza, which he did, and + there found an eunuch of great authority in the + court of Ethiopia, to whom he preached Christ, + who believed, and was baptized; after which + Philip preached at Ashdod, or Azotus. +</p> +<p> + About the same time Peter went to Lydda, or + Diospolis, and cured Eneas of a palsy, which was + a mean of the conversion not only of the inhabitants + of that town, but also of the neighbouring + country, called Saron, the capital of which was + Lasharon; and while he was there, a circumstance + turned up which tended much to the spread of + the truth. A woman of Joppa, a sea-port town + in the neighbourhood, dying, they sent to Lydda + for Peter, who went over, and when he had + prayed she was raised to life again; which was an + occasion of the conversion of many in that town. + Peter continued there preaching for some time, + and lodged at the house of a tanner. +</p> +<p> + Now another circumstance also tended to the + further propogation of Christianity, for a Roman + military officer who had some acquaintance with + the Old Testament Scriptures, but was not circumcised, + was one day engaged in prayer in his + house at Cesarea, when an angel appeared to him, + and bid him send for Peter from Joppa to preach + in his house. Before this the work of God had + been wholly confined to the jews, and jewish proselytes, + and even the apostles appeared to have + had very contracted ideas of the Christian dispensation; + but now God by a vision discovered + to Peter that Christianity was to be spread into + all nations. He accordingly went and preached + at the house of Cornelius, at Cesarea, when several + were converted, and baptized, and the foundation + of a church laid in that city. +</p> +<p> + Some of the dispersed ministers having fled to + Antioch in Syria, began to preach to the greeks + in that city about the same time, and had good + success; upon which the apostles sent Paul and + Barnabas, who instructed and strengthened them, + and a church was formed in that city also, + which in a little time sent out several eminent + preachers. +</p> +<p> + In the Acts of the apostles we have an account + of <i>four</i> of the principal journies which Paul, and + his companions undertook. The first, in which + he was accompanied by Barnabas, is recorded in + the xiii. and xiv. chapters, and was the first <i>attack</i> + on the heathen world. It was a journey into the + lesser Asia. In their way they passed over the + island of Cyprus. No sooner had they entered + on their undertaking, than they met with great + difficulty; for Mark, whom they had taken as + their minister, deserted them, and returned to + Jerusalem, where, it seems, he thought he should + enjoy the greatest quiet. Paul and Barnabas however + went forward; in every city they preached + the word of the Lord, entering into the jewish + synagogues and first preaching Christ to them, + and then to the gentiles. They were heard with + great candour and eagerness by some, and rejected + by others with obstinacy and wrath, and cruel + persecution. One while they had enough to do + to restrain the people from worshipping them as + gods, and soon after, Paul was stoned, dragged + out of the city, and left for dead. Having penetrated + as far as Derbe, they thought proper to + return by the way that they came, calling at every + city where they had sown the good seed, and + finding in most, if not all these places, some + who had embraced the gospel, they exhorted and + strengthened them in the faith, formed them into + a church state, and ordained them elders, fasted + and prayed with them; and so having commended + them to the Lord on whom they had + believed, returned to Antioch in Syria, from + whence they first set out, and rehearsed to the + church all that God had done with them, and + how he had opened the door of faith to the + gentiles. +</p> +<p> + About this time a dispute arising in the + churches concerning circumcision, Paul and Barnabas + were deputed to go up to Jerusalem, to + consult the apostles and elders on the subject. + This business being adjusted, they, accompanied + with Judas and Silas, returned to Antioch with + the general resolution, and continued there for a + season, teaching and preaching the word of the + Lord. +</p> +<p> + Paul now proposed to Barnabas, his fellow-labourer, + that they might visit their brethren in + the places where they had been already, and see + how they did. To this Barnabas readily acceded, + but a difference arising between them about + taking <i>John Mark</i> with them, who had deserted + them before, these two eminent servants of God + were parted asunder, and never appear to have + travelled together any more. They continued + however each to serve in the cause of Christ, + though they could not walk together. Barnabas + took John, and sailed to Cyprus, his native + island, and Paul took Silas, and went through + Syria and Cilicia to Derbe and Lystra, cities + where he and Barnabas had preached in their + first excursion. +</p> +<p> + Here they found Timothy, a promising young + man, whom they encouraged to engage in the + ministry. +</p> +<p> + Paul being now at Lystra, which was the + boundary of his first excursion, and having visited + the churches already planted, and delivered to + them the decrees of the apostles and elders relating + to circumcision, seems to have felt his heart + enlarged, and assayed to carry on the glorious work + of preaching the gospel to the heathen to a greater + extent. With Silas and Timotheus he in his second + journey<a href="#note-2"><small><sup>2</sup></small></a> took a western direction, passing through + Phrygia, and the region of Galatia. Having preached + the word in these parts with considerable success,<a href="#note-3"><small><sup>3</sup></small></a> + he and his companions wished to have gone into the + proconsular Asia, and afterwards assayed to go into + Bythinia; but begin forbidden of the Holy Ghost, + who seems to have had a special design of + employing them elsewhere; passing by Mysia they + came down to Troas on the sea-coast. Here a vision + appeared to Paul, in which he was invited to go over + to Macedonia. Obedient to the heavenly vision, and + greatly encouraged by it, they with all speed crossed + the Egean Sea, and passing through the island of + Samothracia, landed at Neapolis, and went from + thence to Philippi, the chief city of that part of + Macedonia. It was here that Paul preached on + a Sabbath day to a few women by a + river side, and Lydia, a woman of Thyatira, was + converted and baptized, and her household with her. + It was here that a poor girl, who brought her + employers considerable profit by foretelling + events, followed the apostles, had her spirit of + divination ejected, on which account her masters + were much irritated, and raised a tumult, the + effect of which was, that Paul and Silas were + imprisoned. But even this was over-ruled for the + success of the gospel, in that the keeper of the + prison, and all his house, were thereby brought + to believe in the Lord Jesus Christ, and were + baptized. +</p> +<a name="note-2"><!--Note--></a> +<p class="foot"> +<sup><u>2</u></sup> [ The account of this second journey into the heathen + world begins at Acts xv. 40. and ends chap. xviii. 22.] +</p> +<a name="note-3"><!--Note--></a> +<p class="foot"> +<sup><u>3</u></sup> [ See ch. xviii. 23. and Gal i. 2.] +</p> +<p> + From Philippi they passed thorough Amphipolis, + Apollonia, Thessalonica, (now Salonichi,) + Berea, Athens, and Corinth, preaching the gospel + wherever they went. From hence Paul took + ship and sailed to Syria, only giving a short call + at Ephesus, determining to be at Jerusalem at + the feast of the passover; and having saluted the + church, he came to Cesarea, and from thence to + Antioch. +</p> +<p> + Here ended Paul's second journey, which was + very extensive, and took up some years of his + time. He and his companions met with their + difficulties in it, but had likewise their encouragements. + They were persecuted at Philippi, as + already noticed, and generally found the Jews to + be their most inveterate enemies. These would + raise tumults, inflame the minds of the gentiles + against them, and follow them from place to + place, doing them all the mischief in their power. + This was the case especially at Thessalonica, Berea, + and Corinth. But amidst all their persecutions + God was with them, and strengthened them in + various ways. At Berea they were candidly received, + and their doctrine fairly tried by the + Holy Scriptures; and <i>therefore</i>, it is said, <i>many of + them believed</i>. At other places, though they affected + to despise the apostle, yet some clave unto him. + At <i>Corinth</i> opposition rose to a great height; but + the Lord appeared to his servant in a vision, saying, + <i>Be not afraid, but speak, and hold not thy peace, + for I am with thee, and no man shall set on thee to hurt + thee; for I have much people in this city</i>. And the + promise was abundantly made good in the spirit + discovered by Gallio, the proconsul, who turned + a deaf ear to the accusations of the jews, and + nobly declined interfering in matters beside his + province. Upon the whole a number of churches + were planted during this journey, which for ages + after shone as lights in the world. +</p> +<p> + When Paul had visited Antioch, and spent + some time there, he prepared for a third journey + into heathen countries, the account of which + begins Acts xviii. 23. and ends chap. xxi. 17. At + his first setting out he went over the whole country + of Galatia and Phrygia in order, strengthening all + the disciples; and passing through the upper coasts + came to Ephesus. There for the space of three + months, he boldly preached in the jewish synagogue, + disputing, and persuading the things concerning + the kingdom of God. But when the + hardened jews had openly rejected the gospel, and + spake evil of that way before the multitude, Paul + openly separated the disciples from them, and + assembled in the school of one Tyrannus. This, + it is said, continued for the space of two years, + <i>so that all they who dwelt in</i> the proconsular <i>Asia + heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both jews and greeks</i>. + Certain magicians, about this time were exposed, + and others converted, who burnt their books, and + confessed their deeds. So mightily grew the word + of the Lord, and prevailed. +</p> +<p> + After this an uproar being raised by Demetrius, + the silversmith, Paul went into Macedonia, visited + the churches planted in his former journey, and + from thence passed into Greece. Having preached + up and down for three months, he thought of + sailing from thence directly to Syria; but in + order to avoid the jews, who laid wait for him + near the sea coast, he took another course through + Macedonia, and from thence to Troas, by the + way of Philippi. There is no mention made in + his former journey of his having preached at + Troas; yet it seems he did, and a church was + gathered, with whom the apostle at this time + united in <i>breaking of bread</i>. It was here that he + preached all night, and raised Eutychus, who + being overcome with sleep, had fallen down, and + was taken up dead. From hence they set sail for + Syria, and in their way called at Miletus, where + Paul sent for the elders of the church of Ephesus, + and delivered that most solemn and affectionate + farewell, recorded in the 20th chapter of the Acts + of the Apostles. From hence they sailed for + Tyre, where they tarried seven days, and from + thence proceeded to Jerusalem. +</p> +<p> + Paul's fourth and last journey (or rather voyage) + was to Rome, where he went in the character + of a prisoner. For being at Jerusalem he was + quickly apprehended by the jews; but being + rescued by Lysias, the chief captain, he was sent + to Cesarea to take his trial. Here he made his + defence before Felix and Drusilla, in such sort + that the judge, instead of the prisoner, was made + to tremble. Here also he made his defence + before Festus, Agrippa, and Bernice, with such + force of evidence that Agrippa was almost persuaded + to be a Christian. But the malice of the + jews being insatiable, and Paul finding himself in + danger of being delivered into their hands, was + constrained to appeal unto Caesar. This was the + occasion of his being sent to Rome, where he + arrived after a long and dangerous voyage, and + being shipwrecked on the island of Melita, where + he wrought miracles, and Publius, the governor, + was converted. +</p> +<p> + When he arrived at Rome he addressed his + countrymen the jews, some of whom believed; + but when others rejected the gospel, he turned + from them to the gentiles, and for two whole + years dwelt in his own hired house preaching the + kingdom of God, and teaching those things which + concern the Lord Jesus Christ, with all confidence, + no man forbidding him. +</p> +<p> + Thus far the history of the Acts of the Apostles + informs us of the success of the word in the + primitive times; and history informs us of its + being preached about this time, in many other + places. Peter speaks of a church at Babylon; + Paul proposed a journey to Spain, and it is generally + believed he went there, and likewise came + to France and Britain. Andrew preached to the + Scythians, north of the Black Sea. John is said + to have preached in India, and we know that he + was at the Isle of Patmos, in the Archipelago. + Philip is reported to have preached in upper Asia, + Scythia, and Phrygia; Bartholomew in India, on + this side the Ganges, Phrygia, and Armenia; + Matthew in Arabia, or Asiatic Ethiopia, and + Parthia; Thomas in India, as far as the coast of + Coromandel, and some say in the island of Ceylon; + Simon, the Canaanite, in Egypt, Cyrene, + Mauritania, Lybia, and other parts of Africa, and + from thence to have come to Britain; and Jude + is said to have been principally engaged in the + lesser Asia, and Greece. Their labours were + evidently very extensive, and very successful; so + that Pliny, the younger, who lived soon after the + death of the apostles, in a letter to the emperor, + Trajan, observed that Christianity had spread, not + only through towns and cities, but also through + whole countries. Indeed before this, in the time + of Nero, it was so prevalent that it was thought + necessary to oppose it by an Imperial Edict, and + accordingly the proconsuls, and other governors, + were commissioned to destroy it. +</p> +<p> + Justin Martyr, who lived about the middle of + the second century, in his dialogue with Trypho, + observed that there was no part of mankind, whether + greeks or barbarians, or any others, by what + name soever they were called, whether the Sarmatians, + or the Nomades, who had no houses, + or the Scenites of Arabia Petrea, who lived in + tents among their cattle, where supplications and + thanksgivings are not offered up to the Father, and + maker of all things, through the name of Jesus + Christ. Irenaeus, who lived about the year 170, + speaks of churches that were founded in Germany, + Spain, France, the eastern countries, Egypt, Lybia, + and the middle of the world. Tertullian, + who lived and wrote at Carthage in Africa, about + twenty years afterwards, enumerating the countries + where Christianity had penetrated, makes + mention of the Parthians, Medes, Elamites, Mesopotamians, + Armenians, Phrygians, Cappadocians, + the inhabitants of Pontus, Asia, Pamphylia, + Egypt, and the regions of Africa beyond Cyrene, + the Romans, and Jews, formerly of Jerusalem, + many of the Getuli, many borders of the Mauri, + or Moors, in Mauritania; now Barbary, Morocco, + &c. all the borders of Spain, many nations of the + Gauls, and the places in Britain which were inaccessible + to the Romans; the Dacians, Sarmatians, + Germans, Scythians, and the inhabitants + of many hidden nations and provinces, and of + many islands unknown to him, and which he + could not enumerate. The labours of the ministers + of the gospel, in this early period, were so + remarkably blessed of God, that the last mentioned + writer observed, in a letter to Scapula, that if he + began a persecution the city of Carthage itself + must be decimated thereby. Yea, and so abundant + were they in the three first centuries, that ten + years constant and almost universal persecution + under Dioclesian, could neither root out the + Christians, nor prejudice their cause. +</p> +<p> + After this they had great encouragement under + several emperors, particularly Constantine and + Theodosius, and a very great work of God was + carried on; but the ease and affluence which in + these times attended the church, served to introduce + a flood of corruption, which by degrees + brought on the whole system of popery, by means + of which all appeared to be lost again; and Satan + set up his kingdom of darkness, deceit, and human + authority over conscience, through all the + Christian world. +</p> +<p> + In the time of Constantine, one Frumentius + was sent to preach to the Indians, and met with + great success. A young woman who was a Christian, + being taken captive by the Iberians, or + Georgians, near the Caspian Sea, informed them + of the truths of Christianity, and was so much regarded + that they sent to Constantine for ministers + to come and preach the word to them. About + the same time some barbarous nations having + made irruptions into Thrace, carried away several + Christians captive, who preached the gospel; by + which means the inhabitants upon the Rhine, + and the Danube, the Celtae, and some other parts + of Gaul, were brought to embrace Christianity. + About this time also James of Nisbia, went into + Persia to strengthen the Christians, and preach to + the heathens; and his success was so great that + Adiabene was almost entirely Christian. About + the year 372, one Moses, a Monk, went to preach + to the Saracens, who then lived in Arabia, where + he had great success; and at this time the Goths, + and other northern nations, had the kingdom of + Christ further extended amongst them, but which + was very soon corrupted with Arianism. +</p> +<p> + Soon after this the kingdom of Christ was + further extended among the Scythian Nomades, + beyond the Danube, and about the year 430, a + people called the Burgundians, received the gospel. + Four years after, that Palladius was sent to + preach in Scotland, and the next year Patrick was + sent from Scotland to preach to the Irish who + before his time were totally uncivilized, and, + some say, cannibals; he however, was useful, + and laid the foundations of several churches in + Ireland. Presently after this, truth spread further + among the Saracens, and in 522, Zathus, king of + the Colchians encouraged it, and many of that + nation were converted to Christianity. About + this time also the work was extended in Ireland, + by Finian, and in Scotland by Constantine and + Columba; the latter of whom preached also to + the Picts, and Brudaeus, their king, with several + others, were converted. About 541, Adad, the + king of Ethiopia, was converted by the preaching + of Mansionarius; the Heruli beyond the Danube, + were now made obedient to the faith, and the + Abasgi, near the Caucasian Mountains. +</p> +<p> + But now popery, especially the compulsive part + of it, was risen to such an height, that the usual + method of propagating the gospel, or rather what + was so called, was to conquer pagan nations by + force of arms, and then oblige them to submit to + Christianity, after which bishopricks were erected, + and persons then sent to instruct the people. I + shall just mention some of those who are said to + have laboured thus. +</p> +<p> + In 596, Austin, the monk, Melitus, Justus, + Paulinus, and Russinian, laboured in England, + and in their way were very successful. Paulinus, + who appears to have been one of the best of them, + had great success in Northumberland; Birinnius + preached to the West Saxons, and Felix to the + East Angles. In 589, Amandus Gallus laboured + in Ghent, Chelenus in Artois, and Gallus and + Columbanus in Suabia. In 648, Egidius Gallus + in Flanders, and the two Evaldi, in Westphalia. + In 684, Willifred, in the Isle of Wight. In 688, + Chilianus, in upper Franconia. In 698, Boniface, + or Winifred, among the Thuringians, near + Erford, in Saxony, and Willibroad in West-Friesland. + Charlemagne conquered Hungary in the + year 800, and obliged the inhabitants to profess + Christianity, when Modestus likewise preached to + the Venedi, at the source of the Save and Drave. + In 833, Ansgarius preached in Denmark, Gaudibert + in Sweden, and about 861, Methodius and + Cyril, in Bohemia. +</p> +<p> + About the year 500, the Scythians over-run Bulgaria, + and Christianity was extirpated; but about + 870 they were re-converted. Poland began to + be brought over about the same time, and afterwards, + about 960 or 990, the work was further + extended amongst the Poles and Prussians. The + work was begun in Norway in 960, and in Muscovy + in 989, the Swedes propagated Christianity + in Finland, in 1168, Lithuania became Christian + in 1386, and Samogitia in 1439. The Spaniards + forced popery upon the inhabitants of South-America, + and the Portuguese in Asia. The + Jesuits were sent into China in 1552. Xavier, + whom they call the apostle of the Indians, laboured + in the East-Indies and Japan, from 1541 + to 1552, and several millions of Capauchins + were sent to Africa in the seventeenth century. + But blind zeal, gross superstition, and infamous + cruelties, so marked the appearances of religion + all this time, that the professors of Christianity + needed conversion, as much as the heathen + world. +</p> +<p> + A few pious people had fled from the general + corruption, and lived obscurely in the vallies of + Piedmont and Savoy, who were like the seed of + the church. Some of them were now and then + necessitated to travel into other parts, where they + faithfully testified against the corruptions of the + times. About 1369 Wickliffe began to preach + the faith in England, and his preaching and + writings were the means of the conversion of + great numbers, many of whom became excellent + preachers; and a work was begun which afterwards + spread in England, Hungary, Bohemia, + Germany, Switzerland, and many other places. + John Huss and Jerom of Prague, preached boldly + and successfully in Bohemia, and the adjacent + parts. In the following century Luther, Calvin, + Melancton, Bucer, Martyr, and many others, + stood up against all the rest of the world; they + preached, and prayed, and wrote; and nations + agreed one after another to cast off the yoke of + popery, and to embrace the doctrine of the + gospel. +</p> +<p> + In England, episcopal tyranny succeeded to + popish cruelty, which, in the year 1620, obliged + many pious people to leave their native land + and settle in America; these were followed by + others in 1629, who laid the foundations of + several gospel churches, which have increased + amazingly since that time, and the Redeemer has + fixed his throne in that country, where but a + little time ago, Satan had universal dominion. +</p> +<p> + In 1632, Mr. Elliot, of New-England, a very + pious and zealous minister, began to preach to + the Indians, among whom he had great success; + several churches of Indians were planted, and some + preachers and school-masters raised up amongst + them; since which time others have laboured + amongst them with some good encouragement. + About the year 1743, Mr. David Brainerd was + sent a missionary to some more Indians, where + he preached, and prayed, and after some time an + extraordinary work of conversion was wrought, + and wonderful success attended his ministry. + And at this present time, Mr. Kirkland and Mr. + Sergeant are employed in the same good work, + and God has considerably blessed their labours. +</p> +<p> + In 1706, the king of Denmark sent a Mr. + Ziegenbalg, and some others, to Tranquebar, on + the Coromandel coast in the East-Indies, who + were useful to the natives, so that many of the + heathens were turned to the Lord. The Dutch + East-India Company likewise having extended + their commerce, built the city of Batavia, and a + church was opened there; and the Lord's Supper + was administered for the first time, on the 3d of + January, 1621, by their minister James Hulzibos, + from hence some ministers were sent to Amboyna, + who were very successful. A seminary of learning + was erected at Leyden, in which ministers and + assistants were educated, under the renowned + <i>Walaeus</i>, and some years a great number were sent + to the East, at the Company's expence, so that in + a little time many thousands at Formosa, Malabar, + Ternate, Jaffanapatnam, in the town of Columba, + at Amboyna, Java, Banda, Macassar, and Malabar, + embraced the religion of our Lord Jesus Christ. + The work has decayed in some places, but they + now have churches in Ceylon, Sumatra, Java, + Amboyna, and some other of the spice islands, + and at the Cape of Good Hope, in Africa. +</p> +<p> + But none of the moderns have equalled the + Moravian Brethren in this good work; they have + sent missions to Greenland, Labrador, and several + of the West-Indian Islands, which have been + blessed for good. They have likewise sent to + Abyssinia, in Africa, but what success they have + had I cannot tell. +</p> +<p> + The late Mr. Wesley lately made an effort in + the West-Indies, and some of their ministers are + now labouring amongst the Caribbs and Negroes, + and I have seen pleasing accounts of their + success. +</p> +<a name="2H_4_6"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + SECT. III. +</h2> +<p class="subhead"> + <i>Containing a Survey of the present State of the + World.</i> +</p> +<p> </p> +<p> + In this survey I shall consider the world as + divided, according to its usual division, into + four parts, <i>EUROPE, ASIA, AFRICA</i>, and + <i>AMERICA</i>, and take notice of the extent of the + several countries, their population, civilization, + and religion. The article of religion I shall + divide into Christian, Jewish, Mahometan, and + Pagan; and shall now and then hint at the particular + sect of them that prevails in the places + which I shall describe. The following Tables + will exhibit a more comprehensive view of what + I propose, than any thing I can offer on the + subject. +</p> +<p> </p> + +<h3><i>EUROPE.</i></h3> + +<table summary=""> +<tr> +<td rowspan=2><i>Countries.</i></td> +<td colspan=2 align="center"><i>EXTENT</i></td> +<td rowspan=2 align="center"><i>Number of Inhabitants.</i></td> +<td rowspan=2><i>Religion.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="center"><i>Length<br>Miles.</i></td> +<td align="center"><i>Breadth<br>Miles.</i></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Great-Britain</td> +<td>680</td> +<td>300</td> +<td>12,000,000</td> +<td>Protestants, of many denominations.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Ireland</td> +<td>285</td> +<td>160</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Protestants and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>France</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>500</td> +<td>24,000,000</td> +<td>Catholics, Deists, and Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Spain</td> +<td>700</td> +<td>500</td> +<td>9,500,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + + +<tr> +<td>Portugal</td> +<td>300</td> +<td>100</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td><span class="sc">Sweden</span>, <i>including</i> +Sweden proper, Gothland, Shonen, +Lapland, Bothnia, and Finland</td> +<td>800</td> +<td>500</td> +<td>3,500,000</td> +<td>The Swedes are serious Lutherans, but most of the Laplanders +are Pagans, and very superstitious.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Isle of Gothland</td> +<td>80</td> +<td>23</td> +<td>5,000</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Oesel</td> +<td>45</td> +<td>24</td> +<td>2,500</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Oeland</td> +<td>84</td> +<td>9</td> +<td>1,000</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Dago</td> +<td>26</td> +<td>23</td> +<td>1,000</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Aland</td> +<td>24</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>800</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Hogland</td> +<td>9</td> +<td>5</td> +<td>100</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Denmark</td> +<td>240</td> +<td>114</td> +<td>360,000</td> +<td>Lutherans of the Helvetic Confession.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Isle of Zeeland</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>284,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Funen</td> +<td>38</td> +<td>32</td> +<td>144,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Arroe</td> +<td>8</td> +<td>2</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Iceland</td> +<td>435</td> +<td>185</td> +<td>60,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Langeland</td> +<td>27</td> +<td>12</td> +<td>3,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Laland</td> +<td>38</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>148,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Falster</td> +<td>27</td> +<td>12</td> +<td>3,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Mona</td> +<td>14</td> +<td>5</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Alsen</td> +<td>15</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Femeren</td> +<td>13</td> +<td>8</td> +<td>1,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Bornholm</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>12</td> +<td>2,000</td> +<td>Lutherans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Greenland</td> +<td colspan=2><i>Undiscovered</i>.</td> +<td>7,000</td> +<td>Pagans, and Moravian Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Norway</td> +<td>750</td> +<td>170</td> +<td>724,000</td> +<td>Lutherans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>24 Faro Isles</td> +<td></td> +<td></td> +<td>4,500</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Danish Lapland</td> +<td>285</td> +<td>172</td> +<td>100,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Poland</td> +<td>700</td> +<td>680</td> +<td>9,000,000</td> +<td>Papists, Lutherans, Calvinists, & Jews.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Prussia<a href="#note-4"><small><sup>4</sup></small></a></td> +<td>400</td> +<td>160</td> +<td>2,500,000</td> +<td>Calvinists, Catholics, & Lutherans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Sardinia</td> +<td>135</td> +<td>57</td> +<td>600,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Sicily</td> +<td>180</td> +<td>92</td> +<td>1,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Italy</td> +<td>660</td> +<td>120</td> +<td>20,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>United Netherlands</td> +<td>150</td> +<td>150</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Protestants of several denominations.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Austrian Netherlands</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>2,500,000</td> +<td>Papists and Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Switzerland</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>100</td> +<td>2,880,000</td> +<td>Papists and Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The Grisons.</td> +<td>100</td> +<td>62</td> +<td>800,000</td> +<td>Lutherans and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The Abbacy of St. Gall</td> +<td>24</td> +<td>10</td> +<td>50,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Neufchatel</td> +<td>32</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>100,000</td> +<td>Calvinists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Valais</td> +<td>80</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>440,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Piedmont</td> +<td>140</td> +<td>98</td> +<td>900,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Savoy</td> +<td>87</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>720,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Geneva, City</td> +<td></td> +<td></td> +<td>24,000</td> +<td>Calvinists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Bohemia</td> +<td>478</td> +<td>322</td> +<td>2,100,000</td> +<td>Papists and Moravians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Hungary</td> +<td>300</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>2,500,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Germany</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>500</td> +<td>20,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Russia in Europe</td> +<td>1500</td> +<td>1100</td> +<td>22,000,000</td> +<td>Greek Church.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Turkey in Europe</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td>900</td> +<td>18,000,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians, Jews, & Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Budziac Tartary</td> +<td>300</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>1,200,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians, Jews, & Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Lesser Tartary</td> +<td>390</td> +<td>65</td> +<td>1,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Crim Tartary</td> +<td>145</td> +<td>80</td> +<td>500,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Isle of Tenedos</td> +<td>5</td> +<td>3</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Negropont</td> +<td>90</td> +<td>25</td> +<td>25,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Lemnos</td> +<td>25</td> +<td>25</td> +<td>4,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Paros</td> +<td colspan=2>36 in compass.</td> +<td>4,500</td> +<td>Greek Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Lesbos, or Mitylene</td> +<td colspan=2>160 in compass.</td> +<td>30,000</td> +<td>Mahometans and Greeks.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Naxia</td> +<td colspan=2>100 in compass.</td> +<td>8,000</td> +<td>Greeks and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Scio, or Chios</td> +<td colspan=2>112 in compass.</td> +<td>113,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians, Papists, & Mahomet.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Nio</td> +<td colspan=2>40 in compass.</td> +<td>1,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Scyros</td> +<td colspan=2>60 in compass.</td> +<td>1,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Mycone</td> +<td colspan=2>36 in compass.</td> +<td>3,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Samos</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>15</td> +<td>12,000</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Nicaria</td> +<td colspan=2>70 in compass.</td> +<td>3,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Andros</td> +<td colspan=2>120 in compass.</td> +<td>4,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Cyclades, <i>Delos the Chief</i></td> +<td colspan=2></td> +<td>700</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Zia</td> +<td colspan=2>40 in compass.</td> +<td>8,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Cerigo or Cytheraea</td> +<td colspan=2>50 in compass.</td> +<td>1,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Santorin</td> +<td colspan=2>36 in compass.</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Policandra</td> +<td colspan=2>8 in compass.</td> +<td>400</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Patmos</td> +<td colspan=2>18 in compass.</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Sephanto</td> +<td colspan=2>36 in compass.</td> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>Greeks.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Claros</td> +<td colspan=2>40 in compass.</td> +<td>1,700</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Amorgo</td> +<td colspan=2>36 in compass.</td> +<td>4,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Leros</td> +<td colspan=2>18 in compass.</td> +<td>800</td> +<td>Christians and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Thermia</td> +<td colspan=2>40 in compass.</td> +<td>6,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Stampalia</td> +<td colspan=2>50 in compass.</td> +<td>3,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Salamis</td> +<td colspan=2>50 in compass.</td> +<td>1,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Scarpanta</td> +<td colspan=2>20 in compass.</td> +<td>2,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Cephalonia</td> +<td colspan=2>130 in compass.</td> +<td>50,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Zant</td> +<td colspan=2>50 in compass.</td> +<td>30,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Milo</td> +<td colspan=2>60 in compass.</td> +<td>40,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Corfu</td> +<td colspan=2>120 in compass.</td> +<td>60,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Candia, or Crete</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>400,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Coos, or Stanchia</td> +<td colspan=2>70 in compass.</td> +<td>12,800</td> +<td>Mahometans and Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Rhodes</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>25</td> +<td>120,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Cyprus</td> +<td>150</td> +<td>70</td> +<td>300,000</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="note-4"><!--Note--></a> +<p class="foot"> +<sup><u>4</u></sup> [The rest of the Prussian dominions being scattered about in several countries, are counted to those countries where they lie.] +</p> + +<p> </p> + +<h3><i>ASIA.</i></h3> + +<table summary=""> +<tr> +<td rowspan=2><i>Countries.</i></td> +<td colspan=2 align="center"><i>EXTENT</i></td> +<td rowspan=2 align="center"><i>Number of Inhabitants.</i></td> +<td rowspan=2><i>Religion.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="center"><i>Length<br>Miles.</i></td> +<td align="center"><i>Breadth<br>Miles.</i></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td><span class="sc">Turkey in Asia</span> <i>contains</i> Anatolia, Syria, Palestine, Diabekr, +Turcomania, and Georgia</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td>800</td> +<td>20,000,000</td> +<td>Mahometanism is most prevalent, but there are many Greek, Latin, +Eutychian, and Armenian Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Arabia</td> +<td>1300</td> +<td>1200</td> +<td>16,000,000</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Persia</td> +<td>1280</td> +<td>1140</td> +<td>20,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto, of the Sect of Ali.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Great Tartary</td> +<td>4000</td> +<td>1200</td> +<td>40,000,000</td> +<td>Mahometans and Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Siberia</td> +<td>2800</td> +<td>9600</td> +<td>7,500,000</td> +<td>Greek Christians and Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Samojedia</td> +<td>2000</td> +<td>370</td> +<td>1,900,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Kamtschatcha</td> +<td>540</td> +<td>236</td> +<td>900,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Nova Zembla</td> +<td colspan=2><i>Undiscovered</i>.</td> +<td>thinly inhabit.</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>China</td> +<td>1400</td> +<td>1260</td> +<td>60,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td><span class="sc">Japan</span> <i>contains</i> Niphon Isl.</td> +<td>900</td> +<td>360</td> +<td>10,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Isle of Ximo</td> +<td>210</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>3,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Xicoco</td> +<td>117</td> +<td>104</td> +<td>1,800,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Tsussima</td> +<td>39</td> +<td>34</td> +<td>40,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Iki</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>17</td> +<td>6,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Kubitessima</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>26</td> +<td>8,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Matounsa</td> +<td>54</td> +<td>26</td> +<td>50,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Fastistia</td> +<td>36</td> +<td>34</td> +<td>30,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Firando</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>28</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Amacusa</td> +<td>27</td> +<td>24</td> +<td>6,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Awasi</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>18</td> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>India <i>beyond the Ganges</i></td> +<td>2000</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td>50,000,000</td> +<td>Mahometans and Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Indostan</td> +<td>2000</td> +<td>1500</td> +<td>110,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Tibet</td> +<td>1200</td> +<td>480</td> +<td>10,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Isle of Ceylon</td> +<td>250</td> +<td>200</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans, except the Dutch Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Maldives</td> +<td colspan=2>1000 <i>in number</i>.</td> +<td>100,000</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Sumatra</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td>100</td> +<td>2,100,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Java</td> +<td>580</td> +<td>100</td> +<td>2,700,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Timor</td> +<td>2400</td> +<td>54</td> +<td>300,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and a few Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Borneo</td> +<td>800</td> +<td>700</td> +<td>8,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Celebes</td> +<td>510</td> +<td>240</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Boutam</td> +<td>75</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>80,000</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Carpentyn</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>3</td> +<td>2,000</td> +<td>Christian Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Ourature</td> +<td>18</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>3,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Pullo Lout</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>36</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=5>Besides the little Islands of Manaar, Aripen, Caradivia, Pengandiva, +Analativa, Nainandiva, and Nindundiva, which are inhabited by Christian Protestants. +</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=5>And Banca, Madura, Bally, Lambeck, Flores, Solor, Leolana, Panterra, Miscomby, and several others, inhabited by Pagans and Mahometans. +</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The <span class="sc">Moluccas</span> are,</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Banda</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>10</td> +<td>6,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Buro</td> +<td>25</td> +<td>10</td> +<td>7,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Amboyna</td> +<td>25</td> +<td>10</td> +<td>7,500</td> +<td>Christians;—the Dutch have 25 Ch.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Ceram</td> +<td>210</td> +<td>45</td> +<td>250,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Gillola</td> +<td>190</td> +<td>110</td> +<td>650,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=5>And Pullo-way, Pullo-rin, Nera, Guamanapi, Guilliaien, Ternate, Metir, Machian, and Bachian, which are inhabited by Pagans and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=5>The <span class="sc">Phillippine Islands</span> +are supposed to be about 11,000;—some of the chief are,</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Isle of Mindanao</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>40</td> +<td>18,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Bahol</td> +<td>24</td> +<td>12</td> +<td>6,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Layta</td> +<td>48</td> +<td>27</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Parragon</td> +<td>240</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>100,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The <span class="sc">Calamines</span> are Sebu</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>24</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Mindora</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>36</td> +<td>12,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Philippina</td> +<td>185</td> +<td>120</td> +<td>104,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Negroes Isle</td> +<td>150</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>80,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Manilla</td> +<td></td> +<td></td> +<td>31,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=5>The Ladrone Islands are inhabited by most uncivilized Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Holland</td> +<td>2500</td> +<td>2000</td> +<td>12,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans;—1 or 2 Ministers are there.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Zealand<a href="#note-5"><small><sup>5</sup></small></a></td> +<td>960</td> +<td>180</td> +<td>1,120,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Guinea</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td>360</td> +<td>1,900,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Britain</td> +<td>180</td> +<td>120</td> +<td>900,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Ireland</td> +<td>180</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>700,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Onrong Java</td> +<td colspan=2><i>A Cluster of Isles.</i></td> +<td></td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Caledonia</td> +<td>260</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>170,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Hebrides</td> +<td></td> +<td></td> +<td></td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Friendly Isles</td> +<td colspan=2>20 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td></td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Sandwich Isles</td> +<td colspan=2>7 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td>400,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Society Isles</td> +<td colspan=2>6 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td>800,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Kurile Isles</td> +<td colspan=2>45 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td>50,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Pelew Isles</td> +<td colspan=2></td> +<td></td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Oonalashka Isle</td> +<td>40</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>3,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The other South-Sea Islands.</td> +<td></td> +<td></td> +<td></td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +</table> + +<a name="note-5"><!--Note--></a> +<p class="foot"> +<sup><u>5</u></sup> [Two Islands.] +</p> + +<p> </p> + +<h3><i>AFRICA.</i></h3> + +<table summary=""> +<tr> +<td rowspan=2><i>Countries.</i></td> +<td colspan=2 align="center"><i>EXTENT</i></td> +<td rowspan=2 align="center"><i>Number of Inhabitants.</i></td> +<td rowspan=2><i>Religion.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="center"><i>Length<br>Miles.</i></td> +<td align="center"><i>Breadth<br>Miles.</i></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Egypt</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>250</td> +<td>2,200,000</td> +<td>Mahometans and Jews.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Nubia</td> +<td>940</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>3,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Barbary</td> +<td>1800</td> +<td>500</td> +<td>3,500,000</td> +<td>Mahometans, Jews, and Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Biledulgerid</td> +<td>2500</td> +<td>350</td> +<td>3,500,000</td> +<td>Mahometans, Christians, and Jews.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Zaara, or the Desart</td> +<td>3400</td> +<td>660</td> +<td>800,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Abyssinia</td> +<td>900</td> +<td>800</td> +<td>5,800,000</td> +<td>Armenian Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Abex</td> +<td>540</td> +<td>130</td> +<td>1,600,000</td> +<td>Christians and Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Negroland</td> +<td>2200</td> +<td>840</td> +<td>18,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Loango</td> +<td>410</td> +<td>300</td> +<td>1,500,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Congo</td> +<td>540</td> +<td>220</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Angola</td> +<td>360</td> +<td>250</td> +<td>1,400,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Benguela</td> +<td>430</td> +<td>180</td> +<td>1,600,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Mataman</td> +<td>450</td> +<td>240</td> +<td>1,500,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Ajan</td> +<td>900</td> +<td>300</td> +<td>2,500,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Zanguebar</td> +<td>1400</td> +<td>350</td> +<td>3,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Monoemugi</td> +<td>900</td> +<td>660</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Sofala</td> +<td>480</td> +<td>300</td> +<td>1,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Terra de Natal</td> +<td>600</td> +<td>350</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Caffraria, or the Hottentots Country</td> +<td>708</td> +<td>660</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto, & a few Christians at the Cape.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Isle of Madagascar</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td>220</td> +<td>2,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Mary</td> +<td>54</td> +<td>9</td> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>French Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Mascarin</td> +<td>39</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>17,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Helena</td> +<td colspan=2>21 in compass.</td> +<td>1,000</td> +<td>English and French Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Annabon</td> +<td>16</td> +<td>14</td> +<td>4,000</td> +<td>Portuguese Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Thomas</td> +<td>25</td> +<td>23</td> +<td>9,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Zocotora</td> +<td>80</td> +<td>54</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Mahometans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Comora Isles</td> +<td colspan=2>5 <i>in number.</i> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Mauritius</td> +<td colspan=2>150 in compass.</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>French Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Bourbon</td> +<td colspan=2>90 in compass.</td> +<td>15,000</td> +<td>French Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Madeiras</td> +<td colspan=2>3 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Cape Verd Isles</td> +<td colspan=2>10 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td>20,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Canaries</td> +<td colspan=2>12 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td>30,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Azores</td> +<td colspan=2>9 <i>in number.</i></td> +<td>100,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Maltha</td> +<td>15</td> +<td>8</td> +<td>1,200</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +</table> + + +<p> </p> + +<h3><i>AMERICA.</i></h3> + +<table summary=""> +<tr> +<td rowspan=2><i>Countries.</i></td> +<td colspan=2 align="center"><i>EXTENT</i></td> +<td colspan=2 rowspan=2 align="center"><i>Number of Inhabitants.</i></td> +<td rowspan=2><i>Religion.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="center"><i>Length<br>Miles.</i></td> +<td align="center"><i>Breadth<br>Miles.</i></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Brazil</td> +<td>2900</td> +<td>900</td> +<td colspan=2>14,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Paraguay</td> +<td>1140</td> +<td>460</td> +<td colspan=2>10,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Chili</td> +<td>1200</td> +<td>500</td> +<td colspan=2>2,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Peru</td> +<td>1800</td> +<td>600</td> +<td colspan=2>10,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Country of the Amazons</td> +<td>1200</td> +<td>900</td> +<td colspan=2>8,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Terra Firma</td> +<td>1400</td> +<td>700</td> +<td colspan=2>10,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Guiana</td> +<td>780</td> +<td>480</td> +<td colspan=2>2,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Terra Magellanica</td> +<td>1400</td> +<td>460</td> +<td colspan=2>9,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Old Mexico</td> +<td>2220</td> +<td>600</td> +<td colspan=2>13,500,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>New Mexico</td> +<td>2000</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td colspan=2>14,000,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The States of America</td> +<td>1000</td> +<td>600</td> +<td colspan=2>3,700,000</td> +<td>Christians, of various denominations.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Terra de Labrador, Nova-Scotia, Louisiana, Canada, and all the country inland +from Mexico to Hudson's-Bay</td> +<td>1680</td> +<td>600</td> +<td colspan=2>8,000,000</td> +<td>Christians, of various denominations, but most of the North-American +Indians are Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>California, and from thence along the western coast to 70 degrees south latitude, and so far inland as to meet the above article</td> +<td>2820</td> +<td>1380</td> +<td colspan=2>9,000,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>All to the north of 70 degrees</td> +<td colspan=2>unknown.</td> +<td colspan=2></td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>Cape Breton</td> +<td>400</td> +<td>110</td> +<td colspan=2>20,000</td> +<td>Christians.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Newfoundland</td> +<td>350</td> +<td>200</td> +<td colspan=2>1,400</td> +<td>Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Cumberland's Isle</td> +<td>780</td> +<td>300</td> +<td colspan=2>10,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Madre de Dios</td> +<td>105</td> +<td>30</td> +<td colspan=2>8,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Terra del Fuego</td> +<td>120</td> +<td>36</td> +<td colspan=2>5,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=3>All the Islands in the Vicinity of Cape Horn</td> +<td colspan=2></td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The Bermudas extend</td> +<td>16</td> +<td>5</td> +<td colspan=2>20,000</td> +<td>Half English, and Half Slaves.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The <span class="sc">Little Antilles</span></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>are Aruba</td> +<td>5</td> +<td>3</td> +<td colspan=2>200</td> +<td>Dutch, and Pagan Negoes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Curassoa</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>10</td> +<td colspan=2>11,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Bonaire</td> +<td>10</td> +<td>3</td> +<td colspan=2>300</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Margaritta</td> +<td>40</td> +<td>24</td> +<td colspan=2>18,000</td> +<td>Spaniards, and Pagan Negroes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St Trinidad</td> +<td>90</td> +<td>60</td> +<td colspan=2>100,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The <span class="sc">Bahamas</span> are</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Bahama</td> +<td>50</td> +<td>16</td> +<td colspan=2>16,000</td> +<td>Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Providence</td> +<td>28</td> +<td>11</td> +<td colspan=2>6,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=6>Besides Eluthera, Harbour, Lucayonegua, Andross Cigateo, Guanaliana, +Yumeta, Samana, Yuma, Mayaguana, Ynguana, Caieos, and Triangula—Pagans.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The <span class="sc">Antilles</span> are</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Cuba</td> +<td>700</td> +<td>60</td> +<td colspan=2>1,000,000</td> +<td>Papists.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Jamaica</td> +<td>140</td> +<td>60</td> +<td colspan=2>400,000</td> +<td>English, and Pagan Negroes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Domingo</td> +<td>450</td> +<td>150</td> +<td colspan=2>1,000,000</td> +<td>French, Spaniards, and Negroes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Porto Rico</td> +<td>100</td> +<td>49</td> +<td colspan=2>300,000</td> +<td>Spaniards and Negroes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Vache, or Cows I.</td> +<td>18</td> +<td>2</td> +<td colspan=2>1,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=6>The <span class="sc">Virgin Isles</span> are 12 <i>in number</i>, of which +Danes Island is the principal—Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>The <span class="sc">Carribbees</span> are</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Cruz</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>10</td> +<td colspan=2>13,500</td> +<td>Danish Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Anguilla</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>9</td> +<td colspan=2>6,000</td> +<td>Protestants, and Negroes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Martin</td> +<td>21</td> +<td>12</td> +<td colspan=2>7,500</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Bartholomew</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>4</td> +<td colspan=2>720</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Barbuda</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>12</td> +<td colspan=2>7,500</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Saba</td> +<td>5</td> +<td>4</td> +<td colspan=2>1,500</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Guardulope</td> +<td>45</td> +<td>38</td> +<td colspan=2>50,000</td> +<td>Catholics, and Pagan Negroes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Marigalante</td> +<td>15</td> +<td>12</td> +<td colspan=2>5,400</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Tobago</td> +<td>32</td> +<td>9</td> +<td colspan=2>2,400</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Desiada</td> +<td>12</td> +<td>6</td> +<td colspan=2>1,500</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Granada</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>15</td> +<td colspan=2>13,500</td> +<td>English, and Pagan Negroes.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Lucia</td> +<td>23</td> +<td>12</td> +<td colspan=2>5,000</td> +<td>Ditto, and Native Pagan Caribbs.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td colspan=3></td> +<td><i>Whites.</i></td> +<td><i>Negroes.</i></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Eustatia</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>4</td> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>15,000</td> +<td>Dutch, English, &c.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Christopher</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>7</td> +<td>6,000</td> +<td>36,000</td> +<td>English.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Nevis</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>4</td> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Antigua</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>20</td> +<td>7,000</td> +<td>30,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Montferrat</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>10,000</td> +<td>Ditto.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Martinico</td> +<td>60</td> +<td>30</td> +<td>20,000</td> +<td>50,000</td> +<td>French.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Vincent's</td> +<td>24</td> +<td>18</td> +<td>8,000</td> +<td>5,000</td> +<td>The 8,000 are Native Caribbs.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Barbadoes</td> +<td>21</td> +<td>14</td> +<td>30,000</td> +<td>100,000</td> +<td>English.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— Dominica</td> +<td>28</td> +<td>13</td> +<td></td> +<td>40,000</td> +<td>Ditto, 2,000 of them Native Caribbs.</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td>—— St. Thomas</td> +<td colspan=2>15 in compass.</td> +<td></td> +<td>8,000</td> +<td>Danish Protestants.</td> +</tr> + +</table> + +<p> </p> + +<p> + This, as nearly as I can obtain information, + is the state of the world; though in many + countries, as Turkey, Arabia, Great Tartary, + Africa, and America, except the United States, + and most of the Asiatic Islands, we have no + accounts of the number of inhabitants, that can + be relied on. I have therefore only calculated + the extent, and counted a certain number on an + average upon a square mile; in some countries + more, and in others less, according as circumstances + determine. A few general remarks upon + it will conclude this section. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">First</span>, the inhabitants of the world according + to this calculation, amount to about seven hundred + and thirty-one millions; four hundred and + twenty millions of whom are still in pagan darkness; + an hundred and thirty millions the followers + of Mahomet; an hundred millions catholics; + forty-four millions protestants; thirty millions of + the greek and armenian churches, and perhaps + seven millions of jews. It must undoubtedly + strike every considerate mind, what a vast proportion + of the sons of Adam there are, who yet + remain in the most deplorable state of heathen + darkness, without any means of knowing the true + God, except what are afforded them by the works + of nature; and utterly destitute of the knowledge + of the gospel of Christ, or of any means of + obtaining it. In many of these countries they + have no written language, consequently no Bible, + and are only led by the most childish customs and + traditions. Such, for instance, are all the middle + and back parts of North America, the inland + parts of South America, the South-Sea Islands, + New Holland, New Zealand, New Guinea; and + I may add Great Tartary, Siberia, Samojedia, + and the other parts of Asia contiguous to the + frozen sea; the greatest part of Africa, the island + of Madagascar, and many places beside. In + many of these parts also they are cannibals, feeding + upon the flesh of their slain enemies, with the + greatest brutality and eagerness. The truth of + this was ascertained, beyond a doubt, by the late + eminent navigator, Cooke, of the New Zealanders, + and some of the inhabitants of the western coast + of America. Human sacrifices are also very frequently + offered, so that scarce a week elapses without + instances of this kind. They are in general + poor, barbarous, naked pagans, as destitute of + civilization, as they are of true religion. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Secondly</span>, barbarous as these poor heathens + are, they appear to be as capable of knowledge as + we are; and in many places, at least, have discovered + uncommon genius and tractableness; and + I greatly question whether most of the barbarities + practiced by them, have not originated in some + real or supposed affront, and are therefore, more + properly, acts of self-defence, than proofs of inhuman + and blood-thirsty dispositions. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Thirdly</span>, in other parts, where they have a + written language, as in the East-Indies, China, + Japan, &c. they know nothing of the gospel. + The jesuits indeed once made many converts to + popery among the Chinese; but their highest aim + seemed to be to obtain their good opinion; for + though the converts professed themselves Christians, + yet they were allowed to honour the image + of <span class="sc">Confucius</span> their great law-giver; and at length + their ambitious intrigues brought upon them the + displeasure of government, which terminated in + the suppression of the mission, and almost, if not + entirely, of the Christian name. It is also a melancholy + fact, that the vices of Europeans have + been communicated wherever they themselves + have been; so that the religious state of even heathens + has been rendered worse by intercourse + with them! +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Fourthly</span>, a very great proportion of Asia and + Africa, with some part of Europe, are <i>Mahometans</i>; + and those in Persia, who are of the sect of <i>Hali</i>, + are the most inveterate enemies to the Turks; + and they in return abhor the Persians. The + Africans are some of the most ignorant of all the + mahometans; especially the Arabs, who are scattered + through all the northern parts of Africa, and + live upon the depredations which they are continually + making upon their neighbours. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Fifthly</span>, in respect to those who bear the + Christian name, a very great degree of ignorance + and immorality abounds amongst them. There + are Christians, so called, of the greek and armenian + churches, in all the mahometan countries; but + they are, if possible, more ignorant and vicious + than the mahometans themselves. The Georgian + Christians, who are near the Caspian Sea, maintain + themselves by selling their neighbours, relations, + and children, for slaves to the Turks and + Persians. And it is remarked, that if any of the + greeks of Anatolia turn mussulmen, the Turks + never set any store by them, on account of their + being so much noted for dissimulation and hypocrisy. + It is well known that most of the members + of the greek church are very ignorant. Papists + also are in general ignorant of divine things, and + very vicious. Nor do the bulk of the church of + England much exceed them, either in knowledge + or holiness; and many errors, and much looseness + of conduct, are to be found amongst dissenters of + all denominations. The lutherans in Denmark, + are much on a par with the ecclesiastics in England; + and the face of most Christian countries + presents a dreadful scene of ignorance, hypocrisy, + and profligacy. Various baneful, and pernicious + errors appear to gain ground, in almost every + part of Christendom; the truths of the gospel, + and even the gospel itself, are attacked, and every + method that the enemy can invent is employed + to undermine the kingdom of our Lord Jesus + Christ. +</p> +<p> + All these things are loud calls to Christians, + and especially to ministers, to exert themselves to + the utmost in their several spheres of action, and + to try to enlarge them as much as possible. +</p> +<a name="2H_4_7"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + SECT. IV. +</h2> +<p class="subhead"> + <i>The Practicability of something being done, more than + what is done, for the Conversion of the Heathen.</i> +</p> +<p> </p> +<p> + The impediments in the way of carrying + the gospel among the heathen must arise, I + think, from one or other of the following things; + —either their distance from us, their barbarous + and savage manner of living, the danger of being + killed by them, the difficulty of procuring the + necessaries of life, or the unintelligibleness of their + languages. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">First</span>, as to their distance from us, whatever + objections might have been made on that account + before the invention of the mariner's compass, + nothing can be alledged for it, with any colour of + plausibility in the present age. Men can now sail + with as much certainty through the Great South + Sea, as they can through the Mediterranean, or + any lesser Sea. Yea, and providence seems in a + manner to invite us to the trial, as there are to our + knowledge trading companies, whose commerce + lies in many of the places where, these barbarians + dwell. At one time or other ships are sent to + visit places of more recent discovery, and to + explore parts the most unknown; and every fresh + account of their ignorance, or cruelty, should call + forth our pity, and excite us to concur with providence + in seeking their eternal good. Scripture + likewise seems to point out this method, <i>Surely the + Isles shall wait for me; the ships of Tarshish first, to + bring my sons from far, their silver, and their gold with + them, unto the name of the Lord, thy God.</i> Isai. lx. 9. + This seems to imply that in the time of the + glorious increase of the church, in the latter days, + (of which the whole chapter is undoubtedly a + prophecy,) commerce shall subserve the spread of + the gospel. The ships of Tarshish were trading + vessels, which made voyages for traffic to various + parts; thus much therefore must be meant by it, + that <i>navigation</i>, especially that which is <i>commercial</i>, + shall be one great mean of carrying on the work + of God; and perhaps it may imply that there + shall be a very considerable appropriation of + wealth to that purpose. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Secondly</span>, as to their uncivilized, and barbarous + way of living, this can be no objection to + any, except those whose love of ease renders + them unwilling to expose themselves to inconveniencies + for the good of others. +</p> +<p> + It was no objection to the apostles and their + successors, who went among the barbarous <i>Germans</i> + and <i>Gauls</i>, and still more barbarous <i>Britons</i>! + They did not wait for the ancient inhabitants of + these countries, to be civilized, before they could + be christianized, but went simply with the doctrine + of the cross; and <span class="sc">Tertullian</span> could boast that + "those parts of Britain which were proof against + the Roman armies, were conquered by the gospel + of Christ"—It was no objection to an <span class="sc">Elliot</span>, or + a <span class="sc">Brainerd</span>, in later times. They went forth, + and encountered every difficulty of the kind, and + found that a cordial reception of the gospel produced + those happy effects which the longest intercourse + with Europeans, without it could never + accomplish. It <i>is</i> no objection to commercial + men. It only requires that we should have as + much love to the souls of our fellow-creatures, + and fellow sinners, as they have for the profits + arising from a few otter-skins, and all these difficulties + would be easily surmounted. +</p> +<p> + After all, the uncivilized state of the heathen, + instead of affording an objection <i>against</i> preaching + the gospel to them, ought to furnish an argument + <i>for</i> it. Can we as men, or as christians, hear that + a great part of our fellow creatures, whose souls + are as immortal as ours, and who are as capable + as ourselves, of adorning the gospel, and contributing + by their preaching, writings, or practices + to the glory of our Redeemer's name, and the + good of his church, are inveloped in ignorance + and barbarism? Can we hear that they are without + the gospel, without government, without laws, + and without arts, and sciences; and not exert + ourselves to introduce amongst them the sentiments + of men, and of Christians? Would not the + spread of the gospel be the most effectual mean + of their civilization? Would not that make them + useful members of society? We know that such + effects did in a measure follow the afore-mentioned + efforts of <i>Elliot</i>, <i>Brainerd</i>, and others amongst the + American Indians; and if similar attempts were + made in other parts of the world, and succeeded + with a divine blessing (which we have every reason + to think they would) might we not expect to + see able Divines, or read well-conducted treatises + in defence of the truth, even amongst those who + at present seem to be scarcely human? +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Thirdly</span>, <i>In respect to the danger of being killed + by them</i>, it is true that whoever does go must put + his life in his hand, and not consult with flesh + and blood; but do not the goodness of the cause, + the duties incumbent on us as the creatures of + God, and Christians, and the perishing state of + our fellow men, loudly call upon us to venture + all and use every warrantable exertion for their + benefit? <span class="sc">Paul</span> and +<span class="sc">Barnabas</span>, who <i>hazarded their + lives for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ</i>, were not + blamed as being rash, but commended for so + doing, while <span class="sc">John Mark</span> who through timidity + of mind deserted them in their perilous undertaking, + was branded with censure. After all, as has + been already observed, I greatly question whether + most of the barbarities practiced by the savages + upon those who have visited them, have not + originated in some real or supposed affront, and + were therefore, more properly, acts of self-defence, + than proofs of ferocious dispositions. No wonder + if the imprudence of sailors should prompt them + to offend the simple savage, and the offence be resented; + but <i>Elliot</i>, <i>Brainerd</i>, and the <i>Moravian + missionaries</i>, have been very seldom molested. Nay, + in general the heathen have shewed a willingness + to hear the word; and have principally expressed + their hatred of Christianity on account of the + vices of nominal Christians. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Fourthly</span>, <i>As to the difficulty of procuring the + necessaries of life</i>, this would not be so great as + may appear at first sight; for though we could + not procure European food, yet we might procure + such as the natives of those countries which + we visit, subsist upon themselves. And this would + only be passing through what we have virtually + engaged, in by entering on the ministerial office. + A Christian minister is a person who in a peculiar + sense is <i>not his own</i>; he is the <i>servant</i> of God, and + therefore ought to be wholly devoted to him. + By entering on that sacred office he solemnly undertakes + to be always engaged, as much as possible, + in the Lord's work, and not to chuse his own + pleasure, or employment, or pursue the ministry + as a something that is to subserve his own ends, + or interests, or as a kind of bye-work. He engages + to go where God pleases, and to do, or endure + what he sees fit to command, or call him to, in + the exercise of his function. He virtually bids + farewell to friends, pleasures, and comforts, and + stands in readiness to endure the greatest sufferings + in the work of his Lord, and Master. It is + inconsistent for ministers to please themselves with + thoughts of a numerous auditory, cordial friends, + a civilized country, legal protection, affluence, + splendor, or even a competency. The flights, + and hatred of men, and even pretended friends, + gloomy prisons, and tortures, the society of barbarians + of uncouth speech, miserable accommodations + in wretched wildernesses, hunger, and + thirst, nakedness, weariness, and painfulness, hard + work, and but little worldly encouragement, + should rather be the objects of their expectation. + Thus the apostles acted, in the primitive times, + and endured hardness, as good soldiers of Jesus + Christ; and though we living in a civilized country + where Christianity is protected by law, are + not called to suffer these things while we continue + here, yet I question whether all are justified in + staying here, while so many are perishing without + means of grace in other lands. Sure I am that + it is entirely contrary to the spirit of the gospel, + for its ministers to enter upon it from interested + motives, or with great worldly expectations. On + the contrary the commission is a sufficient call to + them to venture all, and, like the primitive + Christians, go every where preaching the gospel. +</p> +<p> + It might be necessary, however, for two, at + least, to go together, and in general I should + think it best that they should be married men, + and to prevent their time from being employed + in procuring necessaries, two, or more, other + persons, with their wives and families, might also + accompany them, who should be wholly employed + in providing for them. In most countries + it would be necessary for them to cultivate a little + spot of ground just for their support, which would + be a resource to them, whenever their supplies + failed. Not to mention the advantages they + would reap from each others company, it would + take off the enormous expence which has always + attended undertakings of this kind, the first expence + being the whole; for though a large colony + needs support for a considerable time, yet so + small a number would, upon receiving the first + crop, maintain themselves. They would have + the advantage of choosing their situation, their + wants would be few; the women, and even the + children, would be necessary for domestic purposes; + and a few articles of stock, as a cow or + two, and a bull, and a few other cattle of both + sexes, a very few utensils of husbandry, and some + corn to sow their land, would be sufficient. Those + who attend the missionaries should understand + husbandry, fishing, fowling, &c. and be provided + with the necessary implements for these purposes. + Indeed a variety of methods may be thought of, + and when once the work is undertaken, many + things will suggest themselves to us, of which we + at present can form no idea. +</p> +<p> + <span class="sc">Fifthly</span>, As to <i>learning their languages</i>, the + same means would be found necessary here as in + trade between different nations. In some cases + interpreters might be obtained, who might be + employed for a time; and where these were not + to be found, the missionaries must have patience, + and mingle with the people, till they have learned + so much of their language as to be able to communicate + their ideas to them in it. It is well + known to require no very extraordinary talents + to learn, in the space of a year, or two at most, + the language of any people upon earth, so much + of it at least, as to be able to convey any sentiments + we wish to their understandings. +</p> +<p> + The Missionaries must be men of great piety, + prudence, courage, and forbearance; of undoubted + orthodoxy in their sentiments, and must enter + with all their hearts into the spirit of their mission; + they must be willing to leave all the comforts + of life behind them, and to encounter all + the hardships of a torrid, or a frigid climate, an + uncomfortable manner of living, and every other + inconvenience that can attend this undertaking. + Clothing, a few knives, powder and shot, fishing-tackle, + and the articles of husbandry above-mentioned, + must be provided for them; and when + arrived at the place of their destination, their first + business must be to gain some acquaintance with + the language of the natives, (for which purpose + two would be better than one,) and by all lawful + means to endeavour to cultivate a friendship with + them, and as soon as possible let them know the + errand for which they were sent. They must endeavour + to convince them that it was their good + alone, which induced them to forsake their friends, + and all the comforts of their native country. + They must be very careful not to resent injuries + which may be offered to them, nor to think + highly of themselves, so as to despise the poor + heathens, and by those means lay a foundation + for their resentment, or rejection of the gospel. + They must take every opportunity of doing them + good, and labouring, and travelling, night and + day, they must instruct, exhort, and rebuke, with + all long suffering, and anxious desire for them, + and, above all, must be instant in prayer for the + effusion of the Holy Spirit upon the people of + their charge. Let but missionaries of the above + description engage in the work, and we shall see + that it is not impracticable. +</p> +<p> + It might likewise be of importance, if God + should bless their labours, for them to encourage + any appearances of gifts amongst the people of + their charge; if such should be raised up many + advantages would be derived from their knowledge + of the language, and customs of their countrymen; + and their change of conduct would give + great weight to their ministrations. +</p> +<a name="2H_4_8"><!-- H2 anchor --></a> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<h2> + SECT. V. +</h2> +<p class="subhead"> + <i>An Enquiry into the Duty of Christians in general, and + what Means ought to be used, in order to promote + this Work.</i> +</p> +<p> </p> +<p> + If the prophecies concerning the increase of + Christ's kingdom be true, and if what has + been advanced, concerning the commission given + by him to his disciples being obligatory on us, + be just, it must be inferred that all Christians + ought heartily to concur with God in promoting + his glorious designs, for <i>he that is joined to the + Lord is one spirit</i>. +</p> +<p> + One of the first, and most important of those + duties which are incumbent upon us, is <i>fervent + and united prayer</i>. However the influence of the + Holy Spirit may be set at nought, and run down + by many, it will be found upon trial, that all + means which we can use, without it, will be ineffectual. + If a temple is raised for God in the + heathen world, it will not be <i>by might, nor by + power</i>, nor by the authority of the magistrate, or + the eloquence of the orator; <i>but by my Spirit, saith + the Lord of Hosts</i>. We must therefore be in real + earnest in supplicating his blessing upon our + labours. +</p> +<p> + It is represented in the prophets, that when + there shall be <i>a great mourning in the land, as the + mourning of Hadadrimmon in the valley of Megiddon, + and every family shall mourn apart, and their wives + apart</i>, it shall all follow upon <i>a spirit of grace, and + supplication</i>. And when these things shall take + place, it is promised that <i>there shall be a fountain + opened for the house of David, and for the inhabitants + of Jerusalem, for sin, and for uncleanness</i>,—and that + <i>the idols shall be destroyed</i>, and <i>the false prophets + ashamed</i> of their profession. Zech. xii 10. 14.—xiii. + 1. 6. This prophesy seems to teach that + when there shall be an universal conjunction in + fervent prayer, and all shall esteem Zion's welfare + as their own, then copious influences of the + Spirit shall be shed upon the churches, which + like a purifying <i>fountain</i> shall cleanse the servants + of the Lord. Nor shall this cleansing influence + stop here; all old idolatrous prejudices shall be + rooted out, and truth prevail so gloriously that + false teachers shall be so ashamed as rather to + wish to be classed with obscure herdsmen, or the + meanest peasants, than bear the ignominy attendant + on their detection. +</p> +<p> + The most glorious works of grace that have + ever took place, have been in answer to prayer; + and it is in this way, we have the greatest reason + to suppose, that the glorious out-pouring of + the Spirit, which we expect at last, will be + bestowed. +</p> +<p> + With respect to our own immediate connections, + we have within these few years been favoured + with some tokens for good, granted in + answer to prayer, which should encourage us to + persist, and increase in that important duty. I + trust our <i>monthly prayer-meetings</i> for the success of + the gospel have not been in vain. It is true a + want of importunity too generally attends our + prayers; yet unimportunate, and feeble as they + have been, it is to be believed that God has + heard, and in a measure answered them. The + churches that have engaged in the practice have + in general since that time been evidently on the + increase; some controversies which have long + perplexed and divided the church, are more + clearly stated than ever; there are calls to preach + the gospel in many places where it has not been + usually published; yea, a glorious door is opened, + and is likely to be opened wider and wider, by + the spread of civil and religious liberty, + accompanied also by a diminution of the spirit of + popery; a noble effort has been made to abolish the + inhuman Slave-Trade, and though at present it + has not been so successful as might be wished, yet + it is to be hoped it will be persevered in, till it is + accomplished. In the mean time it is a satisfaction + to consider that the late defeat of the abolition + of the Slave-Trade has proved the occasion of a + praise worthy effort to introduce a free settlement, + at <i>Sierra Leona</i>, on the coast of Africa; an + effort which, if succeeded with a divine blessing, + not only promises to open a way for honourable + commerce with that extensive country, and for + the civilization of its inhabitants, but may prove + the happy mean of introducing amongst them + the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ. +</p> +<p> + These are events that ought not to be over-looked; + they are not to be reckoned small things; + and yet perhaps they <i>are</i> small compared with + what might have been expected, if all had cordially + entered into the spirit of the proposal, so + as to have made the cause of Christ their own, or + in other words to have been so solicitous about + it, as if their own advantage depended upon its + success. If an holy solicitude had prevailed in + all the assemblies of Christians in behalf of their + Redeemer's kingdom, we might probably have + seen before now, not only an <i>open door</i> for the + gospel, but <i>many running to and fro, and knowledge + increased</i>; or a diligent use of those means which + providence has put in our power, accompanied + with a greater blessing than ordinary from + heaven. +</p> +<p> + Many can do nothing but pray, and prayer is + perhaps the only thing in which Christians of all + denominations can cordially, and unreservedly + unite; but in this we may all be one, and in this + the strictest unanimity ought to prevail. Were + the whole body thus animated by one soul, with + what pleasure would Christians attend on all the + duties of religion, and with what delight would + their ministers attend on all the business of their + calling. +</p> +<p> + We must not be contented however with praying, + without <i>exerting ourselves in the use of means</i> for + the obtaining of those things we pray for. Were + <i>the children of light</i>, but <i>as wise in their generation as + the children of this world</i>, they would stretch every + nerve to gain so glorious a prize, nor ever + imagine that it was to be obtained in any other + way. +</p> +<p> + When a trading company have obtained their + charter they usually go to its utmost limits; and + their stocks, their ships, their officers, and men + are so chosen, and regulated, as to be likely to + answer their purpose; but they do not stop here, + for encouraged by the prospect of success, they + use every effort, cast their bread upon the waters, + cultivate friendship with every one from whose + information they expect the least advantage. They + cross the widest and most tempestuous seas, and + encounter the most unfavourable climates; they + introduce themselves into the most barbarous + nations, and sometimes undergo the most affecting + hardships; their minds continue in a state of + anxiety, and suspence, and a longer delay than + usual in the arrival of their vessels agitates them + with a thousand changeful thoughts, and foreboding + apprehensions, which continue till the + rich returns are safe arrived in port. But why + these fears? Whence all these disquietudes, and + this labour? Is it not because their souls enter + into the spirit of the project, and their happiness + in a manner depends on its success?—Christians + are a body whose truest interest lies in the exaltation + of the Messiah's kingdom. Their charter + is very extensive, their encouragements exceeding + great, and the returns promised infinitely superior + to all the gains of the most lucrative fellowship. + Let then every one in his station consider himself + as bound to act with all his might, and in every + possible way for God. +</p> +<p> + Suppose a company of serious Christians, + ministers and private persons, were to form + themselves into a society, and make a number of + rules respecting the regulation of the plan, and + the persons who are to be employed as missionaries, + the means of defraying the expence, &c. &c. + This society must consist of persons whose hearts + are in the work, men of serious religion, and + possessing a spirit of perseverance; there must be + a determination not to admit any person who is + not of this description, or to retain him longer + than he answers to it. +</p> +<p> + From such a society a <i>committee</i> might be appointed, + whose business it should be to procure + all the information they could upon the subject, + to receive contributions, to enquire into the characters, + tempers, abilities and religious views of + the missionaries, and also to provide them with + necessaries for their undertakings. +</p> +<p> + They must also pay a great attention to the + views of those who undertake this work; for want + of this the missions to the Spice Islands, sent by + the Dutch East-India Company, were soon corrupted, + many going more for the sake of settling + in a place where temporal gain invited them, + than of preaching to the poor Indians. This + soon introduced a number of indolent, or profligate + persons, whose lives were a scandal to the + doctrines which they preached: and by means of + whom the gospel was ejected from Ternate, in + 1694, and Christianity fell into great disrepute in + other places. +</p> +<p> + If there is any reason for me to hope that I + shall have any influence upon any of my brethren, + and fellow Christians, probably it may be more + especially amongst them of my own denomination. + I would therefore propose that such a society and + committee should be formed amongst the <i>particular + baptist denomination</i>. +</p> +<p> + I do not mean by this, in any wife to confine + it to one denomination of Christians. I wish + with all my heart, that every one who loves our + Lord Jesus Christ in sincerity, would in some way + or other engage in it. But in the present divided + state of Christendom, it would be more likely for + good to be done by each denomination engaging + separately in the work, than if they were to + embark in it conjointly. There is room enough for + us all, without interfering with each other; and + if no unfriendly interference took place, each + denomination would bear good will to the other, + and wish, and pray for its success, considering it + as upon the whole friendly to the great cause + of true religion; but if all were intermingled, it + is likely their private discords might throw a + damp upon their spirits, and much retard their + public usefulness. +</p> +<p> + In respect to <i>contributions</i> for defraying the + expences, money will doubtless be wanting; and suppose + the rich were to embark a portion of that + wealth over which God has made them stewards, + in this important undertaking, perhaps there are + few ways that would turn to a better account at + last. Nor ought it to be confined to the <i>rich</i>; if + persons in more moderate circumstances were to + devote a portion, suppose a <i>tenth</i>, of their annual + increase to the Lord, it would not only correspond + with the practice of the Israelites, who lived under + the Mosaic Oeconomy, but of the patriarchs + Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, before that dispensation + commenced. Many of our most eminent + fore-fathers amongst the <i>Puritans</i>, followed that + practice; and if that were but attended to now, + there would not only be enough to support the + ministry of the gospel at home, and to encourage + <i>village preaching</i> in our respective neighbourhoods, + but to defray the expences of carrying the gospel + into the heathen world. +</p> +<p> + If congregations were to open subscriptions of + <i>one penny</i>, or more per week, according to their + circumstances, and deposit it as a fund for the + propogation of the gospel, much might be raised + in this way. By such simple means they might + soon have it in their power to introduce the + preaching of the gospel into most of the villages + in England; where, though men are placed whose + business it should be to give light to those who sit + in darkness, it is well known that they have it + not. Where there was no person to open his + house for the reception of the gospel, some other + building might be procured for a small sum, and + even then something considerable might be spared + for the baptist, or other committees, for propogating + the gospel amongst the heathen. +</p> +<p> + Many persons have of late left off the use of + <i>West-India sugar</i> on account of the iniquitous + manner in which it is obtained. Those families + who have done so, and have not substituted any + thing else in its place, have not only cleansed + their hands of blood, but have made a saving to + their families, some of six pence, and some of a + shilling a week. If this, or a part of this were + appropriated to the uses before-mentioned, it + would abundantly suffice. We have only to keep + the end in view, and have our hearts thoroughly + engaged in the pursuit of it, and means will not + be very difficult. +</p> +<p> + We are exhorted <i>to lay up treasure in heaven, + where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, nor thieves + break through and steal.</i> It is also declared that + <i>whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap.</i> + These Scriptures teach us that the enjoyments of + the life to come, bear a near relation to that + which now is; a relation similar to that of the + harvest, and the seed. It is true all the reward + is of mere grace, but it is nevertheless encouraging; + what a <i>treasure</i>, what an <i>harvest</i> must + await such characters as <span class="sc">Paul</span>, and +<span class="sc">Elliot</span>, and + <span class="sc">Brainerd</span>, and others, who have given themselves + wholly to the work of the Lord. What a heaven + will it be to see the many myriads of poor heathens, + of Britons amongst the rest, who by their + labours have been brought to the knowledge of + God. Surely a <i>crown of rejoicing</i> like this is worth + aspiring to. Surely it is worth while to lay + ourselves out with all our might, in promoting + the cause, and kingdom of Christ. +</p> +<p> </p> +<h3> + FINIS.</h3> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of An Enquiry into the Obligations of +Christians to Use Means for the Conversion of the Heathens, by William Carey + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OBLIGATIONS OF CHRISTIANS *** + +***** This file should be named 11449-h.htm or 11449-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/1/4/4/11449/ + +Produced by Michael Ciesielski, Robert Shimmin and PG Distributed +Proofreaders + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + + https://www.gutenberg.org/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL + + + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/old/11449-h/carey_tp.png b/old/11449-h/carey_tp.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e46f068 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11449-h/carey_tp.png diff --git a/old/11449.txt b/old/11449.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0c825e --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11449.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2124 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of An Enquiry into the Obligations of +Christians to Use Means for the Conversion of the Heathens, by William Carey + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: An Enquiry into the Obligations of Christians to Use Means for the + Conversion of the Heathens + In Which the Religious State of the Different Nations of the World, + the Success of Former Undertakings, and the Practicability of + Further Undertakings, Are Considered + +Author: William Carey + +Release Date: March 5, 2004 [EBook #11449] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: US-ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OBLIGATIONS OF CHRISTIANS *** + + + + +Produced by Michael Ciesielski, Robert Shimmin and PG Distributed +Proofreaders + + + + + + AN ENQUIRY INTO THE + + OBLIGATIONS OF CHRISTIANS, + + TO USE MEANS FOR THE + + CONVERSION OF THE HEATHENS. + + + + IN WHICH THE RELIGIOUS STATE OF THE DIFFERENT + NATIONS OF THE WORLD, THE SUCCESS OF FORMER + UNDERTAKINGS, AND THE PRACTICABILITY OF + FURTHER UNDERTAKINGS, ARE CONSIDERED, + + + + BY WILLIAM CAREY. + + + + For there is no Difference between the Jew and the Greek; + for the same Lord over all, is rich unto all that call upon him. + For whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved. + How then shall they call on him, in whom they have not + believed? and how shall they believe in him of whom they + have not heard? and how shall they hear without a Preacher? + and how shall they preach except they be sent? + + PAUL. + + + + + MDCCXCII. + + + + + INTRODUCTION + + +As our blessed Lord has required us to pray that his kingdom may come, +and his will be done on earth as it is in heaven, it becomes us not +only to express our desires of that event by words, but to use every +lawful method to spread the knowledge of his name. In order to this, +it is necessary that we should become, in some measure acquainted with +the religious state of the world; and as this is an object we should +be prompted to pursue, not only by the gospel of our Redeemer, but +even by the feelings of humanity, so an inclination to conscientious +activity therein would form one of the strongest proofs that we are +the subjects of grace, and partakers of that spirit of universal +benevolence and genuine philanthropy, which appear so eminent in +the of God himself. + +Sin was introduced amongst the children of men by the fall of Adam, +and has ever since been spreading its baneful influence. By changing +its appearances to suit the circumstances of the times, it has grown +up in ten thousand forms, and constantly counteracted the will and +designs of God. One would have supposed that the remembrance of the +deluge would have been transmitted from father to son, and have +perpetually deterred mankind from transgressing the will of their +Maker; but so blinded were they, that in the time of Abraham, gross +wickedness prevailed wherever colonies were planted, and the iniquity +of the Amorites was great, though not yet full. After this, idolatry +spread more and more, till the seven devoted nations were cut off with +the most signal marks of divine displeasure. Still, however, the +progress of evil was not stopped, but the Israelites themselves too +often joined with the rest of mankind against the God of Israel. In +one period the grossest ignorance and barbarism prevailed in the +world; and afterwards, in a more enlightened age, the most daring +infidelity, and contempt of God; so that the world which was once +over-run with ignorance, now _by wisdom knew not God, but changed the +glory of the incorruptible God_ as much as in the most barbarous ages, +_into an image made like to corruptible man, and to birds, and +four-footed beasts, and creeping things_. Nay, as they increased in +science and politeness, they ran into more abundant and extravagant +idolatries. + +Yet God repeatedly made known his intention to prevail finally over +all the power of the Devil, and to destroy all his works, and set up +his own kingdom and interest among men, and extend it as universally +as Satan had extended his. It was for this purpose that the Messiah +came and died, that God might be just, and the justifier of all that +should believe in him. When he had laid down his life, and taken it up +again, he sent forth his disciples to preach the good tidings to every +creature, and to endeavour by all possible methods to bring over a +lost world to God. They went forth according to their divine +commission, and wonderful success attended their labours; the +civilized greeks, and uncivilized barbarians, each yielded to the +cross of Christ, and embraced it as the only way of salvation. Since +the apostolic age many other attempts to spread the gospel have been +made, which have been considerably successful, notwithstanding which a +very considerable part of mankind are still involved in all the +darkness of heathenism. Some attempts are still making, but they are +inconsiderable in comparison of what might be done if the whole body +of Christians entered heartily into the spirit of the divine command +on this subject. Some think little about it, others are unacquainted +with the state of the world, and others love their wealth better than +the souls of their fellow-creatures. + +In order that the subject may be taken into more serious +consideration, I shall enquire, whether the commission given by our +Lord to his disciples be not still binding on us,--take a short view +of former undertakings,--give some account of the present state of the +world, consider the practicability of doing something more than is +done,--and the duty of Christians in general in this matter. + + + + + + AN ENQUIRY, &c. + + + + + SECT. I. + + + _An Enquiry whether the Commission given by our Lord + to his Disciples be not still binding on us._ + + +Our Lord Jesus Christ, a little before his departure, commissioned his +apostles to _Go_, and _teach all nations_; or, as another evangelist +expresses it, _Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to every +creature_. This commission was as extensive as possible, and laid them +under obligation to disperse themselves into every country of the +habitable globe, and preach to all the inhabitants, without exception, +or limitation. They accordingly went forth in obedience to the +command, and the power of God evidently wrought with them. Many +attempts of the same kind have been made since their day, and which +have been attended with various success; but the work has not been +taken up, or prosecuted of late years (except by a few individuals) +with that zeal and perseverance with which the primitive Christians +went about it. It seems as if many thought the commission was +sufficiently put in execution by what the apostles and others have +done; that we have enough to do to attend to the salvation of our own +countrymen; and that, if God intends the salvation of the heathen, he +will some way or other bring them to the gospel, or the gospel to +them. It is thus that multitudes sit at ease, and give themselves no +concern about the far greater part of their fellow-sinners, who to +this day, are lost in ignorance and idolatry. There seems also to be +an opinion existing in the minds of some, that because the apostles +were extraordinary officers and have no proper successors, and because +many things which were right for them to do would be utterly +unwarrantable for us, therefore it may not be immediately binding on +us to execute the commission, though it was so upon them. To the +consideration of such persons I would offer the following +observations. + +FIRST, If the command of Christ to teach all nations be restricted to +the apostles, or those under the immediate inspiration of the Holy +Ghost, then that of baptizing should be so too; and every denomination +of Christians, except the Quakers, do wrong in baptizing with water at +all. + +SECONDLY, If the command of Christ to teach all nations be confined to +the apostles, then all such ordinary ministers who have endeavoured to +carry the gospel to the heathens, have acted without a warrant, and +run before they were sent. Yea, and though God has promised the most +glorious things to the heathen world by sending his gospel to them, +yet whoever goes first, or indeed at all, with that message, unless he +have a new and special commission from heaven, must go without any +authority for so doing. + +THIRDLY, If the command of Christ to teach all nations extend only to +the apostles, then, doubtless, the promise of the divine presence in +this work must be so limited; but this is worded in such a manner as +expressly precludes such an idea. _Lo, I am with you always, to the +end of the world._ + +That there are cases in which even a divine command may cease to be +binding is admitted--As for instance, if it be _repealed_, as the +ceremonial commandments of the jewish law; or if there be _no +subjects_ in the world for the commanded act to be exercised upon, as +in the law of septennial release, which might be dispensed with when +there should be no poor in the land to have their debts forgiven. +Deut. xv. 4. or if, in any particular instance, we can produce a +_counter-revelation_, of equal authority with the original command, as +when Paul and Silas were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the +word in Bythinia. Acts xvi. 6. 7. or if, in any case, there be a +_natural impossibility_ of putting it in execution. It was not the +duty of Paul to preach Christ to the inhabitants of Otaheite, because +no such place was then discovered, nor had he any means of coming at +them. But none of these things can be alledged by us in behalf of the +neglect of the commission given by Christ. We cannot say that it is +repealed, like the commands of the ceremonial law; nor can we plead +that there are no objects for the command to be exercised upon. Alas! +the far greater part of the world, as we shall see presently, +are still covered with heathen darkness! Nor can we produce a +counter-revelation, concerning any particular nation, like that to +Paul and Silas, concerning Bythinia; and, if we could, it would not +warrant our sitting still and neglecting all the other parts of the +world; for Paul and Silas, when forbidden to preach to those heathens, +went elsewhere, and preached to others. Neither can we alledge a +natural impossibility in the case. It has been said that we ought not +to force our way, but to wait for the openings, and leadings of +Providence; but it might with equal propriety be answered in this case, +neither ought we to neglect embracing those openings in providence which +daily present themselves to us. What openings of providence do we wait +for? We can neither expect to be transported into the heathen world +without ordinary means, nor to be endowed with the gift of tongues, +&c. when we arrive there. These would not be providential interpositions, +but miraculous ones. Where a command exists nothing can be necessary to +render it binding but a removal of those obstacles which render +obedience impossible, and these are removed already. Natural +impossibility can never be pleaded so long as facts exist to prove the +contrary. Have not the popish missionaries surmounted all those +difficulties which we have generally thought to be insuperable? Have +not the missionaries of the _Unitas Fratrum_, or Moravian Brethren, +encountered the scorching heat of Abyssinia, and the frozen climes of +Greenland, and Labrador, their difficult languages, and savage +manners? Or have not English traders, for the sake of gain, surmounted +all those things which have generally been counted insurmountable +obstacles in the way of preaching the gospel? Witness the trade to +Persia, the East-Indies, China, and Greenland, yea even the accursed +Slave-Trade on the coasts of Africa. Men can insinuate themselves into +the favour of the most barbarous clans, and uncultivated tribes, for +the sake of gain; and how different soever the circumstances of +trading and preaching are, yet this will prove the possibility of +ministers being introduced there; and if this is but thought a +sufficient reason to make the experiment, my point is gained. + +It has been said that some learned divines have proved from Scripture +that the time is not yet come that the heathen should be converted; +and that first the _witnesses must be slain_, and many other +prophecies fulfilled. But admitting this to be the case (which I much +doubt[1]) yet if any objection is made from this against preaching to +them immediately, it must be founded on one of these things; either +that the secret purpose of God is the rule of our duty, and then it +must be as bad to pray for them, as to preach to them; or else that +none shall be converted in the heathen world till the universal +down-pouring of the Spirit in the last days. But this objection comes +too late; for the success of the gospel has been very considerable in +many places already. + +[Footnote 1: See Edwards on Prayer, on this subject, lately re-printed +by Mr. Sutcliffe.] + +It has been objected that there are multitudes in our own nation, and +within our immediate spheres of action, who are as ignorant as the +South-Sea savages, and that therefore we have work enough at home, +without going into other countries. That there are thousands in our +own land as far from God as possible, I readily grant, and that this +ought to excite us to ten-fold diligence in our work, and in attempts +to spread divine knowledge amongst them is a certain fact; but that it +ought to supercede all attempts to spread the gospel in foreign parts +seems to want proof. Our own countrymen have the means of grace, and +may attend on the word preached if they chuse it. They have the means +of knowing the truth, and faithful ministers are placed in almost +every part of the land, whose spheres of action might be much extended +if their congregations were but more hearty and active in the cause: +but with them the case is widely different, who have no Bible, no +written language, (which many of them have not,) no ministers, no good +civil government, nor any of those advantages which we have. Pity +therefore, humanity, and much more Christianity, call loudly for every +possible exertion to introduce the gospel amongst them. + + + + + SECT. II. + + + _Containing a short Review of former Undertakings for + the Conversion of the Heathen._ + + +Before the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ the whole world were either +heathens, or jews; and both, as to the body of them were enemies to +the gospel. After the resurrection the disciples continued in +Jerusalem till Pentecost. Being daily engaged in prayer and +supplication, and having chosen Matthias, to supply the place of Judas +in the apostolic office, on that solemn day, when they were all +assembled together, a most remarkable effusion of the Holy Spirit took +place, and a capacity of speaking in all foreign languages was +bestowed upon them. This opportunity was embraced by Peter for +preaching the gospel to a great congregation of jews and proselytes, +who were from Parthia, Media, Elam, Mesopotamia, Judea, Cappadocia, +the proconsular Asia, Phrygia, Pamphylia, Egypt, Lybia, Crete, Arabia, +Rome, &c. and at the first effort God wrought so powerfully that three +thousand were converted, who immediately after were baptized, and +added to the church. Before this great addition they consisted of but +about _an hundred and twenty persons_, but from that time they +continually increased. It was but a little after this that Peter and +John, going up to the temple, healed the lame man; this miracle drew a +great multitude together, and Peter took occasion while they stood +wondering at the event, to preach Jesus Christ to them. The +consequence was that five thousand more believed. + +This was not done without opposition; the priests and sadducees tried +all the methods they could invent to prevent them from preaching the +gospel. The apostles, however, asserted their divine warrant, and as +soon as they were set at liberty addressed God, and prayed that a +divine power might attend their labours, which petition was heard, and +their future ministry was very successful. On account of their +necessities who were engaged in this good work, those amongst them who +had possessions, or goods, sold them, and devoted the money to pious +uses. + +About this time a man and his wife out of great pretensions to piety, +sold an estate, and brought part of the money to the apostles, +pretending it to be the whole; for which dissimulation both he and his +wife, were struck dead by the hand of God. This awful catastrophe +however was the occasion of many more men and women being added to the +church. The miracles wrought by the apostles, and the success +attending their ministry, stirred up greater envy in the priests and +sadducees, who imprisoned them; from which confinement they were soon +liberated by an angel; upon which they went immediately as they were +commanded and preached in the temple: here they were seized, and +brought before the council, where Gamaliel spake in their favour, and +they were dismissed. After this they continued to prosecute their +work, rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer shame for the +name of Christ. + +By this time the church at Jerusalem was so increased that the +multiplicity of its temporal concerns was the occasion of some +neglects, which produced a dissatisfaction. The apostles, therefore, +recommended to the church to chuse seven pious men, whose office it +should be to attend upon its temporal affairs; that _they might give +themselves to prayer, and the ministry of the word_. Seven were +accordingly chosen, over whom the apostles prayed, and ordained them +to the office of Deacons by imposition of hands: and these things +being settled the church increased more and more. One of these +Deacons, whose name was Stephen, being a person of eminent knowledge +and holiness, wrought many miracles, and disputed with great evidence +and energy for the truth of Christianity, which raised him up a number +of opponents. These soon procured his death, and carried their +resentment so far as to stir up such a persecution that the church, +which till now had been confined to Jerusalem, was dispersed, and all +the preachers except the apostles were driven thence, and went every +where preaching the word. + +A young man whose name was _Saul_, was very active in this +persecution; he had been educated under Gamaliel, a member of the +Sanhedrim, was a person of promising genius, by profession a Pharisee, +and much attached to the jewish ceremonies. When Stephen was stoned he +appeared much pleased with it, and had the custody of the clothes of +his executioners; and from that time was fired with such a spirit of +persecution himself, that he went about dragging some to prison, and +compelling others to blaspheme the name of the Lord Jesus. Neither was +he contented with exercising his rage at Jerusalem, but went to the +chief priests and obtained testimonials of authority to carry on the +same work at Damascus. But on his way, as he was almost ready to enter +into the city, the Lord changed his heart in a very wonderful manner; +so that instead of entering the town to persecute, he began to preach +the gospel as soon as he was able. This presently brought upon him the +same persecution which he had designed to exercise upon others, and +even endangered his life, so that the brethren found it necessary to +let him down the city wall in a basket by night, and so he escaped the +hands of his enemies. From thence he went to Jerusalem where he +preached the word, but being persecuted there, he went to Cesarea, and +from thence to Tarsus. + +In the time of this trouble in the church, Philip went and preached at +Samaria with great success, nay so great was the work that an +impostor, who had deceived the people with legerdemain tricks for a +long time was so amazed, and even convinced, as to profess himself a +Christian, and was baptized; but was afterwards detected, and appeared +to be an hypocrite. Besides him a great number believed in reality, +and being baptized a church was formed there. Soon after this the Lord +commanded Philip to go the way which led from Jerusalem to Gaza, which +he did, and there found an eunuch of great authority in the court of +Ethiopia, to whom he preached Christ, who believed, and was baptized; +after which Philip preached at Ashdod, or Azotus. + +About the same time Peter went to Lydda, or Diospolis, and cured Eneas +of a palsy, which was a mean of the conversion not only of the +inhabitants of that town, but also of the neighbouring country, called +Saron, the capital of which was Lasharon; and while he was there, a +circumstance turned up which tended much to the spread of the truth. A +woman of Joppa, a sea-port town in the neighbourhood, dying, they sent +to Lydda for Peter, who went over, and when he had prayed she was +raised to life again; which was an occasion of the conversion of many +in that town. Peter continued there preaching for some time, and +lodged at the house of a tanner. + +Now another circumstance also tended to the further propogation of +Christianity, for a Roman military officer who had some acquaintance +with the Old Testament Scriptures, but was not circumcised, was one +day engaged in prayer in his house at Cesarea, when an angel appeared +to him, and bid him send for Peter from Joppa to preach in his house. +Before this the work of God had been wholly confined to the jews, and +jewish proselytes, and even the apostles appeared to have had very +contracted ideas of the Christian dispensation; but now God by a +vision discovered to Peter that Christianity was to be spread into all +nations. He accordingly went and preached at the house of Cornelius, +at Cesarea, when several were converted, and baptized, and the +foundation of a church laid in that city. + +Some of the dispersed ministers having fled to Antioch in Syria, began +to preach to the greeks in that city about the same time, and had good +success; upon which the apostles sent Paul and Barnabas, who +instructed and strengthened them, and a church was formed in that city +also, which in a little time sent out several eminent preachers. + +In the Acts of the apostles we have an account of _four_ of the +principal journies which Paul, and his companions undertook. The +first, in which he was accompanied by Barnabas, is recorded in the +xiii. and xiv. chapters, and was the first _attack_ on the heathen +world. It was a journey into the lesser Asia. In their way they passed +over the island of Cyprus. No sooner had they entered on their +undertaking, than they met with great difficulty; for Mark, whom they +had taken as their minister, deserted them, and returned to Jerusalem, +where, it seems, he thought he should enjoy the greatest quiet. Paul +and Barnabas however went forward; in every city they preached the +word of the Lord, entering into the jewish synagogues and first +preaching Christ to them, and then to the gentiles. They were heard +with great candour and eagerness by some, and rejected by others with +obstinacy and wrath, and cruel persecution. One while they had enough +to do to restrain the people from worshipping them as gods, and soon +after, Paul was stoned, dragged out of the city, and left for dead. +Having penetrated as far as Derbe, they thought proper to return by +the way that they came, calling at every city where they had sown the +good seed, and finding in most, if not all these places, some who had +embraced the gospel, they exhorted and strengthened them in the faith, +formed them into a church state, and ordained them elders, fasted and +prayed with them; and so having commended them to the Lord on whom +they had believed, returned to Antioch in Syria, from whence they +first set out, and rehearsed to the church all that God had done with +them, and how he had opened the door of faith to the gentiles. + +About this time a dispute arising in the churches concerning +circumcision, Paul and Barnabas were deputed to go up to Jerusalem, to +consult the apostles and elders on the subject. This business being +adjusted, they, accompanied with Judas and Silas, returned to Antioch +with the general resolution, and continued there for a season, +teaching and preaching the word of the Lord. + +Paul now proposed to Barnabas, his fellow-labourer, that they might +visit their brethren in the places where they had been already, and +see how they did. To this Barnabas readily acceded, but a difference +arising between them about taking _John Mark_ with them, who had +deserted them before, these two eminent servants of God were parted +asunder, and never appear to have travelled together any more. They +continued however each to serve in the cause of Christ, though they +could not walk together. Barnabas took John, and sailed to Cyprus, his +native island, and Paul took Silas, and went through Syria and Cilicia +to Derbe and Lystra, cities where he and Barnabas had preached in +their first excursion. + +Here they found Timothy, a promising young man, whom they encouraged +to engage in the ministry. + +Paul being now at Lystra, which was the boundary of his first +excursion, and having visited the churches already planted, and +delivered to them the decrees of the apostles and elders relating to +circumcision, seems to have felt his heart enlarged, and assayed to +carry on the glorious work of preaching the gospel to the heathen to a +greater extent. With Silas and Timotheus he in his second journey[2] +took a western direction, passing through Phrygia, and the region of +Galatia. Having preached the word in these parts with considerable +success,[3] he and his companions wished to have gone into the +proconsular Asia, and afterwards assayed to go into Bythinia; but +begin forbidden of the Holy Ghost, who seems to have had a special +design of employing them elsewhere; passing by Mysia they came down to +Troas on the sea-coast. Here a vision appeared to Paul, in which he +was invited to go over to Macedonia. Obedient to the heavenly vision, +and greatly encouraged by it, they with all speed crossed the Egean +Sea, and passing through the island of Samothracia, landed at +Neapolis, and went from thence to Philippi, the chief city of that +part of Macedonia. It was here that Paul preached on a Sabbath day to +a few women by a river side, and Lydia, a woman of Thyatira, was +converted and baptized, and her household with her. It was here that a +poor girl, who brought her employers considerable profit by +foretelling events, followed the apostles, had her spirit of +divination ejected, on which account her masters were much irritated, +and raised a tumult, the effect of which was, that Paul and Silas were +imprisoned. But even this was over-ruled for the success of the +gospel, in that the keeper of the prison, and all his house, were +thereby brought to believe in the Lord Jesus Christ, and were +baptized. + +[Footnote 2: The account of this second journey into the heathen world +begins at Acts xv. 40. and ends chap. xviii. 22.] + +[Footnote 3: See ch. xviii. 23. and Gal i. 2.] + +From Philippi they passed thorough Amphipolis, Apollonia, +Thessalonica, (now Salonichi,) Berea, Athens, and Corinth, preaching +the gospel wherever they went. From hence Paul took ship and sailed to +Syria, only giving a short call at Ephesus, determining to be at +Jerusalem at the feast of the passover; and having saluted the church, +he came to Cesarea, and from thence to Antioch. + +Here ended Paul's second journey, which was very extensive, and took +up some years of his time. He and his companions met with their +difficulties in it, but had likewise their encouragements. They were +persecuted at Philippi, as already noticed, and generally found the +Jews to be their most inveterate enemies. These would raise tumults, +inflame the minds of the gentiles against them, and follow them from +place to place, doing them all the mischief in their power. This was +the case especially at Thessalonica, Berea, and Corinth. But amidst +all their persecutions God was with them, and strengthened them in +various ways. At Berea they were candidly received, and their doctrine +fairly tried by the Holy Scriptures; and _therefore_, it is said, +_many of them believed_. At other places, though they affected to +despise the apostle, yet some clave unto him. At _Corinth_ opposition +rose to a great height; but the Lord appeared to his servant in a +vision, saying, _Be not afraid, but speak, and hold not thy peace, for +I am with thee, and no man shall set on thee to hurt thee; for I have +much people in this city_. And the promise was abundantly made good in +the spirit discovered by Gallio, the proconsul, who turned a deaf ear +to the accusations of the jews, and nobly declined interfering in +matters beside his province. Upon the whole a number of churches were +planted during this journey, which for ages after shone as lights in +the world. + +When Paul had visited Antioch, and spent some time there, he prepared +for a third journey into heathen countries, the account of which +begins Acts xviii. 23. and ends chap. xxi. 17. At his first setting +out he went over the whole country of Galatia and Phrygia in order, +strengthening all the disciples; and passing through the upper coasts +came to Ephesus. There for the space of three months, he boldly +preached in the jewish synagogue, disputing, and persuading the things +concerning the kingdom of God. But when the hardened jews had openly +rejected the gospel, and spake evil of that way before the multitude, +Paul openly separated the disciples from them, and assembled in the +school of one Tyrannus. This, it is said, continued for the space of +two years, _so that all they who dwelt in_ the proconsular _Asia heard +the word of the Lord Jesus, both jews and greeks_. Certain magicians, +about this time were exposed, and others converted, who burnt their +books, and confessed their deeds. So mightily grew the word of the +Lord, and prevailed. + +After this an uproar being raised by Demetrius, the silversmith, Paul +went into Macedonia, visited the churches planted in his former +journey, and from thence passed into Greece. Having preached up and +down for three months, he thought of sailing from thence directly to +Syria; but in order to avoid the jews, who laid wait for him near the +sea coast, he took another course through Macedonia, and from thence +to Troas, by the way of Philippi. There is no mention made in his +former journey of his having preached at Troas; yet it seems he did, +and a church was gathered, with whom the apostle at this time united +in _breaking of bread_. It was here that he preached all night, and +raised Eutychus, who being overcome with sleep, had fallen down, and +was taken up dead. From hence they set sail for Syria, and in their +way called at Miletus, where Paul sent for the elders of the church of +Ephesus, and delivered that most solemn and affectionate farewell, +recorded in the 20th chapter of the Acts of the Apostles. From hence +they sailed for Tyre, where they tarried seven days, and from thence +proceeded to Jerusalem. + +Paul's fourth and last journey (or rather voyage) was to Rome, where +he went in the character of a prisoner. For being at Jerusalem he was +quickly apprehended by the jews; but being rescued by Lysias, the +chief captain, he was sent to Cesarea to take his trial. Here he made +his defence before Felix and Drusilla, in such sort that the judge, +instead of the prisoner, was made to tremble. Here also he made his +defence before Festus, Agrippa, and Bernice, with such force of +evidence that Agrippa was almost persuaded to be a Christian. But the +malice of the jews being insatiable, and Paul finding himself in +danger of being delivered into their hands, was constrained to appeal +unto Caesar. This was the occasion of his being sent to Rome, where he +arrived after a long and dangerous voyage, and being shipwrecked on +the island of Melita, where he wrought miracles, and Publius, the +governor, was converted. + +When he arrived at Rome he addressed his countrymen the jews, some of +whom believed; but when others rejected the gospel, he turned from +them to the gentiles, and for two whole years dwelt in his own hired +house preaching the kingdom of God, and teaching those things which +concern the Lord Jesus Christ, with all confidence, no man forbidding +him. + +Thus far the history of the Acts of the Apostles informs us of the +success of the word in the primitive times; and history informs us of +its being preached about this time, in many other places. Peter speaks +of a church at Babylon; Paul proposed a journey to Spain, and it is +generally believed he went there, and likewise came to France and +Britain. Andrew preached to the Scythians, north of the Black Sea. +John is said to have preached in India, and we know that he was at the +Isle of Patmos, in the Archipelago. Philip is reported to have +preached in upper Asia, Scythia, and Phrygia; Bartholomew in India, on +this side the Ganges, Phrygia, and Armenia; Matthew in Arabia, or +Asiatic Ethiopia, and Parthia; Thomas in India, as far as the coast of +Coromandel, and some say in the island of Ceylon; Simon, the +Canaanite, in Egypt, Cyrene, Mauritania, Lybia, and other parts of +Africa, and from thence to have come to Britain; and Jude is said to +have been principally engaged in the lesser Asia, and Greece. Their +labours were evidently very extensive, and very successful; so that +Pliny, the younger, who lived soon after the death of the apostles, in +a letter to the emperor, Trajan, observed that Christianity had +spread, not only through towns and cities, but also through whole +countries. Indeed before this, in the time of Nero, it was so +prevalent that it was thought necessary to oppose it by an Imperial +Edict, and accordingly the proconsuls, and other governors, were +commissioned to destroy it. + +Justin Martyr, who lived about the middle of the second century, in +his dialogue with Trypho, observed that there was no part of mankind, +whether greeks or barbarians, or any others, by what name soever they +were called, whether the Sarmatians, or the Nomades, who had no +houses, or the Scenites of Arabia Petrea, who lived in tents among +their cattle, where supplications and thanksgivings are not offered up +to the Father, and maker of all things, through the name of Jesus +Christ. Irenaeus, who lived about the year 170, speaks of churches +that were founded in Germany, Spain, France, the eastern countries, +Egypt, Lybia, and the middle of the world. Tertullian, who lived and +wrote at Carthage in Africa, about twenty years afterwards, +enumerating the countries where Christianity had penetrated, makes +mention of the Parthians, Medes, Elamites, Mesopotamians, Armenians, +Phrygians, Cappadocians, the inhabitants of Pontus, Asia, Pamphylia, +Egypt, and the regions of Africa beyond Cyrene, the Romans, and Jews, +formerly of Jerusalem, many of the Getuli, many borders of the Mauri, +or Moors, in Mauritania; now Barbary, Morocco, &c. all the borders of +Spain, many nations of the Gauls, and the places in Britain which were +inaccessible to the Romans; the Dacians, Sarmatians, Germans, +Scythians, and the inhabitants of many hidden nations and provinces, +and of many islands unknown to him, and which he could not enumerate. +The labours of the ministers of the gospel, in this early period, were +so remarkably blessed of God, that the last mentioned writer observed, +in a letter to Scapula, that if he began a persecution the city of +Carthage itself must be decimated thereby. Yea, and so abundant were +they in the three first centuries, that ten years constant and almost +universal persecution under Dioclesian, could neither root out the +Christians, nor prejudice their cause. + +After this they had great encouragement under several emperors, +particularly Constantine and Theodosius, and a very great work of God +was carried on; but the ease and affluence which in these times +attended the church, served to introduce a flood of corruption, which +by degrees brought on the whole system of popery, by means of which +all appeared to be lost again; and Satan set up his kingdom of +darkness, deceit, and human authority over conscience, through all the +Christian world. + +In the time of Constantine, one Frumentius was sent to preach to the +Indians, and met with great success. A young woman who was a +Christian, being taken captive by the Iberians, or Georgians, near the +Caspian Sea, informed them of the truths of Christianity, and was so +much regarded that they sent to Constantine for ministers to come and +preach the word to them. About the same time some barbarous nations +having made irruptions into Thrace, carried away several Christians +captive, who preached the gospel; by which means the inhabitants upon +the Rhine, and the Danube, the Celtae, and some other parts of Gaul, +were brought to embrace Christianity. About this time also James of +Nisbia, went into Persia to strengthen the Christians, and preach to +the heathens; and his success was so great that Adiabene was almost +entirely Christian. About the year 372, one Moses, a Monk, went to +preach to the Saracens, who then lived in Arabia, where he had great +success; and at this time the Goths, and other northern nations, had +the kingdom of Christ further extended amongst them, but which was +very soon corrupted with Arianism. + +Soon after this the kingdom of Christ was further extended among the +Scythian Nomades, beyond the Danube, and about the year 430, a people +called the Burgundians, received the gospel. Four years after, that +Palladius was sent to preach in Scotland, and the next year Patrick +was sent from Scotland to preach to the Irish who before his time were +totally uncivilized, and, some say, cannibals; he however, was useful, +and laid the foundations of several churches in Ireland. Presently +after this, truth spread further among the Saracens, and in 522, +Zathus, king of the Colchians encouraged it, and many of that nation +were converted to Christianity. About this time also the work was +extended in Ireland, by Finian, and in Scotland by Constantine and +Columba; the latter of whom preached also to the Picts, and Brudaeus, +their king, with several others, were converted. About 541, Adad, the +king of Ethiopia, was converted by the preaching of Mansionarius; the +Heruli beyond the Danube, were now made obedient to the faith, and the +Abasgi, near the Caucasian Mountains. + +But now popery, especially the compulsive part of it, was risen to +such an height, that the usual method of propagating the gospel, or +rather what was so called, was to conquer pagan nations by force of +arms, and then oblige them to submit to Christianity, after which +bishopricks were erected, and persons then sent to instruct the +people. I shall just mention some of those who are said to have +laboured thus. + +In 596, Austin, the monk, Melitus, Justus, Paulinus, and Russinian, +laboured in England, and in their way were very successful. Paulinus, +who appears to have been one of the best of them, had great success in +Northumberland; Birinnius preached to the West Saxons, and Felix to +the East Angles. In 589, Amandus Gallus laboured in Ghent, Chelenus in +Artois, and Gallus and Columbanus in Suabia. In 648, Egidius Gallus in +Flanders, and the two Evaldi, in Westphalia. In 684, Willifred, in the +Isle of Wight. In 688, Chilianus, in upper Franconia. In 698, +Boniface, or Winifred, among the Thuringians, near Erford, in Saxony, +and Willibroad in West-Friesland. Charlemagne conquered Hungary in the +year 800, and obliged the inhabitants to profess Christianity, when +Modestus likewise preached to the Venedi, at the source of the Save +and Drave. In 833, Ansgarius preached in Denmark, Gaudibert in Sweden, +and about 861, Methodius and Cyril, in Bohemia. + +About the year 500, the Scythians over-run Bulgaria, and Christianity +was extirpated; but about 870 they were re-converted. Poland began to +be brought over about the same time, and afterwards, about 960 or 990, +the work was further extended amongst the Poles and Prussians. The +work was begun in Norway in 960, and in Muscovy in 989, the Swedes +propagated Christianity in Finland, in 1168, Lithuania became +Christian in 1386, and Samogitia in 1439. The Spaniards forced popery +upon the inhabitants of South-America, and the Portuguese in Asia. +The Jesuits were sent into China in 1552. Xavier, whom they call the +apostle of the Indians, laboured in the East-Indies and Japan, from +1541 to 1552, and several millions of Capauchins were sent to Africa +in the seventeenth century. But blind zeal, gross superstition, and +infamous cruelties, so marked the appearances of religion all this +time, that the professors of Christianity needed conversion, as much +as the heathen world. + +A few pious people had fled from the general corruption, and lived +obscurely in the vallies of Piedmont and Savoy, who were like the seed +of the church. Some of them were now and then necessitated to travel +into other parts, where they faithfully testified against the +corruptions of the times. About 1369 Wickliffe began to preach the +faith in England, and his preaching and writings were the means of the +conversion of great numbers, many of whom became excellent preachers; +and a work was begun which afterwards spread in England, Hungary, +Bohemia, Germany, Switzerland, and many other places. John Huss and +Jerom of Prague, preached boldly and successfully in Bohemia, and the +adjacent parts. In the following century Luther, Calvin, Melancton, +Bucer, Martyr, and many others, stood up against all the rest of the +world; they preached, and prayed, and wrote; and nations agreed one +after another to cast off the yoke of popery, and to embrace the +doctrine of the gospel. + +In England, episcopal tyranny succeeded to popish cruelty, which, in +the year 1620, obliged many pious people to leave their native land +and settle in America; these were followed by others in 1629, who laid +the foundations of several gospel churches, which have increased +amazingly since that time, and the Redeemer has fixed his throne in +that country, where but a little time ago, Satan had universal +dominion. + +In 1632, Mr. Elliot, of New-England, a very pious and zealous +minister, began to preach to the Indians, among whom he had great +success; several churches of Indians were planted, and some preachers +and school-masters raised up amongst them; since which time others +have laboured amongst them with some good encouragement. About the +year 1743, Mr. David Brainerd was sent a missionary to some more +Indians, where he preached, and prayed, and after some time an +extraordinary work of conversion was wrought, and wonderful success +attended his ministry. And at this present time, Mr. Kirkland and Mr. +Sergeant are employed in the same good work, and God has considerably +blessed their labours. + +In 1706, the king of Denmark sent a Mr. Ziegenbalg, and some others, +to Tranquebar, on the Coromandel coast in the East-Indies, who were +useful to the natives, so that many of the heathens were turned to the +Lord. The Dutch East-India Company likewise having extended their +commerce, built the city of Batavia, and a church was opened there; +and the Lord's Supper was administered for the first time, on the 3d +of January, 1621, by their minister James Hulzibos, from hence some +ministers were sent to Amboyna, who were very successful. A seminary +of learning was erected at Leyden, in which ministers and assistants +were educated, under the renowned _Walaeus_, and some years a great +number were sent to the East, at the Company's expence, so that in a +little time many thousands at Formosa, Malabar, Ternate, +Jaffanapatnam, in the town of Columba, at Amboyna, Java, Banda, +Macassar, and Malabar, embraced the religion of our Lord Jesus Christ. +The work has decayed in some places, but they now have churches in +Ceylon, Sumatra, Java, Amboyna, and some other of the spice islands, +and at the Cape of Good Hope, in Africa. + +But none of the moderns have equalled the Moravian Brethren in this +good work; they have sent missions to Greenland, Labrador, and several +of the West-Indian Islands, which have been blessed for good. They +have likewise sent to Abyssinia, in Africa, but what success they have +had I cannot tell. + +The late Mr. Wesley lately made an effort in the West-Indies, and some +of their ministers are now labouring amongst the Caribbs and Negroes, +and I have seen pleasing accounts of their success. + + + + + SECT. III. + + + _Containing a Survey of the present State of the World._ + + +In this survey I shall consider the world as divided, according to its +usual division, into four parts, _EUROPE, ASIA, AFRICA_, and +_AMERICA_, and take notice of the extent of the several countries, +their population, civilization, and religion. The article of religion +I shall divide into Christian, Jewish, Mahometan, and Pagan; and shall +now and then hint at the particular sect of them that prevails in the +places which I shall describe. The following Tables will exhibit a +more comprehensive view of what I propose, than any thing I can offer +on the subject. + + + _EUROPE._ + + EXTENT. +Countries. Length Breadth Number of Religion. + Miles. Miles. Inhabitants. + +Great-Britain 680 300 12,000,000 Protestants, of many + denominations. +Ireland 285 160 2,000,000 Protestants and + Papists. +France 600 500 24,000,000 Catholics, Deists, + and Protestants. +Spain 700 500 9,500,000 Papists. +SWEDEN including 800 500 3,500,000 The Swedes are serious + Sweden proper, Lutherans, but most + Gothland, Shonen, of the Laplanders + Lapland, Bothnia, are Pagans, and very + and Finland superstitious. +Isle of Gothland 80 23 5,000 +---- Oesel 45 24 2,500 +---- Oeland 84 9 1,000 +---- Dago 26 23 1,000 +---- Aland 24 20 800 +---- Hogland 9 5 100 +Denmark 240 114 360,000 Lutherans of the + Helvetic Confession. +Isle of Zeeland 60 60 284,000 Ditto. +---- Funen 38 32 144,000 Ditto. +---- Arroe 8 2 200 Ditto. +---- Iceland 435 185 60,000 Ditto. +---- Langeland 27 12 3,000 Ditto. +---- Laland 38 30 148,000 Ditto. +---- Falster 27 12 3,000 Ditto. +---- Mona 14 5 600 Ditto. +---- Alsen 15 6 600 Ditto. +---- Femeren 13 8 1,000 Ditto. +Isle of Bornholm 20 12 2,000 Lutherans. +Greenland Undiscovered 7,000 Pagans, and Moravian + Christians. +Norway 750 170 724,000 Lutherans. +24 Faro Isles 4,500 Ditto. +Danish Lapland 285 172 100,000 Ditto, and Pagans. +Poland 700 680 9,000,000 Papists, Lutherans, + Calvinists, & Jews. +Prussia[4] 400 160 2,500,000 Calvinists, Catholics, + & Lutherans. +Sardinia 135 57 600,000 Papists. +Sicily 180 92 1,000,000 Ditto. +Italy 660 120 20,000,000 Ditto. +United Netherlands 150 150 2,000,000 Protestants of several + denominations. +Austrian Netherlands 200 200 2,500,000 Papists and Protestants. +Switzerland 200 100 2,880,000 Papists and Protestants. +The Grisons 100 62 800,000 Lutherans and Papists. +The Abbacy of St. Gall 24 10 50,000 Ditto. +Neufchatel 32 20 100,000 Calvinists. +Valais 80 30 440,000 Papists. +Piedmont 140 98 900,000 Ditto, and Protestants. +Savoy 87 60 720,000 Ditto. +Geneva, City 24,000 Calvinists. +Bohemia 478 322 2,100,000 Papists and Moravians. +Hungary 300 200 2,500,000 Papists. +Germany 600 500 20,000,000 Ditto, and Protestants. +Russia in Europe 1500 1100 22,000,000 Greek Church. +Turkey in Europe 1000 900 18,000,000 Greek Christians, Jews, + & Mahometans. +Budziac Tartary 300 60 1,200,000 Greek Christians, Jews, + & Mahometans +Lesser Tartary 390 65 1,000,000 Ditto. +Crim Tartary 145 80 500,000 Ditto. +Isle of Tenedos 5 3 200 Mahometans. +---- Negropont 90 25 25,000 Ditto. +---- Lemnos 25 25 4,000 Ditto. +---- Paros 36 in compass. 4,500 Greek Christians. +---- Lesbos, + or Miylene 160 in compass. 30,000 Mahometans and Greeks. +---- Naxia 100 in compass. 8,000 Greeks and Papists. +---- Scio, or Chios 112 in compass. Greek Christians, + Papists, & Mahomet. +---- Nio 40 in compass. 1,000 Ditto. +---- Scyros 60 in compass. 1,000 Ditto. +---- Mycone 36 in compass. 3,000 Ditto. +---- Samos 30 15 12,000 Mahometans. +---- Nicaria 70 in compass. 3,000 Greek Christians +---- Andros 120 in compass. 4,000 Ditto. +---- Cyclades, 700 Ditto. + Delos the Chief. +---- Zia 40 in compass. 8,000 Ditto. +---- Cerigo or 50 in compass. 1,000 Ditto. + Cytheraea +---- Santorin 36 in compass. 10,000 Ditto, and Papists. +---- Policandra 8 in compass. 400 Ditto. +---- Patmos 18 in compass. 600 Ditto. +---- Sephanto 36 in compass. 5,000 Greeks. +---- Claros 40 in compass. 1,700 Mahometans. +---- Amorgo 36 in compass. 4,000 Greek Christians. +---- Leros 18 in compass. 800 Christians and + Mahometans. +---- Therima 40 in compass. 6,000 Greek Christians. +---- Stampalia 50 in compass. 3,000 Ditto. +---- Salamis 50 in compass. 1,000 Ditto. +---- Scarpanta 20 in compass. 2,000 Ditto. +---- Cephalonia 130 in compass. 50,000 Ditto. +---- Zant 50 in compass. 30,000 Greek Christians. +---- Milo 60 in compass. 40,000 Ditto. +---- Corfu 120 in compass. 60,000 Ditto. +---- Candia, or Crete 200 60 400,000 Ditto, and Mahometans. +---- Coos, 70 in compass. 12,800 Mahometans and + or Stanchia Christians. +---- Rhodes 60 25 120,000 Ditto. +---- Cyprus 150 70 300,000 Mahometans. + +[Footnote 4: The rest of Prussian dominions being scattered about +in several countries, are counted to those countries where they lie.] + + + _ASIA._ + + EXTENT. +Countries. Length Breadth Number of Religion. + Miles. Miles. Inhabitants. + +TURKEY IN ASIA 1000 800 20,000,000 Mahometanism is most + contains Anatolia, prevalent, but there + Syria, Palestine, are many Greek, Latin, + Diabekr, Tutcomania Eutychian, and + and Georgia Armenian Christians. +Arabia 1300 1200 16,000,000 Mahometans. +Persia 1280 1140 20,000,000 Ditto, of the Sect + of Ali. +Great Tartary 4000 1200 40,000,000 Mahometans and Pagans. +Siberia 2800 960 7,500,000 Greek Christians + and Pagans. +Samojedia 2000 370 1,900,000 Pagans. +Kamtschatcha 540 236 900,000 Ditto. +Nova Zembla Undiscovered.thinly inhabit.Ditto. +China 1400 1260 60,000,000 Ditto. +JAPAN contains 900 360 10,000,000 Ditto. + Niphon Isl. +Isle of Ximo 210 200 3,000,000 Pagans. +---- Xicoco 117 104 1,800,000 Ditto. +---- Tsussima 39 34 40,000 Ditto. +---- Iki 20 17 6,000 Ditto. +---- Kubitessima 30 26 8,000 Ditto. +---- Matounsa 54 26 50,000 Ditto. +---- Fastistia 36 34 30,000 Ditto. +---- Firando 30 28 10,000 Ditto. +---- Amacusa 27 24 6,000 Ditto. +---- Awasi 30 18 5,000 Ditto. +India 2000 1000 50,000,000 Mahometans and Pagans. + beyond the Ganges +Indostan 2000 1500 110,000,000 Ditto. +Tibet 1200 480 10,000,000 Pagans. +Isle of Ceylon 250 200 2,000,000 Pagans, except the + Dutch Christians. +---- Maldives 1000 in number. 100,000 Mahometans. +---- Sumatra 1000 100 2,100,000 Ditto, and Pagans. +---- Java 580 100 2,700,000 Ditto. +---- Timor 2400 54 300,000 Ditto, and a + few Christians. +---- Borneo 800 700 8,000,000 Ditto. +---- Celebes 510 240 2,000,000 Ditto. +---- Boutam 75 30 80,000 Mahometans. +---- Carpentyn 30 3 2,000 Christian Protestants. +---- Ourature 18 6 3,000 Pagans. +---- Pullo Lout 60 36 10,000 Ditto. + +Besides the little Islands of Manaar, Aripen, Caradivia, Pengandiva, +Analativa, Nainandiva, and Nindundiva, which are inhabited by +Christian Protestants. + +And Banca, Madura, Bally, Lambeck, Flores, Solor, Leolana, Panterra, +Miscomby, and several others, inhabited by Pagans and Mahometans. + +The MOLUCCAS are, +---- Banda 20 10 6,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- Buro 25 10 7,000 Ditto. +---- Amboyna 25 10 7,500 Christians;--the Dutch + have 25 Ch. +---- Ceram 210 45 250,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- Gillola 190 110 650,000 Ditto. + +And Pully-way, Pullo-rin, Nera, Guamanapi, Guilliaien, Ternate, Motir, +Machian, and Bachian, which are inhabited by Pagans and Mahometans. + +The PHILIPPINE ISLANDS are supposed to be about 11,000;--some of the +chief are, + +Isle of Mindanao 60 40 18,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- Bahol 24 12 6,000 Ditto. +---- Layta 48 27 10,000 Ditto. +---- Parragon 240 60 100,000 Ditto. +The CALAMINES are Sebu 60 24 10,000 Papists. +---- Mindora 60 36 12,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- Philippina 185 120 104,000 Ditto. +---- Negroes Isle 150 60 80,000 Papists. +---- Manilla 31,000 Ditto, and Pagans. + +The Ladrone Islands are inhabited by most uncivilized Pagans. + +New Holland 2500 2000 12,000,000 Pagans;--1 or 2 + Ministers are there. +New Zealand[5] 960 180 1,120,000 Ditto. +New Guinea 1000 360 1,900,000 Ditto. +New Britain 180 120 900,000 Ditto. +New Ireland 180 60 700,000 Ditto. +Onrong Java A Cluster of Isles. Ditto. +New Caledonia 260 30 170,000 Ditto. +New Hebrides Ditto. +Friendly Isles 20 in number. Ditto. +Sandwich Isles 7 in number. 400,000 Ditto. +Society Isles 6 in number. 800,000 Ditto. +Kurile Isles 45 in number. 50,000 Ditto. +Pelew Isles Pagans. +Oonalashka Isle 40 20 3,000 Ditto. +The other South-Sea Islands. Ditto. + +[Footnote 5: Two Islands.] + + + _AFRICA._ + + EXTENT. +Countries. Length Breadth Number of Religion. + Miles. Miles. Inhabitants. + +Egypt 600 250 2,200,000 Mahometans and Jews. +Nubia 940 600 3,000,000 Ditto. +Barbary 1800 500 3,500,000 Mahometans, Jews, + and Christians. +Biledulgerid 2500 350 3,500,000 Mahometans, Christians, + and Jews. +Zaara, or the Desart 3400 660 800,000 Ditto. +Abyssinia 900 800 5,800,000 Armenian Christians. +Abex 540 130 1,600,000 Christians and Pagans. +Negroland 2200 840 18,000,000 Pagans. +Loango 410 300 1,500,000 Ditto. +Congo 540 220 2,000,000 Ditto. +Angola 360 250 1,400,000 Ditto. +Benguela 430 180 1,600,000 Ditto. +Mataman 450 240 1,500,000 Ditto. +Ajan 900 300 2,500,000 Ditto. +Zanguebar 1400 350 3,000,000 Ditto. +Monoemugi 900 660 2,000,000 Ditto. +Sofala 480 300 1,000,000 Pagans. +Terra de Natal 600 350 2,000,000 Ditto. +Caffraria, or the 708 660 2,000,000 Ditto, and a few + Hottentots Country Christians at the Cape. +Isle of Madagascar 1000 220 2,000,000 Pagans and Mahometans. +---- St. Mary 54 9 5,000 French Papists. +---- Mascarin 39 30 17,000 Ditto. +---- St. Helena 21 in compass. 1,000 English and French + Christians. +---- Annabon 16 14 4,000 Portuguese Papists. +---- St. Thomas 25 23 9,000 Pagans. +---- Zocotora 80 54 10,000 Mahometans. +---- Comora Isles 5 in number. 5,000 Ditto. +---- Mauritius 150 in compass. 10,000 French Papists. +---- Bourbon 90 in compass. 15,000 French Papists. +---- Madeiras 3 in number. 10,000 Papists. +---- Cape Verd Isles 10 in number. 20,000 Ditto. +---- Canaries 12 in number. 30,000 Ditto. +---- Azores 9 in number. 100,000 Ditto. +---- Maltha 15 8 1,200 Ditto. + + + _AMERICA._ + + EXTENT. +Countries. Length Breadth Number of Religion. + Miles. Miles. Inhabitants. + +Brazil 2900 900 14,000,000 Pagans and Papists. +Paraguay 1140 460 10,000,000 Pagans. +Chili 1200 500 2,000,000 Pagans and Papists. +Peru 1800 600 10,000,000 Pagans and Papists. +Country of the 1200 900 8,000,000 Pagans. + Amazons. +Terra Firma 1400 700 10,000,000 Pagans and Papists. +Guiana 780 480 2,000,000 Ditto. +Terra Magellanica 1400 460 9,000,000 Pagans. +Old Mexico 2220 600 13,500,000 Ditto, and Papists. +New Mexico 2000 1000 14,000,000 Ditto. +The States of America 1000 600 3,700,000 Christians, of various + denominations +Terra de Labrador, 1680 600 8,000,000 Christians, of various + Nova-Scotia, denominations, but + Louisiana, Canada, most of the North + and all the country American Indians are + inland from Mexico Pagans. + to Hudson's-Bay +California, and from 2820 1380 9,000,000 Pagans. + thence along the + degrees south + latitude, and so + far inland as to + meet the above + article +All to the north of unknown. Pagans. + 70 degrees +Cape Breton 400 110 20,000 Christians. +---- Newfoundland 350 200 1,400 Protestants. +---- Cumberland's Isle 780 300 10,000 Pagans. +---- Madre de Dios 105 30 8,000 Ditto. +---- Terra del Fuego 120 36 5,000 Ditto. + +All the Islands in the Vicinity of Cape Horn Pagans. + +The Bermudas extend 16 5 20,000 Half English, and + Half Slaves. +The LITTLE ANTILLES + are Aruba 5 3 200 Dutch, and Pagan Negroes. +---- Curassoa 30 10 11,000 Ditto. +---- Bonaire 10 3 300 Ditto. +---- Margaritta 40 24 18,000 Spaniards, and Pagan + Negoes. +---- St Trinidad 90 60 100,000 Ditto. +The BAHAMAS are +---- Bahama 50 16 16,000 Pagans. +---- Providence 28 11 6,000 Ditto. + +Besides Eluthera, Harbour, Lucayonegua, Andross, Cigateo, Guanaliana, +Yumeta, Samana, Yuma, Mayaguana, Ynagua, Caieos, and Triangula-- +Pagans. + +The ANTILLES are +---- Cuba 700 60 1,000,000 Papists. +---- Jamaica 140 60 400,000 English, and Pagan + Negroes. +---- St. Domingo 450 150 1,000,000 French, Spaniards, and + Negroes. +---- Porto Rico 100 49 300,000 Spaniards and Negroes. +---- Vache, or Cows I. 18 2 1,000 Ditto. + +The VIRGIN ISLES are 12 in number, of which Danes Island is the +principal--Protestants. + +The CARRIRBEES are +---- St. Cruz 30 10 13,500 Danish Protestants. +---- Anguilla 30 9 6,000 Protestants, and Negroes. +---- St. Martin 21 12 7,500 Ditto. +---- St. Bartholomew 6 4 720 Ditto. +---- Barbuda 20 12 7,500 Ditto. +---- Saba 5 4 1,500 Ditto. +---- Guardulope 45 38 50,000 Catholics, and Pagan + Negroes. +---- Marigalante 15 12 5,400 Ditto. +---- Tobago 32 9 3,400 Ditto. +---- Defiada 12 6 1,500 Ditto. +---- Granada 30 15 13,500 English, and Pagan + Negroes. +---- St. Lucia 23 12 5,000 Ditto, and Native Pagan + Caribbs. + Whites. Negroes. +---- St. Eustatia 6 4 5,000 15,000 Dutch, English, &c. +---- St.Christopher 20 7 6,000 36,000 English. +---- Nevis 6 4 5,000 10,000 Ditto. +---- Antigua 20 4 7,000 30,000 Ditto. +---- Montserrat 6 4 5,000 10,000 Ditto. +---- Martinico 6 4 20,000 50,000 French. +---- St. Vincent's 60 4 8,000 5,000 The 8,000 are + Native Caribbs. +---- Barbadoes 24 4 30,000 100,000 English. +---- Dominica 28 4 40,000 Ditto, 2,000 of them + Native Caribbs. +---- St. Thomas 15 in compass. 8,000 Danish Protestants. + + +This, as nearly as I can obtain information, is the state of the +world; though in many countries, as Turkey, Arabia, Great Tartary, +Africa, and America, except the United States, and most of the Asiatic +Islands, we have no accounts of the number of inhabitants, that can be +relied on. I have therefore only calculated the extent, and counted a +certain number on an average upon a square mile; in some countries +more, and in others less, according as circumstances determine. A few +general remarks upon it will conclude this section. + +FIRST, the inhabitants of the world according to this calculation, +amount to about seven hundred and thirty-one millions; four hundred +and twenty millions of whom are still in pagan darkness; an hundred +and thirty millions the followers of Mahomet; an hundred millions +catholics; forty-four millions protestants; thirty millions of the +greek and armenian churches, and perhaps seven millions of jews. It +must undoubtedly strike every considerate mind, what a vast proportion +of the sons of Adam there are, who yet remain in the most deplorable +state of heathen darkness, without any means of knowing the true God, +except what are afforded them by the works of nature; and utterly +destitute of the knowledge of the gospel of Christ, or of any means of +obtaining it. In many of these countries they have no written +language, consequently no Bible, and are only led by the most childish +customs and traditions. Such, for instance, are all the middle and +back parts of North America, the inland parts of South America, the +South-Sea Islands, New Holland, New Zealand, New Guinea; and I may add +Great Tartary, Siberia, Samojedia, and the other parts of Asia +contiguous to the frozen sea; the greatest part of Africa, the island +of Madagascar, and many places beside. In many of these parts also +they are cannibals, feeding upon the flesh of their slain enemies, +with the greatest brutality and eagerness. The truth of this was +ascertained, beyond a doubt, by the late eminent navigator, Cooke, of +the New Zealanders, and some of the inhabitants of the western coast +of America. Human sacrifices are also very frequently offered, so that +scarce a week elapses without instances of this kind. They are in +general poor, barbarous, naked pagans, as destitute of civilization, +as they are of true religion. + +SECONDLY, barbarous as these poor heathens are, they appear to be as +capable of knowledge as we are; and in many places, at least, have +discovered uncommon genius and tractableness; and I greatly question +whether most of the barbarities practiced by them, have not originated +in some real or supposed affront, and are therefore, more properly, +acts of self-defence, than proofs of inhuman and blood-thirsty +dispositions. + +THIRDLY, in other parts, where they have a written language, as in the +East-Indies, China, Japan, &c. they know nothing of the gospel. The +jesuits indeed once made many converts to popery among the Chinese; +but their highest aim seemed to be to obtain their good opinion; for +though the converts professed themselves Christians, yet they were +allowed to honour the image of CONFUCIUS their great law-giver; and at +length their ambitious intrigues brought upon them the displeasure of +government, which terminated in the suppression of the mission, and +almost, if not entirely, of the Christian name. It is also a +melancholy fact, that the vices of Europeans have been communicated +wherever they themselves have been; so that the religious state of +even heathens has been rendered worse by intercourse with them! + +FOURTHLY, a very great proportion of Asia and Africa, with some part +of Europe, are _Mahometans_; and those in Persia, who are of the sect +of _Hali_, are the most inveterate enemies to the Turks; and they in +return abhor the Persians. The Africans are some of the most ignorant +of all the mahometans; especially the Arabs, who are scattered through +all the northern parts of Africa, and live upon the depredations which +they are continually making upon their neighbours. + +FIFTHLY, in respect to those who bear the Christian name, a very great +degree of ignorance and immorality abounds amongst them. There are +Christians, so called, of the greek and armenian churches, in all the +mahometan countries; but they are, if possible, more ignorant and +vicious than the mahometans themselves. The Georgian Christians, who +are near the Caspian Sea, maintain themselves by selling their +neighbours, relations, and children, for slaves to the Turks and +Persians. And it is remarked, that if any of the greeks of Anatolia +turn mussulmen, the Turks never set any store by them, on account of +their being so much noted for dissimulation and hypocrisy. It is well +known that most of the members of the greek church are very ignorant. +Papists also are in general ignorant of divine things, and very +vicious. Nor do the bulk of the church of England much exceed them, +either in knowledge or holiness; and many errors, and much looseness +of conduct, are to be found amongst dissenters of all denominations. +The lutherans in Denmark, are much on a par with the ecclesiastics in +England; and the face of most Christian countries presents a dreadful +scene of ignorance, hypocrisy, and profligacy. Various baneful, and +pernicious errors appear to gain ground, in almost every part of +Christendom; the truths of the gospel, and even the gospel itself, are +attacked, and every method that the enemy can invent is employed to +undermine the kingdom of our Lord Jesus Christ. + +All these things are loud calls to Christians, and especially to +ministers, to exert themselves to the utmost in their several spheres +of action, and to try to enlarge them as much as possible. + + + + + SECT. IV. + + + _The Practicability of something being done, more than + what is done, for the Conversion of the Heathen._ + + +The impediments in the way of carrying the gospel among the heathen +must arise, I think, from one or other of the following things; +--either their distance from us, their barbarous and savage manner of +living, the danger of being killed by them, the difficulty of +procuring the necessaries of life, or the unintelligibleness of their +languages. + +FIRST, as to their distance from us, whatever objections might have +been made on that account before the invention of the mariner's +compass, nothing can be alledged for it, with any colour of +plausibility in the present age. Men can now sail with as much +certainty through the Great South Sea, as they can through the +Mediterranean, or any lesser Sea. Yea, and providence seems in a +manner to invite us to the trial, as there are to our knowledge +trading companies, whose commerce lies in many of the places where, +these barbarians dwell. At one time or other ships are sent to visit +places of more recent discovery, and to explore parts the most +unknown; and every fresh account of their ignorance, or cruelty, +should call forth our pity, and excite us to concur with providence in +seeking their eternal good. Scripture likewise seems to point out this +method, _Surely the Isles shall wait for me; the ships of Tarshish +first, to bring my sons from far, their silver, and their gold with +them, unto the name of the Lord, thy God._ Isai. lx. 9. This seems to +imply that in the time of the glorious increase of the church, in the +latter days, (of which the whole chapter is undoubtedly a prophecy,) +commerce shall subserve the spread of the gospel. The ships of +Tarshish were trading vessels, which made voyages for traffic to +various parts; thus much therefore must be meant by it, that +_navigation_, especially that which is _commercial_, shall be one +great mean of carrying on the work of God; and perhaps it may imply +that there shall be a very considerable appropriation of wealth to +that purpose. + +SECONDLY, as to their uncivilized, and barbarous way of living, this +can be no objection to any, except those whose love of ease renders +them unwilling to expose themselves to inconveniencies for the good of +others. + +It was no objection to the apostles and their successors, who went +among the barbarous _Germans_ and _Gauls_, and still more barbarous +_Britons_! They did not wait for the ancient inhabitants of these +countries, to be civilized, before they could be christianized, but +went simply with the doctrine of the cross; and TERTULLIAN could boast +that "those parts of Britain which were proof against the Roman +armies, were conquered by the gospel of Christ"--It was no objection +to an ELLIOT, or a BRAINERD, in later times. They went forth, and +encountered every difficulty of the kind, and found that a cordial +reception of the gospel produced those happy effects which the longest +intercourse with Europeans, without it could never accomplish. It _is_ +no objection to commercial men. It only requires that we should have +as much love to the souls of our fellow-creatures, and fellow sinners, +as they have for the profits arising from a few otter-skins, and all +these difficulties would be easily surmounted. + +After all, the uncivilized state of the heathen, instead of affording +an objection _against_ preaching the gospel to them, ought to furnish +an argument _for_ it. Can we as men, or as christians, hear that a +great part of our fellow creatures, whose souls are as immortal as +ours, and who are as capable as ourselves, of adorning the gospel, and +contributing by their preaching, writings, or practices to the glory +of our Redeemer's name, and the good of his church, are inveloped in +ignorance and barbarism? Can we hear that they are without the gospel, +without government, without laws, and without arts, and sciences; and +not exert ourselves to introduce amongst them the sentiments of men, +and of Christians? Would not the spread of the gospel be the most +effectual mean of their civilization? Would not that make them useful +members of society? We know that such effects did in a measure follow +the afore-mentioned efforts of _Elliot_, _Brainerd_, and others +amongst the American Indians; and if similar attempts were made in +other parts of the world, and succeeded with a divine blessing (which +we have every reason to think they would) might we not expect to see +able Divines, or read well-conducted treatises in defence of the +truth, even amongst those who at present seem to be scarcely human? + +THIRDLY, _In respect to the danger of being killed by them_, it is +true that whoever does go must put his life in his hand, and not +consult with flesh and blood; but do not the goodness of the cause, +the duties incumbent on us as the creatures of God, and Christians, +and the perishing state of our fellow men, loudly call upon us to +venture all and use every warrantable exertion for their benefit? PAUL +and BARNABAS, who _hazarded their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus +Christ_, were not blamed as being rash, but commended for so doing, +while JOHN MARK who through timidity of mind deserted them in their +perilous undertaking, was branded with censure. After all, as has been +already observed, I greatly question whether most of the barbarities +practiced by the savages upon those who have visited them, have not +originated in some real or supposed affront, and were therefore, more +properly, acts of self-defence, than proofs of ferocious dispositions. +No wonder if the imprudence of sailors should prompt them to offend +the simple savage, and the offence be resented; but _Elliot_, +_Brainerd_, and the _Moravian missionaries_, have been very seldom +molested. Nay, in general the heathen have shewed a willingness to +hear the word; and have principally expressed their hatred of +Christianity on account of the vices of nominal Christians. + +FOURTHLY, _As to the difficulty of procuring the necessaries of life_, +this would not be so great as may appear at first sight; for though we +could not procure European food, yet we might procure such as the +natives of those countries which we visit, subsist upon themselves. +And this would only be passing through what we have virtually engaged, +in by entering on the ministerial office. A Christian minister is a +person who in a peculiar sense is _not his own_; he is the _servant_ +of God, and therefore ought to be wholly devoted to him. By entering +on that sacred office he solemnly undertakes to be always engaged, as +much as possible, in the Lord's work, and not to chuse his own +pleasure, or employment, or pursue the ministry as a something that is +to subserve his own ends, or interests, or as a kind of bye-work. He +engages to go where God pleases, and to do, or endure what he sees fit +to command, or call him to, in the exercise of his function. He +virtually bids farewell to friends, pleasures, and comforts, and +stands in readiness to endure the greatest sufferings in the work of +his Lord, and Master. It is inconsistent for ministers to please +themselves with thoughts of a numerous auditory, cordial friends, a +civilized country, legal protection, affluence, splendor, or even a +competency. The flights, and hatred of men, and even pretended +friends, gloomy prisons, and tortures, the society of barbarians of +uncouth speech, miserable accommodations in wretched wildernesses, +hunger, and thirst, nakedness, weariness, and painfulness, hard work, +and but little worldly encouragement, should rather be the objects of +their expectation. Thus the apostles acted, in the primitive times, +and endured hardness, as good soldiers of Jesus Christ; and though we +living in a civilized country where Christianity is protected by law, +are not called to suffer these things while we continue here, yet I +question whether all are justified in staying here, while so many are +perishing without means of grace in other lands. Sure I am that it is +entirely contrary to the spirit of the gospel, for its ministers to +enter upon it from interested motives, or with great worldly +expectations. On the contrary the commission is a sufficient call to +them to venture all, and, like the primitive Christians, go every +where preaching the gospel. + +It might be necessary, however, for two, at least, to go together, and +in general I should think it best that they should be married men, and +to prevent their time from being employed in procuring necessaries, +two, or more, other persons, with their wives and families, might also +accompany them, who should be wholly employed in providing for them. +In most countries it would be necessary for them to cultivate a little +spot of ground just for their support, which would be a resource to +them, whenever their supplies failed. Not to mention the advantages +they would reap from each others company, it would take off the +enormous expence which has always attended undertakings of this kind, +the first expence being the whole; for though a large colony needs +support for a considerable time, yet so small a number would, upon +receiving the first crop, maintain themselves. They would have the +advantage of choosing their situation, their wants would be few; the +women, and even the children, would be necessary for domestic +purposes; and a few articles of stock, as a cow or two, and a bull, +and a few other cattle of both sexes, a very few utensils of +husbandry, and some corn to sow their land, would be sufficient. Those +who attend the missionaries should understand husbandry, fishing, +fowling, &c. and be provided with the necessary implements for these +purposes. Indeed a variety of methods may be thought of, and when once +the work is undertaken, many things will suggest themselves to us, of +which we at present can form no idea. + +FIFTHLY, As to _learning their languages_, the same means would be +found necessary here as in trade between different nations. In some +cases interpreters might be obtained, who might be employed for a +time; and where these were not to be found, the missionaries must have +patience, and mingle with the people, till they have learned so much +of their language as to be able to communicate their ideas to them in +it. It is well known to require no very extraordinary talents to +learn, in the space of a year, or two at most, the language of any +people upon earth, so much of it at least, as to be able to convey any +sentiments we wish to their understandings. + +The Missionaries must be men of great piety, prudence, courage, and +forbearance; of undoubted orthodoxy in their sentiments, and must +enter with all their hearts into the spirit of their mission; they +must be willing to leave all the comforts of life behind them, and to +encounter all the hardships of a torrid, or a frigid climate, an +uncomfortable manner of living, and every other inconvenience that can +attend this undertaking. Clothing, a few knives, powder and shot, +fishing-tackle, and the articles of husbandry above-mentioned, must be +provided for them; and when arrived at the place of their destination, +their first business must be to gain some acquaintance with the +language of the natives, (for which purpose two would be better than +one,) and by all lawful means to endeavour to cultivate a friendship +with them, and as soon as possible let them know the errand for which +they were sent. They must endeavour to convince them that it was their +good alone, which induced them to forsake their friends, and all the +comforts of their native country. They must be very careful not to +resent injuries which may be offered to them, nor to think highly of +themselves, so as to despise the poor heathens, and by those means lay +a foundation for their resentment, or rejection of the gospel. They +must take every opportunity of doing them good, and labouring, and +travelling, night and day, they must instruct, exhort, and rebuke, +with all long suffering, and anxious desire for them, and, above all, +must be instant in prayer for the effusion of the Holy Spirit upon the +people of their charge. Let but missionaries of the above description +engage in the work, and we shall see that it is not impracticable. + +It might likewise be of importance, if God should bless their labours, +for them to encourage any appearances of gifts amongst the people of +their charge; if such should be raised up many advantages would be +derived from their knowledge of the language, and customs of their +countrymen; and their change of conduct would give great weight to +their ministrations. + + + + + SECT. V. + + + _An Enquiry into the Duty of Christians in general, and + what Means ought to be used, in order to promote this Work._ + + +If the prophecies concerning the increase of Christ's kingdom be true, +and if what has been advanced, concerning the commission given by him +to his disciples being obligatory on us, be just, it must be inferred +that all Christians ought heartily to concur with God in promoting his +glorious designs, for _he that is joined to the Lord is one spirit_. + +One of the first, and most important of those duties which are +incumbent upon us, is _fervent and united prayer_. However the +influence of the Holy Spirit may be set at nought, and run down by +many, it will be found upon trial, that all means which we can use, +without it, will be ineffectual. If a temple is raised for God in the +heathen world, it will not be _by might, nor by power_, nor by the +authority of the magistrate, or the eloquence of the orator; _but by +my Spirit, saith the Lord of Hosts_. We must therefore be in real +earnest in supplicating his blessing upon our labours. + +It is represented in the prophets, that when there shall be _a great +mourning in the land, as the mourning of Hadadrimmon in the valley of +Megiddon, and every family shall mourn apart, and their wives apart_, +it shall all follow upon _a spirit of grace, and supplication_. And +when these things shall take place, it is promised that _there shall +be a fountain opened for the house of David, and for the inhabitants +of Jerusalem, for sin, and for uncleanness_,--and that _the idols +shall be destroyed_, and _the false prophets ashamed_ of their +profession. Zech. xii 10. 14.--xiii. 1. 6. This prophesy seems to +teach that when there shall be an universal conjunction in fervent +prayer, and all shall esteem Zion's welfare as their own, then copious +influences of the Spirit shall be shed upon the churches, which like a +purifying _fountain_ shall cleanse the servants of the Lord. Nor shall +this cleansing influence stop here; all old idolatrous prejudices +shall be rooted out, and truth prevail so gloriously that false +teachers shall be so ashamed as rather to wish to be classed with +obscure herdsmen, or the meanest peasants, than bear the ignominy +attendant on their detection. + +The most glorious works of grace that have ever took place, have been +in answer to prayer; and it is in this way, we have the greatest +reason to suppose, that the glorious out-pouring of the Spirit, which +we expect at last, will be bestowed. + +With respect to our own immediate connections, we have within these +few years been favoured with some tokens for good, granted in answer +to prayer, which should encourage us to persist, and increase in that +important duty. I trust our _monthly prayer-meetings_ for the success +of the gospel have not been in vain. It is true a want of importunity +too generally attends our prayers; yet unimportunate, and feeble as +they have been, it is to be believed that God has heard, and in a +measure answered them. The churches that have engaged in the practice +have in general since that time been evidently on the increase; some +controversies which have long perplexed and divided the church, are +more clearly stated than ever; there are calls to preach the gospel in +many places where it has not been usually published; yea, a glorious +door is opened, and is likely to be opened wider and wider, by the +spread of civil and religious liberty, accompanied also by a +diminution of the spirit of popery; a noble effort has been made to +abolish the inhuman Slave-Trade, and though at present it has not been +so successful as might be wished, yet it is to be hoped it will be +persevered in, till it is accomplished. In the mean time it is a +satisfaction to consider that the late defeat of the abolition of the +Slave-Trade has proved the occasion of a praise worthy effort to +introduce a free settlement, at _Sierra Leona_, on the coast of +Africa; an effort which, if succeeded with a divine blessing, not only +promises to open a way for honourable commerce with that extensive +country, and for the civilization of its inhabitants, but may prove +the happy mean of introducing amongst them the gospel of our Lord +Jesus Christ. + +These are events that ought not to be over-looked; they are not to be +reckoned small things; and yet perhaps they _are_ small compared with +what might have been expected, if all had cordially entered into the +spirit of the proposal, so as to have made the cause of Christ their +own, or in other words to have been so solicitous about it, as if +their own advantage depended upon its success. If an holy solicitude +had prevailed in all the assemblies of Christians in behalf of their +Redeemer's kingdom, we might probably have seen before now, not only +an _open door_ for the gospel, but _many running to and fro, and +knowledge increased_; or a diligent use of those means which +providence has put in our power, accompanied with a greater blessing +than ordinary from heaven. + +Many can do nothing but pray, and prayer is perhaps the only thing in +which Christians of all denominations can cordially, and unreservedly +unite; but in this we may all be one, and in this the strictest +unanimity ought to prevail. Were the whole body thus animated by one +soul, with what pleasure would Christians attend on all the duties of +religion, and with what delight would their ministers attend on all +the business of their calling. + +We must not be contented however with praying, without _exerting +ourselves in the use of means_ for the obtaining of those things we +pray for. Were _the children of light_, but _as wise in their +generation as the children of this world_, they would stretch every +nerve to gain so glorious a prize, nor ever imagine that it was to be +obtained in any other way. + +When a trading company have obtained their charter they usually go to +its utmost limits; and their stocks, their ships, their officers, and +men are so chosen, and regulated, as to be likely to answer their +purpose; but they do not stop here, for encouraged by the prospect of +success, they use every effort, cast their bread upon the waters, +cultivate friendship with every one from whose information they expect +the least advantage. They cross the widest and most tempestuous seas, +and encounter the most unfavourable climates; they introduce +themselves into the most barbarous nations, and sometimes undergo the +most affecting hardships; their minds continue in a state of anxiety, +and suspence, and a longer delay than usual in the arrival of their +vessels agitates them with a thousand changeful thoughts, and +foreboding apprehensions, which continue till the rich returns are +safe arrived in port. But why these fears? Whence all these +disquietudes, and this labour? Is it not because their souls enter +into the spirit of the project, and their happiness in a manner +depends on its success?--Christians are a body whose truest interest +lies in the exaltation of the Messiah's kingdom. Their charter is very +extensive, their encouragements exceeding great, and the returns +promised infinitely superior to all the gains of the most lucrative +fellowship. Let then every one in his station consider himself as +bound to act with all his might, and in every possible way for God. + +Suppose a company of serious Christians, ministers and private +persons, were to form themselves into a society, and make a number of +rules respecting the regulation of the plan, and the persons who are +to be employed as missionaries, the means of defraying the expence, +&c. &c. This society must consist of persons whose hearts are in the +work, men of serious religion, and possessing a spirit of +perseverance; there must be a determination not to admit any person +who is not of this description, or to retain him longer than he +answers to it. + +From such a society a _committee_ might be appointed, whose business +it should be to procure all the information they could upon the +subject, to receive contributions, to enquire into the characters, +tempers, abilities and religious views of the missionaries, and also +to provide them with necessaries for their undertakings. + +They must also pay a great attention to the views of those who +undertake this work; for want of this the missions to the Spice +Islands, sent by the Dutch East-India Company, were soon corrupted, +many going more for the sake of settling in a place where temporal +gain invited them, than of preaching to the poor Indians. This soon +introduced a number of indolent, or profligate persons, whose lives +were a scandal to the doctrines which they preached: and by means of +whom the gospel was ejected from Ternate, in 1694, and Christianity +fell into great disrepute in other places. + +If there is any reason for me to hope that I shall have any influence +upon any of my brethren, and fellow Christians, probably it may be +more especially amongst them of my own denomination. I would therefore +propose that such a society and committee should be formed amongst the +_particular baptist denomination_. + +I do not mean by this, in any wife to confine it to one denomination +of Christians. I wish with all my heart, that every one who loves our +Lord Jesus Christ in sincerity, would in some way or other engage in +it. But in the present divided state of Christendom, it would be more +likely for good to be done by each denomination engaging separately in +the work, than if they were to embark in it conjointly. There is room +enough for us all, without interfering with each other; and if no +unfriendly interference took place, each denomination would bear good +will to the other, and wish, and pray for its success, considering it +as upon the whole friendly to the great cause of true religion; but if +all were intermingled, it is likely their private discords might throw +a damp upon their spirits, and much retard their public usefulness. + +In respect to _contributions_ for defraying the expences, money will +doubtless be wanting; and suppose the rich were to embark a portion of +that wealth over which God has made them stewards, in this important +undertaking, perhaps there are few ways that would turn to a better +account at last. Nor ought it to be confined to the _rich_; if persons +in more moderate circumstances were to devote a portion, suppose a +_tenth_, of their annual increase to the Lord, it would not only +correspond with the practice of the Israelites, who lived under the +Mosaic Oeconomy, but of the patriarchs Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, +before that dispensation commenced. Many of our most eminent +fore-fathers amongst the _Puritans_, followed that practice; and if +that were but attended to now, there would not only be enough to +support the ministry of the gospel at home, and to encourage _village +preaching_ in our respective neighbourhoods, but to defray the +expences of carrying the gospel into the heathen world. + +If congregations were to open subscriptions of _one penny_, or more +per week, according to their circumstances, and deposit it as a fund +for the propogation of the gospel, much might be raised in this way. +By such simple means they might soon have it in their power to +introduce the preaching of the gospel into most of the villages in +England; where, though men are placed whose business it should be to +give light to those who sit in darkness, it is well known that they +have it not. Where there was no person to open his house for the +reception of the gospel, some other building might be procured for a +small sum, and even then something considerable might be spared for +the baptist, or other committees, for propogating the gospel amongst +the heathen. + +Many persons have of late left off the use of _West-India sugar_ on +account of the iniquitous manner in which it is obtained. Those +families who have done so, and have not substituted any thing else in +its place, have not only cleansed their hands of blood, but have made +a saving to their families, some of six pence, and some of a shilling +a week. If this, or a part of this were appropriated to the uses +before-mentioned, it would abundantly suffice. We have only to keep +the end in view, and have our hearts thoroughly engaged in the pursuit +of it, and means will not be very difficult. + +We are exhorted _to lay up treasure in heaven, where neither moth nor +rust doth corrupt, nor thieves break through and steal._ It is also +declared that _whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap._ +These Scriptures teach us that the enjoyments of the life to come, +bear a near relation to that which now is; a relation similar to that +of the harvest, and the seed. It is true all the reward is of mere +grace, but it is nevertheless encouraging; what a _treasure_, what an +_harvest_ must await such characters as PAUL, and ELLIOT, and +BRAINERD, and others, who have given themselves wholly to the work of +the Lord. What a heaven will it be to see the many myriads of poor +heathens, of Britons amongst the rest, who by their labours have been +brought to the knowledge of God. Surely a _crown of rejoicing_ like +this is worth aspiring to. Surely it is worth while to lay ourselves +out with all our might, in promoting the cause, and kingdom of Christ. + + + FINIS. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of An Enquiry into the Obligations of +Christians to Use Means for the Conversion of the Heathens, by William Carey + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OBLIGATIONS OF CHRISTIANS *** + +***** This file should be named 11449.txt or 11449.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/1/4/4/11449/ + +Produced by Michael Ciesielski, Robert Shimmin and PG Distributed +Proofreaders + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + + https://www.gutenberg.org/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + https://www.gutenberg.org/GUTINDEX.ALL + + diff --git a/old/11449.zip b/old/11449.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6dcad43 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/11449.zip |
